TIFFANY & CO (Form: 10-K, Received: 03/17/2017 16:19:37)

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K



x	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
	For the fiscal year ended January 31, 2017 OR
¨	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

Commission file number: 1-9494

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)



Delaware		13-3228013
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)		(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

727 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY		10022
(Address of principal executive offices)		(Zip Code)



Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (212) 755-8000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class		Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $.01 par value per share		New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form10-K or any amendment to this Form10-K. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.



Large accelerated filer	x		Accelerated filer	¨
Non-accelerated filer	¨	(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company	¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ¨ No x

As of July 31, 2016, the aggregate market value of the registrant's voting and non-voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $8,002,474,636 using the closing sales price on July 29, 2016 of $64.52. See Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

As of March 13, 2017, the registrant had outstanding 124,564,854 shares of its common stock, $.01 par value per share.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE.

The following documents are incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K: Registrant's Proxy Statement Dated April 7, 2017 (Part III).

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 1

Table of Contents

Tiffany & Co.

Table of Contents

Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2017



		Page
	PART I
Item 1.	Business	K- 3
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	K- 11
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	K- 18
Item 2.	Properties	K- 18
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	K- 19
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	K- 21

	PART II
Item 5.	Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	K- 22
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	K- 25
Item 7.	Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	K- 27
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk	K- 48
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	K- 49
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	K- 97
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	K- 97
Item 9B.	Other Information	K- 98

	PART III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	K- 99
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	K- 99
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	K- 99
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	K- 99
Item 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	K- 99

	PART IV
Item 15.	Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules	K- 100
Item 16.	Form 10-K Summary	K- 100

Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The historical trends and results reported in this annual report on Form 10-K should not be considered an indication of future performance. Further, statements contained in this annual report on Form 10-K that are not statements of historical fact, including those that refer to plans, assumptions and expectations for future periods, are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, the statements under "2017 Outlook" as well as statements that can be identified by the use of words such as 'expects,' 'projects,' 'anticipates,' 'assumes,' 'forecasts,' 'plans,' 'believes,' 'intends,' 'estimates,' 'pursues,' 'continues,' 'outlook,' 'may,' 'will,' 'can,' 'should' and variations of such words and similar expressions. Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements we make regarding the Company's plans, assumptions, expectations, beliefs and objectives with respect to store openings and closings; product introductions; sales; sales growth; sales trends; store traffic; the Company's strategy and initiatives and the pace of execution thereon; the Company's objectives to compete in the global luxury market and to improve financial performance; retail prices; gross margin; operating margin; expenses; interest expense and financing costs; effective income tax rate; net earnings and net earnings per share; share count; inventories; capital expenditures; cash flow; liquidity; currency translation; macroeconomic conditions; growth opportunities; litigation outcomes and recovery related thereto; the collectability of amounts due under financing arrangements with diamond mining and exploration companies; contributions to Company pension plans; and certain ongoing or planned real estate, product, marketing, retail, customer experience, manufacturing, supply chain, information systems development, upgrades and replacement, and other operational and strategic initiatives.

These forward-looking statements are based upon the current views and plans of management, speak only as of the date on which they are made and are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are outside of our control. Actual results could therefore differ materially from the planned, assumed or expected results expressed in, or implied by, these forward-looking statements. While we cannot predict all of the factors that could form the basis of such differences, key factors include, but are not limited to: global macroeconomic and geopolitical developments; changes in interest and foreign currency rates; changes in taxation policies and regulations; shifting tourism trends; regional instability; violence (including terrorist activities); political activities or events; weather conditions that may affect local and tourist consumer spending; changes in consumer confidence, preferences and shopping patterns, as well as our ability to accurately predict and timely respond to such changes; shifts in the Company's product and geographic sales mix; variations in the cost and availability of diamonds, gemstones and precious metals; adverse publicity regarding the Company and its products, the Company’s third-party vendors or the diamond or jewelry industry more generally; any non-compliance by third-party vendors and suppliers with the Company’s sourcing and quality standards, codes of conduct, or contractual requirements as well as applicable laws and regulations; changes in our competitive landscape; disruptions impacting the Company's business and operations; failure to successfully implement or make changes to the Company's information systems; gains or losses in the trading value of the Company's stock, which may impact the amount of stock repurchased; and our ability to successfully control costs and execute on, and achieve the expected benefits from, the operational and strategic initiatives referenced above; and any difficulties or delays encountered in identifying a successor chief executive officer. Developments relating to these and other factors may also warrant changes to the Company's operating and strategic plans, including with respect to store openings, closings and renovations, capital expenditures, information systems development, inventory management, and continuing execution on, or timing of, the aforementioned initiatives. Such changes could also cause actual results to differ materially from the expected results expressed in, or implied by, the forward-looking statements.

Additional information about potential risks and uncertainties that could affect the Company’s business and financial results is included under "Item 1A. Risk Factors" and "Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in this annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2017. Readers of this annual report on Form 10-K should consider the risks, uncertainties and factors outlined above and in this Form 10-K in evaluating, and are cautioned not to place undue reliance on, the forward-looking statements contained herein. The Company undertakes no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances, except as required by applicable law or regulation.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 2

Table of Contents

PART I

Item 1. Business.

GENERAL HISTORY AND NARRATIVE DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Tiffany & Co. (the "Registrant") is a holding company that operates through its subsidiary companies (collectively, the "Company"). The Registrant's principal subsidiary is Tiffany and Company ("Tiffany"). Charles Lewis Tiffany founded Tiffany's business in 1837. He incorporated Tiffany in New York in 1868. The Registrant acquired Tiffany in 1984 and completed the initial public offering of the Registrant's Common Stock in 1987. The Registrant, through its subsidiaries, sells jewelry and other items that it manufactures or has made by others to its specifications.

All references to years relate to fiscal years that end on January 31 of the following calendar year.

MAINTENANCE OF THE TIFFANY & CO. BRAND

The TIFFANY & CO. brand (the "Brand") is the single most important asset of Tiffany and, indirectly, of the Company. The strength of the Brand goes beyond trademark rights (see "TRADEMARKS" below) and is derived from consumer perceptions of the Brand. Management monitors the strength of the Brand through focus groups and survey research.

Management believes that consumers associate the Brand with high-quality gemstone jewelry, particularly diamond jewelry; sophisticated style and romance; excellent customer service; an elegant store and online environment; upscale store locations; "classic" product positioning; and distinctive and high-quality packaging materials (most significantly, the TIFFANY & CO. blue box). Tiffany's business plan includes expenses to maintain the strength of the Brand, such as the following:


•	Maintaining its position within the high-end of the jewelry market requires Tiffany to invest significantly in diamond and gemstone inventory, which carries a lower overall gross margin; it also causes some consumers to view Tiffany as beyond their price range;


•	To provide excellent service, stores must be well staffed with knowledgeable professionals;


•	Elegant stores in the best "high street" and luxury mall locations are more expensive and difficult to secure and maintain, but reinforce the Brand's luxury connotations through association with other luxury brands;


•	While the classic positioning of much of Tiffany's product line supports the Brand and requires sufficient display space in its stores, management's strategy also includes an active pace of new product introductions which could result in a necessary reallocation of product display space;


•	Tiffany's packaging supports consumer expectations with respect to the Brand but is expensive; and


•	A significant amount of advertising is required to both reinforce the Brand's association with luxury, sophistication, style and romance, as well as to market specific products.

All of the foregoing require that management make tradeoffs between business initiatives that might generate incremental sales and earnings and Brand maintenance objectives. This is a dynamic process. To the extent that management deems that product, marketing or distribution initiatives will unduly and negatively affect the strength of the Brand, such initiatives have been and will be curtailed or modified appropriately. At the same time, Brand maintenance suppositions are regularly questioned by management to determine if any tradeoff between sales and earnings is truly worth the positive effect on the Brand. At times, management has determined, and may in the future determine, that the strength of the Brand warranted, or that it will permit, more aggressive and profitable product, marketing or distribution initiatives.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION ABOUT REPORTABLE SEGMENTS

The Company has four reportable segments: (i) Americas, (ii) Asia-Pacific, (iii) Japan and (iv) Europe. All non-reportable segments are included within Other. The Company transacts business within certain of its segments through the following channels: (i) retail, (ii) Internet, (iii) catalog, (iv) business-to-business (products drawn from the retail product line and items specially developed for the business market) and (v) wholesale distribution

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 3

Table of Contents

(merchandise sold to independent distributors for resale). The Company's segment information for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 is reported in "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note P. Segment Information."

Americas

Sales in the Americas were 46% of worldwide net sales in 2016 , while sales in the U.S. represented 88% of net sales in the Americas. Sales are transacted through the following channels: retail, Internet and catalog (in the U.S. and Canada), business-to-business (in the U.S.) and wholesale distribution (in Central/South America and the Caribbean).

Retail sales in the Americas are transacted in 125 Company-operated TIFFANY & CO. stores in (number of stores at January 31, 2017 included in parentheses): the U.S. (95), Canada (13), Mexico (11), Brazil (5) and Chile (1). Included within these totals are 13 Company-operated stores located within various department stores in Canada and Mexico. Included in the U.S. retail stores is the New York Flagship store, which represented less than 10% of worldwide net sales in 2016 .

Asia-Pacific

Sales in Asia-Pacific represented 25% of worldwide net sales in 2016 , while sales in Greater China represented more than half of Asia-Pacific's net sales. Sales are transacted through the following channels: retail, Internet (in Australia) and wholesale distribution.

Retail sales in Asia-Pacific are transacted in 85 Company-operated TIFFANY & CO. stores in (number of stores at January 31, 2017 included in parentheses): China (31), Korea (15), Australia (9), Hong Kong (9), Taiwan (8), Singapore (5), Macau (4), Malaysia (2), New Zealand (1) and Thailand (1). Included within these totals are 30 Company-operated stores located within various department stores.

Japan

Sales in Japan represented 15% of worldwide net sales in 2016 . Sales are transacted through the following channels: retail, Internet, business-to-business and wholesale distribution.

Retail sales in Japan are transacted in 55 Company-operated TIFFANY & CO. stores. Included within this total are 50 stores located within department stores, generating approximately 75% of Japan's net sales. There are four large department store groups in Japan. The Company operates TIFFANY & CO. stores in locations controlled by these groups as follows (number of locations at January 31, 2017 included in parentheses): Isetan Mitsukoshi Ltd. (13), J. Front Retailing Co., Ltd. (Daimaru and Matsuzakaya department stores) (9), Takashimaya Co., Ltd. (8) and Seven & i Holding Co., Ltd. (Sogo and Seibu department stores) (5). The Company also operates 15 stores in other department stores.

Europe

Sales in Europe represented 11% of worldwide net sales in 2016 , while sales in the United Kingdom ("U.K.") represented approximately 40% of European net sales. Sales are transacted through the following channels: retail, Internet and wholesale distribution.

Retail sales in Europe are transacted in 43 Company-operated TIFFANY & CO. stores in (number of stores at January 31, 2017 included in parentheses): the U.K. (10), Italy (9), Germany (6), France (5), Spain (3), Switzerland (3), the Netherlands (2), Austria (1), Belgium (1), the Czech Republic (1), Ireland (1), and Russia (1). Included within these totals are eight Company-operated stores located within various department stores. Internet sales are conducted within the following countries: U.K., Austria, Belgium, France, Germany, Ireland, Italy, the Netherlands and Spain.

Other

Other consists of all non-reportable segments, including: (i) retail sales and wholesale distribution in the Emerging Markets region (which represented approximately 60% of Other net sales in 2016); (ii) wholesale sales of diamonds

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 4

Table of Contents

(see "PRODUCT SUPPLY CHAIN – Supply of Diamonds" below); and (iii) licensing agreements. Retail sales are transacted in five Company-operated TIFFANY & CO. stores in the United Arab Emirates.

Licensing Agreements. The Company receives earnings from a licensing agreement with Luxottica Group for the distribution of TIFFANY & CO. brand eyewear. The earnings received from this licensing agreement represented less than 1% of worldwide net sales in 2016 .

In 2015, the Company entered into a licensing agreement with Coty Inc. regarding the development, production and distribution of a new line of TIFFANY & CO. brand fragrances. The Company did not receive any earnings from this agreement in 2015 or 2016, and does not expect any earnings in 2017 to be significant.

Retail Distribution Base

Management regularly evaluates opportunities to optimize its retail store base. This includes evaluating potential markets for new TIFFANY & CO. stores, as well as the renovation, relocation, or, in certain instances, closure of existing stores. Considerations include the characteristics of the markets to be served, consumer demand and the proximity of other luxury brands and existing TIFFANY & CO. locations. Management recognizes that over-saturation of any market could diminish the distinctive appeal of the Brand, but believes that there are a number of opportunities remaining in new and existing markets that will meet the requirements for a TIFFANY & CO. location in the future.

The following chart details the number of TIFFANY & CO. retail locations operated by the Company since 2012:



	Americas
Year:	U.S.	Canada & Latin America	Asia-Pacific	Japan	Europe	Emerging Markets	Total
2012	91	24	66	55	34	5	275
2013	94	27	72	54	37	5	289
2014	95	27	73	56	39	5	295
2015	95	29	81	56	41	5	307
2016	95	30	85	55	43	5	313

As part of the Company's strategy, management plans to increase gross retail square footage by approximately 3%, net through the addition of new stores, relocations, renovations and closings in 2017. For a summary of the Company's existing retail square footage, see "Item 2. Properties".

E-Commerce

The Company currently operates e-commerce enabled websites in 13 countries as well as informational websites in several additional countries. Sales transacted on those websites accounted for 6% of worldwide net sales in 2016 , 2015 and 2014 . The Company invests in ongoing website enhancements and is evaluating opportunities to expand its e-commerce sites to additional countries. In addition, management believes that these websites serve a role as marketing tools to attract customers to the Company's stores.

Products

The Company's principal product category is jewelry, which represented 92%, 93% and 92% of worldwide net sales in 2016 , 2015 and 2014 . The Company offers an extensive selection of TIFFANY & CO. brand jewelry at a wide range of prices. Designs are developed by employees, suppliers, independent designers and independent "named" designers (see "MATERIAL DESIGNER LICENSE" below).

The Company also sells timepieces, leather goods, sterling silver goods (other than jewelry), china, crystal, stationery, fragrances and accessories, which represented, in total, 7% of worldwide net sales in 2016 , 2015 and 2014 . The remaining approximately 1% of worldwide net sales were attributable to wholesale sales of diamonds and earnings received from a third-party licensing agreement.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 5

Table of Contents

Sales by Reportable Segment of TIFFANY & CO. Jewelry by Category



2016	% of total Americas Sales		% of total Asia-Pacific Sales		% of total Japan Sales		% of total Europe Sales		% of total Reportable Segment Sales
High, fine & solitaire jewelry ^a	21	%	22	%	14	%	15	%	20	%
Engagement jewelry & wedding bands ^b	22	%	35	%	39	%	26	%	28	%
Fashion jewelry ^c	34	%	35	%	19	%	46	%	33	%
Designer jewelry ^d	12	%	6	%	21	%	10	%	12	%



2015
High, fine & solitaire jewelry ^a	22	%	24	%	16	%	16	%	21	%
Engagement jewelry & wedding bands ^b	23	%	35	%	39	%	25	%	28	%
Fashion jewelry ^c	33	%	33	%	18	%	45	%	33	%
Designer jewelry ^d	12	%	7	%	20	%	10	%	11	%



2014
High, fine & solitaire jewelry ^a	21	%	23	%	17	%	16	%	21	%
Engagement jewelry & wedding bands ^b	23	%	37	%	41	%	24	%	29	%
Fashion jewelry ^c	33	%	31	%	14	%	47	%	32	%
Designer jewelry ^d	12	%	7	%	21	%	10	%	12	%

a) This category includes high, fine and solitaire jewelry (other than engagement jewelry). Most sales in this category are of items containing diamonds, other gemstones or both. Most jewelry in this category is constructed of platinum, although gold was used as the primary metal in approximately 15% of sales in 2016 . The average price of merchandise sold in 2016 , 2015 and 2014 in this category was approximately $6,300, $6,300 and $5,800 for total reportable segments.

b) This category includes engagement rings (approximately 60% of the category) and wedding bands. Most sales in this category are of items containing diamonds. Most jewelry in this category is constructed of platinum, although gold was used as the primary metal in approximately 10% of sales in 2016 . The average price of merchandise sold in 2016 , 2015 and 2014 in this category was approximately $3,400, $3,500 and $3,800 for total reportable segments.

c) This category generally consists of non-gemstone jewelry, primarily containing sterling silver and gold jewelry, although small gemstones are used as accents in some pieces. The average price of merchandise sold in 2016 , 2015 and 2014 in this category was approximately $350, $335 and $310 for total reportable segments.

This category includes only items that are attributed to one of the Company’s "named" designers: Elsa Peretti (refer to "MATERIAL DESIGNER LICENSE" below) and Paloma Picasso. Merchandise primarily consists of sterling silver and gold jewelry, although platinum was used as the primary metal in approximately 15% of sales in 2016 . Some of the items sold contain diamonds, other gemstones or a combination of both. The average price of merchandise sold in 2016 , 2015 and 2014 in this category was approximately $530, $525 and $535 for total reportable segments.

Items bearing the name of and attributed to one of the Company's "named" designers: Elsa Peretti and Paloma Picasso, which were previously reported across the high, fine & solitaire jewelry, engagement jewelry & wedding bands and fashion jewelry categories, have been reclassified into the designer jewelry category to conform with management's current internal analysis of product sales. Additionally, certain reclassifications within the jewelry categories have been made to the prior years' amounts to conform to the current year category presentation.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 6

Table of Contents

ADVERTISING, MARKETING, PUBLIC AND MEDIA RELATIONS

The Company regularly advertises in newspapers, magazines and through digital media. Public and media relations activities are also significant to the Company's business. The Company engages in a program of media activities and marketing events to maintain consumer awareness of the Brand and TIFFANY & CO. products. It also publishes its well-known Blue Book to showcase its high-end jewelry. In 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , the Company spent $299.0 million, $302.0 million and $284.0 million, representing 7.5%, 7.4% and 6.7% of worldwide net sales in those respective years, on advertising, marketing and public and media relations, which include costs for media, production, catalogs, Internet, visual merchandising (in-store and window displays), marketing events and other related items.

In addition, management believes that the Brand is enhanced by a program of charitable sponsorships, grants and merchandise donations. The Company also periodically makes donations to The Tiffany & Co. Foundation, a private foundation organized to support 501(c)(3) charitable organizations. The efforts of this Foundation are primarily focused on environmental conservation.

TRADEMARKS

The designations TIFFANY ^® and TIFFANY & CO. ^® are the principal trademarks of Tiffany, and also serve as tradenames. Tiffany has obtained and is the proprietor of trademark registrations for TIFFANY and TIFFANY & CO., as well as the TIFFANY BLUE BOX ^® , the TIFFANY BLUE BOX design, TIFFANY BLUE ^® and the color Tiffany Blue for a variety of product categories and services in the U.S. and in other countries.

Tiffany maintains a program to protect its trademarks and institutes legal action where necessary to prevent others either from registering or using marks which are considered to create a likelihood of confusion with the Company or its products.

Tiffany has been generally successful in such actions and management considers that the Company's worldwide rights in its principal trademarks, TIFFANY and TIFFANY & CO., are strong. However, use of the designation TIFFANY by third parties on related or unrelated goods or services, frequently transient in nature, may not come to the attention of Tiffany or may not rise to a level of concern warranting legal action.

Tiffany actively pursues those who produce or sell counterfeit TIFFANY & CO. goods through civil action and cooperation with criminal law enforcement agencies. However, counterfeit TIFFANY & CO. goods remain available in many markets because it is not possible or cost-effective to eradicate the problem. The cost of enforcement is expected to continue to rise. In recent years, there has been an increase in the availability of counterfeit goods, predominantly silver jewelry, on the Internet and in various markets by street vendors and small retailers. Tiffany pursues infringers through leads generated internally and through a network of investigators, legal counsel, law enforcement and customs authorities worldwide. The Company responds to such infringing activity by taking various actions, including sending cease and desist letters, cooperating with law enforcement in criminal prosecutions, initiating civil proceedings and participating in joint actions and anti-counterfeiting programs with other like-minded third party rights holders.

Despite the general fame of the TIFFANY and TIFFANY & CO. name and mark for the Company's products and services, Tiffany is not the sole person entitled to use the name TIFFANY in every category of use in every country of the world; for example, in some countries, third parties have registered the name TIFFANY in connection with certain product categories (including, in the U.S., the category of bedding and, in certain foreign countries, the categories of food, cosmetics, clothing, paper goods and tobacco products) under circumstances where Tiffany's rights were not sufficiently clear under local law, and/or where management concluded that Tiffany's foreseeable business interests did not warrant the expense of legal action.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 7

Table of Contents

MATERIAL DESIGNER LICENSE

Since 1974, Tiffany has been the sole licensee for the intellectual property rights necessary to make and sell jewelry and other products designed by Elsa Peretti and bearing her trademarks. The designs of Ms. Peretti accounted for 9%, 8% and 8% of the Company's worldwide net sales in 2016 , 2015 and 2014 .

Tiffany is party to an Amended and Restated Agreement (the "Peretti Agreement") with Ms. Peretti, which largely reflects the long-standing rights and marketing and royalty obligations of the parties. Pursuant to the Peretti Agreement, Ms. Peretti grants Tiffany an exclusive license, in all of the countries in which Peretti-designed jewelry and products are currently sold, to make, have made, advertise and sell these items. Ms. Peretti continues to retain ownership of the copyrights for her designs and her trademarks and remains entitled to exercise approval and consultation rights with respect to important aspects of the promotion, display, manufacture and merchandising of the products made in accordance with her designs. Under and in accordance with the terms set forth in the Peretti Agreement, Tiffany is required to display the licensed products in stores, to devote a portion of its advertising budget to the promotion of the licensed products, to pay royalties to Ms. Peretti for the licensed products sold, to maintain total on-hand and on-order inventory of non-jewelry licensed products (such as tabletop products) at approximately $8.0 million and to take certain actions to protect Ms. Peretti's intellectual property, including to maintain trademark registrations reasonably necessary to sell the licensed products in the markets in which the licensed products are sold by Tiffany.

The Peretti Agreement has a term that expires in 2032 and is binding upon Ms. Peretti, her heirs, estate, trustees and permitted assignees. During the term of the Peretti Agreement, Ms. Peretti may not sell, lease or otherwise dispose of her copyrights and trademarks unless the acquiring party expressly agrees with Tiffany to be bound by the provisions of the Peretti Agreement. The Peretti Agreement is terminable by Ms. Peretti only in the event of a material breach by Tiffany (subject to a cure period) or upon a change of control of Tiffany or the Company. It is terminable by Tiffany only in the event of a material breach by Ms. Peretti or following an attempt by Ms. Peretti to revoke the exclusive license (subject, in each case, to a cure period).

PRODUCT SUPPLY CHAIN

The Company manufactures jewelry in New York, Rhode Island and Kentucky, polishes jewelry in the Dominican Republic and crafts silver hollowware in Rhode Island. The Company processes, cuts and polishes rough diamonds at facilities outside the U.S. In total, these internal manufacturing facilities produce approximately 60% of the jewelry sold by the Company. The balance, including almost all non-jewelry items, is purchased from third-parties. The Company may increase the percentage of internally-manufactured jewelry in the future, but management does not expect that the Company will ever manufacture all of its needs. Factors considered by management in its decision to use third-party manufacturers include access to or mastery of various product-making skills and technology, support for alternative capacity, product cost and the cost of capital investments. To supply its internal manufacturing facilities, the Company sources precious metals, rough diamonds, polished diamonds and other gemstones, as well as certain fabricated components, from third parties.

Supply of Diamonds . The Company regularly purchases parcels of rough diamonds for polishing and further processing. The vast majority of diamonds acquired by the Company originate from Botswana, Canada, Namibia, Russia, Sierra Leone and South Africa. The Company has diamond processing operations in Belgium, Botswana, Cambodia, Mauritius and Vietnam that prepare and/or cut and polish rough diamonds for its use. The Company conducts operations in Botswana through a subsidiary in which local third-parties own minority, non-controlling interests, allowing the Company to access rough diamond allocations reserved for local manufacturers. The Company maintains a relationship and has an arrangement with these local third-parties; however, if circumstances warrant, the Company could seek to replace its existing local partners or operate without local partners.

The Company secures supplies of rough diamonds primarily through arrangements with diamond producers and, to a lesser extent, on the secondary market. These arrangements include purchase agreements under which the Company agrees to purchase a minimum volume of rough diamonds, as well as arrangements in which the Company maintains access to rough diamonds that are offered for sale (including as a sightholder), although with no contractual obligation to purchase such rough diamonds. Additionally, the Company has a limited number of arrangements under which the Company, having provided loans to, or made equity investments in, mining projects, has agreed to, or has the right to, purchase a defined portion of a mine's output. All such supply arrangements are generally at the market

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 8

Table of Contents

price prevailing at the time of purchase. Management anticipates that its minimum purchase obligations of rough diamonds under all of these arrangements will be approximately $60.0 million in 2017 .

As a result of the manner in which rough diamonds are typically assorted for sale, it is occasionally necessary for the Company to knowingly purchase, as part of a larger assortment, rough diamonds that do not meet the Company's quality standards or assortment needs. The Company seeks to recover its costs related to these diamonds by selling such diamonds to third parties (generally other diamond polishers), which has the effect of modestly reducing the Company's overall gross margins. Any such sales are included in the Other non-reportable segment.

In recent years, approximately 65% - 75% (by dollar value) of the polished diamonds used in the Company's jewelry have been produced from rough diamonds that the Company has purchased. The balance of the Company's needs for polished diamonds is purchased from polishers or polished-diamond dealers generally through purchase orders for fixed quantities. These relationships may be terminated at any time by either party, but such a termination would not discharge either party's obligations under unfulfilled purchase orders accepted prior to the termination. It is the Company's intention to continue to supply the majority of its needs for diamonds by purchasing and polishing rough diamonds.

Products containing one or more diamonds of varying sizes, including diamonds used as accents, side-stones and center-stones, accounted for 59%, 59% and 58% of worldwide net sales in 2016 , 2015 and 2014 . Products containing one or more diamonds of one carat or larger accounted for 13%, 14% and 14% of worldwide net sales in each of those years.

Conflict Diamonds. Media attention has been drawn to the issue of "conflict" diamonds. This term is used to refer to diamonds extracted from war-torn geographic regions and sold by rebel forces to fund insurrection. Allegations have also been made that trading in such diamonds supports terrorist activities. Management believes that it is not possible in most purchasing scenarios to distinguish diamonds produced in conflict regions from diamonds produced in other regions once they have been polished. Therefore, concerned participants in the diamond trade, including the Company and nongovernment organizations, seek to exclude "conflict" diamonds, which represent a small fraction of the world's supply, from legitimate trade through an international system of certification and legislation known as the Kimberley Process Certification Scheme. All rough diamonds the Company buys, crossing an international border, must be accompanied by a Kimberley Process certificate and all trades of rough and polished diamonds must conform to a system of warranties that references the aforesaid scheme. It is not expected that such efforts will substantially affect the supply of diamonds. In addition, concerns over human rights abuses in Zimbabwe, Angola and the Democratic Republic of the Congo underscore that the aforementioned system has not deterred the production of diamonds in state-sanctioned mines under poor working conditions. The Company has informed its vendors that it does not intend to purchase Zimbabwean, Angolan or Congolese-produced diamonds. Accordingly, the Company has implemented the Diamond Source Warranty Protocol, which requires vendors to provide a warranty, and a qualified independent audit certificate, that loose polished diamonds were not obtained from Zimbabwean, Angolan or Congolese mines.

Worldwide Availability and Price of Diamonds . The availability and price of diamonds are dependent on a number of factors, including global consumer demand, the political situation in diamond-producing countries, the opening of new mines, the continuance of the prevailing supply and marketing arrangements for rough diamonds and levels of industry liquidity. In recent years, there has been substantial volatility in the prices of both rough and polished diamonds. Prices for rough diamonds do not necessarily reflect current demand for polished diamonds.

In addition, the supply and prices of rough and polished diamonds in the principal world markets have been and continue to be influenced by the Diamond Trading Company ("DTC"), an affiliate of the De Beers Group. Although the DTC's historical ability to control worldwide production has diminished due to its lower share of worldwide production and changing policies in diamond-producing countries, the DTC continues to supply a meaningful portion of the world market for rough, gem-quality diamonds and continues to impact diamond supply through its marketing and advertising initiatives. A significant portion of the diamonds that the Company purchased in 2016 had their source with the DTC.

Sustained interruption in the supply of diamonds, an overabundance of supply or a substantial change in the marketing arrangements described above could adversely affect the Company and the retail jewelry industry as a whole. Changes in the marketing and advertising spending of the DTC and its direct purchasers could affect consumer demand for diamonds.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 9

Table of Contents

The Company purchases conflict-free rough and polished colorless diamonds, in high color and clarity ranges. Management does not foresee a shortage of diamonds in these quality ranges in the short term but believes that, unless new mines are developed, rising demand will eventually create such a shortage and lead to higher prices.

Synthetic and Treated Diamonds. Synthetic diamonds (diamonds manufactured but not naturally occurring) and treated diamonds (naturally occurring diamonds subject to treatment processes, such as irradiation) are produced in growing quantities. Although significant questions remain as to the ability of producers to produce synthetic and/or treated diamonds economically within a full range of sizes and natural diamond colors, and as to consumer acceptance of these diamonds, such diamonds are becoming a larger factor in the market. Should synthetic and/or treated diamonds be offered in significant quantities, the supply of and prices for natural diamonds may be affected. The Company does not produce and does not intend to purchase or sell such diamonds.

Purchases of Precious Metals and Other Polished Gemstones . Precious metals and other polished gemstones used in making jewelry are purchased from a variety of sources for use in the Company's internal manufacturing operations and/or for use by third-party manufacturers contracted to supply Tiffany merchandise. The silver, gold and platinum sourced directly by the Company principally comes from two sources: in-ground, large-scale deposits of metals, primarily in the U.S., that meet the Company's standards for responsible mining and metals from recycled sources. While the Company may supply precious metals to a manufacturer, it cannot determine, in all circumstances, whether the finished goods provided by such manufacturer were actually produced with Company-supplied precious metals.

The Company generally enters into purchase orders for fixed quantities with precious metals and other polished gemstone vendors. Purchases are generally made at prevailing market prices, which have, with respect to precious metals, experienced substantial volatility in recent years. These relationships may be terminated at any time by either party; such termination would not discharge either party's obligations under unfulfilled purchase orders accepted prior to the termination. The Company believes that there are numerous alternative sources for other polished gemstones and precious metals and that the loss of any single supplier would not have a material adverse effect on its operations.

Finished Jewelry . Finished jewelry is purchased from approximately 45 manufacturers. However, the Company does not enter into long-term supply arrangements with its finished goods vendors. The Company does enter into merchandise vendor agreements with nearly all of its finished goods vendors. The merchandise vendor agreements establish non-price terms by which the Company may purchase and by which vendors may sell finished goods to the Company. These terms include payment terms, shipping procedures, product quality requirements, merchandise specifications and vendor social responsibility requirements. The Company generally enters into purchase orders for fixed quantities of merchandise with its vendors. These relationships may be terminated at any time by either party; such termination would not discharge either party's obligations under unfulfilled purchase orders accepted prior to termination. The Company actively seeks alternative sources for its best-selling jewelry items to mitigate any potential disruptions in supply. However, due to the craftsmanship involved in a small number of designs, the Company may have difficulty finding readily available alternative suppliers for those jewelry designs in the short term.

Watches . In 2015, management introduced new TIFFANY & CO. brand watches, which have been designed, produced, marketed and distributed through certain of the Company's Swiss subsidiaries. In support of this introduction, the Company has relationships with approximately 30 component and subassembly vendors to manufacture watches. The terms of the Company's contractual relationships with these vendors are substantially similar to those described under "Finished Jewelry" above. Sales of these new TIFFANY & CO. brand watches represented approximately 1% of worldwide net sales in both 2016 and 2015. While management anticipates an increase in these sales in 2017, it does not expect this new watch business to increase the Company's profitability in 2017, as the Company expects to continue to invest significant resources in marketing to continue to build customer awareness and further establish product differentiation.

COMPETITION

The global jewelry industry is competitively fragmented. The Company encounters significant competition in all product categories. Some competitors specialize in just one area in which the Company is active. Many competitors have established worldwide, national or local reputations for style, quality, expertise and customer service similar to

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 10

Table of Contents

the Company and compete on the basis of that reputation. Certain other jewelers and retailers compete primarily through advertised price promotion. The Company competes on the basis of the Brand's reputation for high-quality products, customer service and distinctive merchandise and does not engage in price promotional advertising.

Competition for engagement jewelry sales is particularly and increasingly intense. The Company's retail price for diamond jewelry reflects the rarity of the stones it offers and the rigid parameters it exercises with respect to the cut, clarity and other diamond quality factors which increase the beauty of the diamonds, but which also increase the Company's cost. The Company competes in this market by emphasizing quality.

SEASONALITY

As a jeweler and specialty retailer, the Company's business is seasonal in nature, with the fourth quarter typically representing approximately one-third of annual net sales and a higher percentage of annual net earnings. Management expects such seasonality to continue.

EMPLOYEES

As of January 31, 2017 , the Company employed an aggregate of approximately 11,900 full-time and part-time persons. Of those employees, approximately 5,200 are employed in the United States.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

The Company files annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, proxy and information statements and amendments to reports filed or furnished pursuant to Sections 13(a), 14 and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The public may read and copy these materials at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding Tiffany & Co. and other companies that electronically file materials with the SEC. Copies of the Company's reports on Form 10-K, Forms 10-Q and Forms 8-K may be obtained, free of charge, on the Company's website at http://investor.tiffany.com/financials.cfm .

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

As is the case for any retailer, the Company's success in achieving its objectives and expectations is dependent upon general economic conditions, competitive conditions and consumer attitudes. However, certain factors are specific to the Company and/or the markets in which it operates. The following "risk factors" are specific to the Company; these risk factors affect the likelihood that the Company will achieve the objectives and expectations communicated by management:

(i) Challenging global economic conditions and related low levels of consumer confidence over a prolonged period of time could adversely affect the Company's sales and earnings.

As a retailer of goods which are discretionary purchases, the Company's sales results are particularly sensitive to changes in economic conditions and consumer confidence. Consumer confidence is affected by general business conditions; political uncertainties and/or developments; changes in the market value of equity securities and real estate; inflation; interest rates and the availability of consumer credit; tax rates; and expectations of future economic conditions and employment prospects.

Consumer spending for discretionary goods generally declines during times of falling consumer confidence, which negatively affects the Company's sales and earnings.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 11

Table of Contents

Certain competitors may react to such conditions by reducing retail prices and promoting such reductions; such reductions and/or inventory liquidations can have a short-term adverse effect on the Company's sales, especially given the Company's policy of not engaging in price promotional activity.

The Company has invested in and operates a significant number of stores in Greater China and anticipates continuing to do so. Any slowdown in the Chinese economy could have a negative impact on the sales and profitability of stores in Greater China as well as stores in other markets that serve Chinese tourists.

Uncertainty surrounding the current global economic environment makes it more difficult for the Company to forecast operating results. The Company's forecasts employ the use of estimates and assumptions. Actual results could differ from forecasts, and those differences could be material.

(ii) Sales may decline or remain flat in the Company's fourth fiscal quarter, which includes the Holiday selling season.

The Company's business is seasonal in nature, with the fourth quarter typically representing approximately one-third of annual net sales and a higher percentage of annual net earnings. Poor sales results during the fourth quarter would have an adverse effect on annual earnings and inventories in the short-term.

(iii) The Company conducts operations globally, the risks of which could increase its costs, reduce its profits or disrupt its business.

The Company operates globally and generates a majority of its worldwide net sales outside the United States. It also has both U.S. and foreign manufacturing operations, and relies on certain U.S. and foreign third-party vendors and suppliers. In addition, the Company maintains investments in, and has provided loans to, certain foreign suppliers. As a result, the Company is subject to the risks of doing business globally, including:


•	the laws, regulations and policies of governments relating to investments, loans and operations, the costs or desirability of complying with local practices and customs and the impact of various anti-corruption and other laws affecting the activities of U.S. companies abroad;


•	uncertainties from changes in U.S. or foreign taxation policies, including, for example, as a result of recent proposals to reform the manner in which the earnings of U.S. multinational corporations are taxed by the U.S. government;


•	compliance by third party vendors and suppliers with the Company’s sourcing and quality standards, codes of conduct, or contractual requirements as well as applicable laws and regulations;


•	import and export licensing requirements and regulations, as well as unforeseen changes in regulatory requirements;

•

political or economic instability in foreign countries, including the potential for rapid and unexpected changes in government, economic and political policies (including diplomatic and trade relations with other countries), political or civil unrest, acts of terrorism or the threat of international boycotts or U.S. anti-boycott legislation – as a result of, for example, (1) the United Kingdom's referendum vote to exit the European Union, as discussed below, or (2) changes in government policies resulting from the recent change in the U.S. Presidential administration;

•

challenges inherent in oversight of foreign operations, systems and controls; for example, in the fourth quarter of 2015, management identified inaccuracies in the Japan segment relating to the timing of recognizing sales and related costs, as well as inventory, at period-ends. Management determined these inaccuracies did not materially affect the Company's annual or quarterly financial statements, including the reported financial information for the Japan segment. However, management has reviewed the processes and personnel involved and completed appropriate remediation activities;


•	potential negative consequences from foreign governments' currency management practices;


•	uncertainties as to enforcement of certain contract and other rights; and


•	inventory risk exposures.

In June 2016, voters in the United Kingdom approved an advisory referendum to withdraw from the European Union, commonly referred to as "Brexit." If passed into law, negotiations will commence to determine the United Kingdom's future relationship with the European Union, including terms of trade. Such negotiations will likely be complex and

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 12

Table of Contents

protracted, and there can be no assurance regarding the terms or timing of any such arrangements. A withdrawal could significantly disrupt the free movement of goods, services, and people between the United Kingdom and the European Union, and result in increased legal and regulatory complexities, as well as potential higher costs of conducting business in Europe. There may be similar referendums or votes in other European countries in which the Company does business. The uncertainty surrounding the terms of the United Kingdom's withdrawal and its consequences, as well as the impact of any similar circumstances that may arise elsewhere in Europe, could increase the Company's costs and adversely impact consumer and investor confidence, and the level of consumer discretionary purchases, including purchases of the Company’s products.

While these factors and the effect of these factors are difficult to predict, any one or more of them could lower the Company's revenues, increase its costs, reduce its earnings or disrupt its business.

(iv) A strengthening of the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies would negatively affect the Company's sales and profitability.

The Company operates retail stores in more than 20 countries outside of the U.S. and, as a result, is exposed to market risk from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, including, among others, the Japanese Yen, Euro, British Pound, Chinese yuan and the Hong Kong dollar. In 2016 , sales in countries outside of the U.S. in aggregate represented more than half of the Company's net sales and earnings from operations. A continued strengthening of the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies would require the Company to raise its retail prices in order to maintain its worldwide relative pricing structure, or reduce its profit margins in various locations outside of the U.S. Consumers in those markets may not accept significant price increases on the Company's goods; thus, there is a risk that a continued strengthening of the U.S. dollar would result in reduced sales and profitability. In addition, a continued weakening of any foreign currency relative to other currencies may negatively affect spending by foreign tourists in the various regions where the Company operates retail stores which would adversely affect its net sales and profitability.

The reported results of operations of the Company's international subsidiaries are exposed to foreign exchange rate fluctuations as the financial results of the applicable subsidiaries are translated from the local currency into U.S. dollars during the process of financial statement consolidation. If the U.S. dollar continues to strengthen against foreign currencies, the translation of these foreign currency-denominated transactions would decrease consolidated net sales and profitability. See "Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." for a discussion of such impacts.

(v) Political activities, regional instability and/or conflict or similar events could disrupt tourist travel and local consumer spending.

Regional and global conflicts or crises, such as military actions, terrorist activities (like those that occurred in several major European cities in 2016 and 2015) and natural disasters, geopolitical or regulatory developments (and any related protests) and other similar events and conditions in the various regions and cities where the Company operates retail stores may negatively affect spending by both foreign tourists and local consumers. The Company's retail stores, many of which are located in major metropolitan areas globally, may in fact have close proximity to the locations of such events – for example, the Company's New York Flagship store is located adjacent to a private residence of the U.S. President which has, at times, impacted consumer access as a result of security measures. The occurrence of the types of events or conditions described above, or the related effect of security measures implemented to address the possibility of such occurrences, could affect consumer traffic and/or spending in one or more of the Company's locations, which could adversely affect the Company's sales and earnings. While sales in the Company's largest store (the New York Flagship) represent less than 10% of worldwide net sales, the impact of significant sales declines in any one store could still be meaningful to consolidated results.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 13

Table of Contents

(vi) Changes in the Company's product or geographic sales mix could affect the Company's profitability.

The Company sells an extensive selection of jewelry and other merchandise at a wide range of retail price points that yield different gross profit margins. Additionally, the Company's geographic regions achieve different operating profit margins due to a variety of factors including product mix, store size and occupancy costs, labor costs, retail pricing and fixed versus variable expenses. The increasing availability of, and ease of access to, retail price information across markets, primarily through the Internet, may affect consumers' decisions regarding in which geographies to shop. If the Company's sales mix were to shift toward products or geographic regions that are significantly different than the Company's plans, it could have an effect, either positively or negatively, on its expected profitability.

(vii) Increases in costs of diamonds and precious metals or reduced supply availability may adversely affect the Company's ability to produce and sell products at desired profit margins.

Most of the Company's jewelry offerings are made with diamonds, gemstones and/or precious metals. A significant increase in the costs or change in the supply of these commodities could adversely affect the Company's business, which is vulnerable to the risks inherent in the trade for such commodities. A substantial increase or decrease in the cost or supply of precious metals and/or high-quality rough and polished diamonds within the quality grades, colors and sizes that customers demand could affect, negatively or positively, customer demand, sales and gross profit margins. Additionally, should synthetic diamonds (diamonds manufactured but not naturally occurring) and/or treated diamonds (naturally occurring diamonds subject to treatment processes, such as irradiation) be offered in significant quantities and gain consumer acceptance, the supply of, demand for and prices for natural diamonds may be affected.

(viii) The Company may be unable to secure and retain sufficient space for its retail stores in prime locations, and maintaining the Company's brand image and desirability to consumers requires significant investment in store construction, maintenance and periodic renovation.

The Company, positioned as a luxury goods retailer, has established its retail presence in choice store locations. Management regularly evaluates opportunities to optimize its retail store base, including potential markets for new TIFFANY & CO. stores, as well as the renovation and relocation of its existing stores. Maintaining the Company's brand image and desirability to consumers requires that stores be constructed and maintained in a manner consistent with that brand image. This requires significant capital investment, including for periodic renovations of existing stores. Renovations of existing stores may also result in temporary disruptions to an individual store's business. For example, the Company has begun the conceptual phase of a multi-year effort to renovate its New York Flagship store, which may result in business and/or consumer traffic disruptions to that store once such renovations begin. If the Company cannot secure and retain store locations on suitable terms in prime and desired luxury shopping locations, or if its investments to construct and/or renovate existing stores do not generate sufficient incremental sales and/or profitability, the Company's sales and/or earnings performance could be jeopardized.

(ix) The value of the TIFFANY & CO. and TIFFANY trademarks could decline due to third-party use and infringement.

The TIFFANY & CO. and TIFFANY trademarks are assets that are essential to the competitiveness and success of the Company's business, and the Company takes appropriate action to protect them. The Company actively pursues those who produce or sell counterfeit TIFFANY & CO. goods through civil action and cooperation with criminal law enforcement agencies. However, use of the designation TIFFANY by third parties on related goods or services and the Company's failure or inability to protect against such use could adversely affect and dilute the value of the TIFFANY & CO. brand.

Notwithstanding the general success of the Company's enforcement actions, such actions have not stopped the imitation and counterfeiting of the Company's merchandise or the infringement of the trademark, and counterfeit TIFFANY & CO. goods remain available in most markets. In recent years, there has been an increase in the availability of counterfeit goods, predominantly silver jewelry, on the Internet and in various markets by street vendors and small retailers. The continued sale of counterfeit merchandise or merchandise that infringes the Company's trademarks could have an adverse effect on the TIFFANY & CO. brand by undermining the Company's reputation for quality goods and making such goods appear less desirable to consumers of luxury goods. Damage to the TIFFANY & CO. brand could result in lost sales and earnings.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 14

Table of Contents

(x) The Company's business is dependent upon the distinctive appeal of the TIFFANY & CO. brand.

The TIFFANY & CO. brand's association with quality and luxury is integral to the success of the Company's business. The Company's expansion plans for retail and direct selling operations and development, production and management support the appeal of the TIFFANY & CO. brand. Consequently, poor maintenance, promotion and positioning of the TIFFANY & CO. brand, as well as market over-saturation, may adversely affect the business by diminishing the distinctive appeal of the TIFFANY & CO. brand and tarnishing its image. This could result in lower sales and earnings.

In addition, adverse publicity regarding TIFFANY & CO. and its products, as well as adverse publicity in respect of, or resulting from, the Company's third-party vendors or the diamond or jewelry industries more generally, could adversely affect the Company’s business. For example, the Company sources from third-party vendors certain products that, from time to time, may not, or may contain raw materials that do not, meet the Company's sourcing and quality standards as well as applicable requirements and regulations. In such instances, although the Company may have recourse against such third-party vendors, the Company may self-report to the relevant regulatory agencies, recall affected products and/or pay potential fines. By way of further example, during the Company's regular internal quality testing, the Company identified a potential breach of the Company's sourcing and quality standards applicable to third party vendors. The Company is currently in the early stages of assessing the composition of certain of its gold products manufactured by certain U.S. third-party vendors, which contain gold solder manufactured by other U.S. vendors, to determine whether such products are in compliance with applicable consumer products requirements and regulations.

Any of the above could harm the TIFFANY & CO. brand and reputation, cause a loss of consumer confidence in the TIFFANY & CO. brand, its products and the industry, and/or negatively affect the Company's results of operations.

The considerable expansion in the use of social media in recent years has compounded the potential scope of any negative publicity.

(xi) A significant data security or privacy breach of the Company's information systems could affect its business.

The protection of customer, employee and Company data is important to the Company, and its customers and employees expect that their personal information will be adequately protected. In addition, the regulatory environment surrounding information security and privacy is becoming increasingly demanding, with evolving requirements in the various jurisdictions in which the Company does business. Although the Company has developed and implemented systems and processes that are designed to protect personal and Company information and prevent data loss and other security breaches, such measures cannot provide absolute security. Additionally, the Company’s increased use and reliance on web-based hosted (i.e., cloud computing) applications and systems for the storage, processing and transmission of information, including customer and employee information, could expose the Company, its employees and its customers to a risk of loss or misuse of such information. The Company’s efforts to protect personal and Company information may also be adversely impacted by data security or privacy breaches that occur at its third-party vendors. While the Company's contractual arrangements with such third-party vendors provide for the protection of Company data, the Company cannot control these vendors or their systems and cannot guarantee that a data security or privacy breach of their systems will not occur in the future. A significant breach of customer, employee or Company data could damage the Company's reputation, its relationship with customers and the TIFFANY & CO. brand and could result in lost sales, sizable fines, significant breach-notification costs and lawsuits as well as adversely affect results of operations. The Company may also incur additional costs in the future related to the implementation of additional security measures to protect against new or enhanced data security and privacy threats, to comply with state, federal and international laws that may be enacted to address those threats or to investigate or address potential or actual data security or privacy breaches.

(xii) Any material disruption of, or a failure to successfully implement or make changes to, information systems could negatively impact the Company's business.

The Company is increasingly dependent on its information systems to operate its business, including in designing, manufacturing, marketing and distributing its products, as well as processing transactions, managing inventory and accounting for and reporting its results. Given the complexity of the Company’s global business, it is critical that the Company maintain the uninterrupted operation of its information systems. Despite the Company’s preventative efforts, its information systems may be vulnerable to damage, disruption or shutdown due to power outages,

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 15

Table of Contents

computer and telecommunications failures, computer viruses, security breaches or natural disasters. Damage, disruption or shutdown of the Company’s information systems may require a significant investment to fix or replace them, and the Company could suffer interruptions in its operations in the interim.

In addition, in the ordinary course of business, the Company regularly evaluates and makes changes and upgrades to its information systems. The Company has commenced a multi-year effort to evaluate and, where appropriate, to upgrade and/or replace certain of its information systems, including systems for global customer relationship management, order management and inventory management. These system changes and upgrades can require significant capital investments and dedication of resources. While the Company follows a disciplined methodology when evaluating and making such changes, there can be no assurances that the Company will successfully implement such changes, that such changes will occur without disruptions to its operations or that the new or upgraded systems will achieve the desired business objectives. For example, in 2016 the Company recorded a pre-tax impairment charge of $25.4 million related to software costs capitalized in connection with the development of a new finished goods inventory management and merchandising information system. See "Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Information Systems Assessment" for a discussion of this impairment charge.

Any damage, disruption or shutdown of the Company's information systems, or the failure to successfully implement new or upgraded systems, such as those referenced above, could have a direct material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations, could undermine the Company's ability to execute on its strategic and operational initiatives, and could also affect the Company's reputation, its ability to compete effectively, its relationship with customers and the TIFFANY & CO. brand, which could result in reduced sales and profitability.

(xiii) The loss or a prolonged disruption in the operation of the Company's centralized distribution centers could adversely affect its business and operations.

The Company maintains two separate distribution centers in close proximity to one another in New Jersey. Both are dedicated to warehousing merchandise; one handles worldwide store replenishment and the other processes direct-to-customer orders. Although the Company believes that it has appropriate contingency plans, unforeseen disruptions impacting one or both locations for a prolonged period of time may result in delays in the delivery of merchandise to stores or in fulfilling customer orders.

(xiv) The loss or a prolonged disruption in the operation of the Company's internal manufacturing facilities could adversely affect its business and operations.

The Company's internal manufacturing facilities produce approximately 60% of the merchandise sold by the Company. Any prolonged disruption to their operations would require the Company to seek alternate sources of production and could have a negative effect on inventory availability and sales until such sources are established.

(xv) If diamond mining and exploration companies to which the Company or its subsidiaries have provided financing were to experience financial difficulties, those funds might not be recovered, which would reduce the Company's earnings.

The Company and its subsidiaries may, from time to time, provide financing to diamond mining and exploration companies in order to obtain rights to purchase mining output. Mining operations are inherently risky, and often occur in regions subject to additional political, social and environmental risks. Given these risks, there is no assurance that the diamond mining and exploration companies subject to these arrangements will be able to meet their obligations to the Company under their financing agreements. If a diamond mining or exploration company defaults under its financing agreement, the Company would be required to evaluate whether it should take a period charge in respect of all or a portion of the financing, which would affect the Company's earnings.

For example, in 2016 and 2015, the Company recorded impairment charges, and related valuation allowances, of $4.2 million and $37.9 million, respectively, associated with a $43.8 million financing arrangement with Koidu Limited (previously Koidu Holdings S.A.). See "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note J. Commitments and Contingencies" for additional information.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 16

Table of Contents

(xvi) There is no assurance that the Company will be able to effectively and successfully grow its new watch business.

In 2015, management introduced new TIFFANY & CO. brand watches, which have been designed, produced, marketed and distributed through certain of the Company's Swiss subsidiaries. The effective development of this watch business has required and will continue to require additional resources and involves risks and uncertainties, including: (i) significant ongoing expenditures; (ii) the need to employ highly specialized and experienced personnel; (iii) new regulatory requirements; (iv) dependence on relatively small supply partners; and (v) production and distribution inefficiencies. Sales of these new TIFFANY & CO. brand watches represented approximately 1% of worldwide net sales in 2016 and 2015. While management anticipates an increase in these sales in 2017, it does not expect this new watch business to significantly contribute to the Company's profitability in the near term. As with any new business, the Company is competing with businesses with stronger market positions and has invested and will continue to invest significant resources in marketing to build customer awareness and to establish product differentiation. There is, however, no assurance that the Company will be able to effectively grow its new watch business or that such business will be successful in growing the Company's revenues or enhancing its profitability.

(xvii) If the Company is unable to effectively anticipate and respond to changes in consumer preferences and shopping patterns, or introduce new products or marketing programs that appeal to new or existing customers, the Company's sales and profitability could be adversely affected.

The Company's continued success depends on its ability to anticipate and respond in a timely and cost-effective manner to changes in consumer preferences for jewelry and other luxury goods, attitudes towards the global jewelry industry as a whole, as well as the manner and locations in which consumers purchase such goods. The Company recognizes that consumer tastes cannot be predicted with certainty and are subject to change, which is compounded by the expanding use of digital and social media by consumers and the speed by which information and opinions are shared. The Company's product development strategy is to introduce new design collections, primarily jewelry, and/or expand certain existing collections annually. In addition, management intends to continue to invest in marketing and public relations programs designed to build awareness of the Brand, its heritage and its products, as well as to enhance the Brand's association among consumers with quality and luxury. There can be no assurance these strategies will appeal to new or existing customers or will result in increased sales or profitability. Further, if the Company is unable to anticipate and respond in a timely and cost-effective manner to changes in consumer preferences and shopping patterns, the Company’s sales and profitability could be adversely impacted.

In addition, approximately 75% of the Company's stores are located within luxury department stores and shopping malls and benefit from the ability of those locations to generate consumer traffic. A substantial decline in department store and/or mall traffic may negatively impact the Company's ability to maintain or increase its sales in existing stores, as well as its ability to open new stores.

(xviii) The price of the Company's common stock may periodically rise or fall based on the Company's achievement of earnings forecasts and investors' expectations.

The Company's strategic planning process is designed to maximize its long-term strength, growth, and profitability, and not to achieve an earnings target in any particular fiscal period. Management believes that this longer-term focus is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders. At the same time, however, the Company recognizes that, from time to time, it may be helpful to provide investors with guidance as to management's annual earnings forecast. If, or when, the Company announces actual results that differ from those that have been forecast by management or others, the market price of the Company's common stock could be adversely affected.

The Company periodically returns value to its stockholders through common stock share repurchases and payment of quarterly cash dividends. The market price of the Company's common stock could be adversely affected if the Company’s share repurchase activity and/or cash dividend rate differs from investors' expectations.

(xix) Recent changes in the Company's executive management team may be disruptive to, or cause uncertainty in, its business, results of operations and the price of the Company's common stock.

On February 5, 2017, Frederic Cumenal stepped down from his position as Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and the Company’s Board of Directors appointed Michael J. Kowalski, Chairman of the Board, as the Company’s Interim Chief Executive Officer. The Company's Board of Directors has commenced an external search to recruit a successor with the assistance of a leading executive search firm. In addition to this recent change, certain members

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 17

Table of Contents

of the Company's executive management team have left the Company in recent years, which has required the Company to focus time and resources on recruiting the new members of its current executive management team. These changes in the Company's executive management team, may be disruptive to, or cause uncertainty in, the Company's business, and any additional changes to the executive management team could have a negative impact on the Company's ability to manage and grow its business effectively. In addition, if the Company is not effective in succession planning, there may be a negative impact on the Company's ability to successfully hire for key executive management roles, including the Chief Executive Officer position, in a timely manner. Any such disruption or uncertainty or difficulty in efficiently and effectively filling key roles could have a material adverse impact on the Company's results of operations and the price of the Company's common stock.

(xx) Environmental and climate changes could affect the Company's business.

The Company operates retail stores in more than 20 countries and has both domestic and foreign manufacturing operations that are susceptible to the risks associated with climate change, including the potential for more frequent and severe weather events. Such events could result in social, cultural and economic disruptions in these areas, including the disruption of local infrastructure and transportation systems that could limit the ability of the Company's employees and/or its customers to access the Company's stores or manufacturing locations. Despite the fact that the Company is pursuing numerous initiatives to reduce its environmental footprint, including its recent pledge to achieve net-zero greenhouse gas emissions by the year 2050, there remains the risk that insufficient global cooperation could lead to heightened levels of climate change. While the Company has a program for reviewing its vulnerability to the impacts of severe weather events and other risks associated with climate change, these events could nonetheless negatively affect the Company's business and operations.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

NONE

Item 2. Properties.

The Company leases its various store premises (other than the New York Flagship store, which is owned by the Company) under arrangements that generally range from 3 to 10 years. The following table provides information on the number of locations and square footage of Company-operated TIFFANY & CO. stores as of January 31, 2017 :



	Total Stores	Total Gross Retail Square Footage	Gross Retail Square Footage Range	Average Gross Retail Square Footage
Americas:
New York Flagship	1	45,500	45,500	45,500
Other stores	124	676,200	1,000 - 17,600	5,500
Asia-Pacific	85	240,600	400 - 12,800	2,800
Japan:
Tokyo Ginza	1	13,300	13,300	13,300
Other stores	54	140,100	1,600 - 7,500	2,600
Europe:
London Old Bond Street	1	22,400	22,400	22,400
Other stores	42	135,300	600 - 9,600	3,200
Emerging Markets	5	7,900	400 - 3,600	1,600
Total	313	1,281,300	400 - 45,500	4,100

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 18

Table of Contents

NEW YORK FLAGSHIP STORE

The Company owns the building, but not the air rights above the building, housing its New York Flagship store at 727 Fifth Avenue, which was designed to be a retail store for Tiffany and is well located for this function. Approximately 45,500 gross square feet of this 124,000 square foot building are devoted to retail sales, with the balance devoted to administrative offices, certain product services, jewelry manufacturing and storage. The New York Flagship store is also the focal point for marketing and public relations efforts. Sales in this store represent less than 10% of worldwide net sales.

RETAIL SERVICE CENTER

The Company's Retail Service Center ("RSC"), located in Parsippany, New Jersey, comprises approximately 370,000 square feet. Approximately half of the building is devoted to office and information technology operations and half to warehousing, shipping, receiving, merchandise processing and other distribution functions. The RSC receives merchandise and replenishes retail stores. The Company has a 20-year lease for this facility, which expires in 2025, and has two 10-year renewal options.

CUSTOMER FULFILLMENT CENTER

The Company owns the Customer Fulfillment Center ("CFC") in Whippany, New Jersey and leases the land on which the facility resides. The CFC is approximately 266,000 square feet and is primarily used for warehousing merchandise and processing direct-to-customer orders. The land lease expires in 2032 and the Company has the right to renew the lease for an additional 20-year term.

MANUFACTURING FACILITIES

The Company owns and operates jewelry manufacturing facilities in Cumberland, Rhode Island and Lexington, Kentucky, and leases a jewelry manufacturing facility in Pelham, New York as well as a facility in the Dominican Republic which performs certain functions such as jewelry polishing. Lease expiration dates range from 2019 to 2023. The owned and leased facilities total approximately 225,000 square feet.

The Company leases a facility in Belgium and owns facilities in Botswana, Cambodia, Mauritius and Vietnam (although the land in Botswana, Cambodia and Vietnam is leased) that prepare, cut and/or polish rough diamonds for use by Tiffany. These facilities total approximately 280,000 square feet and the lease expiration dates range from 2021 to 2062.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

Arbitration Award. On December 21, 2013, an award was issued (the "Arbitration Award") in favor of The Swatch Group Ltd. ("Swatch") and its wholly owned subsidiary Tiffany Watch Co. ("Watch Company"; Swatch and Watch Company, together, the "Swatch Parties") in an arbitration proceeding (the "Arbitration") between the Registrant and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Tiffany and Company and Tiffany (NJ) Inc. (the Registrant and such subsidiaries, together, the "Tiffany Parties") and the Swatch Parties.

The Arbitration was initiated in June 2011 by the Swatch Parties, who sought damages for alleged breach of agreements entered into by and among the Swatch Parties and the Tiffany Parties in December 2007 (the "Agreements"). The Agreements pertained to the development and commercialization of a watch business and, among other things, contained various licensing and governance provisions and approval requirements relating to business, marketing and branding plans and provisions allocating profits relating to sales of the watch business between the Swatch Parties and the Tiffany Parties.

In general terms, the Swatch Parties alleged that the Tiffany Parties breached the Agreements by obstructing and delaying development of Watch Company’s business and otherwise failing to proceed in good faith. The Swatch Parties sought damages based on alternate theories ranging from CHF 73.0 million (or approximately $73.0 million at January 31, 2017 ) (based on its alleged wasted investment) to CHF 3.8 billion (or approximately $3.8 billion at January 31, 2017 ) (calculated based on alleged future lost profits of the Swatch Parties and their affiliates over the entire term of the Agreements).

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 19

Table of Contents

The Registrant believes that the claims of the Swatch Parties are without merit. In the Arbitration, the Tiffany Parties defended against the Swatch Parties’ claims vigorously, disputing both the merits of the claims and the calculation of the alleged damages. The Tiffany Parties also asserted counterclaims for damages attributable to breach by the Swatch Parties, stemming from the Swatch Parties’ September 12, 2011 public issuance of a Notice of Termination purporting to terminate the Agreements due to alleged material breach by the Tiffany Parties, and for termination due to such breach. In general terms, the Tiffany Parties alleged that the Swatch Parties did not have grounds for termination, failed to meet the high standard for proving material breach set forth in the Agreements and failed to provide appropriate management, distribution, marketing and other resources for TIFFANY & CO. brand watches and to honor their contractual obligations to the Tiffany Parties regarding brand management. The Tiffany Parties’ counterclaims sought damages based on alternate theories ranging from CHF 120.0 million (or approximately $121.0 million at January 31, 2017 ) (based on its wasted investment) to approximately CHF 540.0 million (or approximately $542.0 million at January 31, 2017 ) (calculated based on alleged future lost profits of the Tiffany Parties).

The Arbitration hearing was held in October 2012 before a three-member arbitral panel convened in the Netherlands pursuant to the Arbitration Rules of the Netherlands Arbitration Institute (the "Rules"), and the Arbitration record was completed in February 2013.

Under the terms of the Arbitration Award, and at the request of the Swatch Parties and the Tiffany Parties, the Agreements were deemed terminated. The Arbitration Award stated that the effective date of termination was March 1, 2013. Pursuant to the Arbitration Award, the Tiffany Parties were ordered to pay the Swatch Parties damages of CHF 402.7 million (the "Arbitration Damages"), as well as interest from June 30, 2012 to the date of payment, two-thirds of the cost of the Arbitration and two-thirds of the Swatch Parties' legal fees, expenses and costs. These amounts were paid in full in January 2014.

Prior to the ruling of the arbitral panel, no accrual was established in the Company's consolidated financial statements because management did not believe the likelihood of an award of damages to the Swatch Parties was probable. As a result of the ruling, in the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company recorded a charge of $480.2 million, which included the damages, interest, and other costs associated with the ruling and which was classified as Arbitration award expense in the consolidated statement of earnings.

On March 31, 2014, the Tiffany Parties took action in the District Court of Amsterdam to annul the Arbitration Award. Generally, arbitration awards are final; however, Dutch law does provide for limited grounds on which arbitral awards may be set aside. The Tiffany Parties petitioned to annul the Arbitration Award on these statutory grounds. These grounds include, for example, that the arbitral tribunal violated its mandate by changing the express terms of the Agreements.

A three-judge panel presided over the annulment hearing on January 19, 2015, and, on March 4, 2015, issued a decision in favor of the Tiffany Parties. Under this decision, the Arbitration Award is set aside. However, the Swatch Parties took action in the Dutch courts to appeal the District Court's decision, and a three-judge panel presided over an appellate hearing in respect of the annulment, and the related claim by the Tiffany Parties for return of the Arbitration Damages and related costs, on June 29, 2016. That panel's decision, which may be appealed to the Supreme Court of the Netherlands, is pending. As a result of this ongoing appellate process, the Arbitration Award may ultimately be upheld by the courts of the Netherlands. Registrant’s management expects that the annulment action is not likely to be ultimately resolved until, at the earliest, Registrant's fiscal year ending January 31, 2018.

If the Arbitration Award is finally annulled, management anticipates that the claims and counterclaims that formed the basis of the Arbitration, and potentially additional claims and counterclaims, will be litigated in court proceedings between and among the Swatch Parties and the Tiffany Parties. The identity and location of the courts that would hear such actions have not been determined at this time.

In any litigation regarding the claims and counterclaims that formed the basis of the arbitration, issues of liability and damages will be pled and determined without regard to the findings of the arbitral panel. As such, it is possible that the court could find that the Swatch Parties were in material breach of their obligations under the Agreements, that the Tiffany Parties were in material breach of their obligations under the Agreements or that neither the Swatch Parties nor the Tiffany Parties were in material breach. If the Swatch Parties’ claims of liability were accepted by the court, the damages award cannot be reasonably estimated at this time, but could exceed the Arbitration Damages and could have a material adverse effect on the Registrant’s consolidated financial statements or liquidity.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 20

Table of Contents

Although the District Court issued a decision in favor of the Tiffany Parties, an amount will only be recorded for any return of amounts paid under the Arbitration Award when the District’s Court decision is final (i.e., after all rights of appeal have been exhausted) and return of these amounts is deemed probable and collection is reasonably assured. As such, the Company has not recorded any amounts in its consolidated financial statements related to the District Court’s decision.

Additionally, management has not established any accrual in the Company's consolidated financial statements for the year ended January 31, 2017 related to the annulment process or any potential subsequent litigation because it does not believe that the final annulment of the Arbitration Award and a subsequent award of damages exceeding the Arbitration Damages is probable.

Royalties payable to the Tiffany Parties by Watch Company under the Agreements and sales of watches manufactured by Watch Company and sold in TIFFANY & CO. stores were not significant in any year.

Other Matters. The Company is from time to time involved in routine litigation incidental to the conduct of its business, including proceedings to protect its trademark rights, litigation with parties claiming infringement of patents and other intellectual property rights by the Company, litigation instituted by persons alleged to have been injured upon premises under the Company's control and litigation with present and former employees and customers. Although litigation with present and former employees is routine and incidental to the conduct of the Company's business, as well as for any business employing significant numbers of employees, such litigation can result in large monetary awards when a civil jury is allowed to determine compensatory and/or punitive damages for actions claiming discrimination on the basis of age, gender, race, religion, disability or other legally protected characteristic or for termination of employment that is wrongful or in violation of implied contracts. However, the Company believes that all such litigation currently pending to which it is a party or to which its properties are subject will be resolved without any material adverse effect on the Company's financial position, earnings or cash flows.

Gain Contingency. On February 14, 2013, Tiffany and Company and Tiffany (NJ) LLC (collectively, the "Tiffany plaintiffs") initiated a lawsuit against Costco Wholesale Corp. ("Costco") for trademark infringement, false designation of origin and unfair competition, trademark dilution and trademark counterfeiting (the "Costco Litigation"). The Tiffany plaintiffs sought injunctive relief, monetary recovery and statutory damages on account of Costco's use of "Tiffany" on signs in the jewelry cases at Costco stores used to describe certain diamond engagement rings that were not manufactured by Tiffany. Costco filed a counterclaim arguing that the TIFFANY trademark was a generic term for multi-pronged ring settings and seeking to have the trademark invalidated, modified or partially canceled in that respect. On September 8, 2015, the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York (the "Court") granted the Tiffany plaintiffs' motion for summary judgment of liability in its entirety, dismissing Costco's genericism counterclaim and finding that Costco was liable for trademark infringement, trademark counterfeiting and unfair competition under New York law in its use of "Tiffany" on the above-referenced signs. On September 29, 2016, a civil jury rendered its verdict, finding that Costco's profits on the sale of the infringing rings should be awarded at $5.5 million, and further finding that an award of punitive damages was warranted. On October 5, 2016, the jury awarded $8.25 million in punitive damages. The aggregate award of $13.75 million is not final, and is subject to post-verdict motion practice and ultimately to adjustment by the Court. In such post-verdict motion practice, the Tiffany plaintiffs asserted that the profits award should be trebled and that Costco should also pay the Tiffany plaintiffs' legal fees in respect of this matter. Management expects that the Court will enter its final judgment as to the damages and other monetary recovery that Costco will be ordered to pay to the Tiffany plaintiffs during the Company's 2017 fiscal year. Management also expects that Costco will appeal this judgment, and that the Tiffany plaintiffs will be unable to enforce the judgment while the appeal is pending. As such, the Company has not recorded any amount in its consolidated financial statements related to this gain contingency as of January 31, 2017, and expects that this matter will not ultimately be resolved until, at the earliest, the Company's fiscal year ending January 31, 2018.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not Applicable.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 21

Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

In calculating the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Company shown on the cover page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, 860,775 shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by the executive officers and directors of the Company (exclusive of shares which may be acquired on exercise of employee stock options) were excluded, on the assumption that certain of those persons could be considered "affiliates" under the provisions of Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Performance of Company Stock

The Registrant's Common Stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange. In consolidated trading, the high and low selling prices per share for shares of such Common Stock for 2016 were:



	High	Low
First Quarter	$ 74.06	$ 59.75
Second Quarter	$ 72.18	$ 56.99
Third Quarter	$ 74.81	$ 58.77
Fourth Quarter	$ 85.44	$ 71.86

On March 13, 2017 , the high and low selling prices quoted on such exchange were $88.93 and $88.29. On March 13, 2017 , there were 14,241 holders of record of the Registrant's Common Stock.

In consolidated trading, the high and low selling prices per share for shares of such Common Stock for 2015 were:



	High	Low
First Quarter	$ 90.83	$ 82.64
Second Quarter	$ 96.33	$ 84.83
Third Quarter	$ 96.43	$ 74.28
Fourth Quarter	$ 84.19	$ 59.73

The following graph compares changes in the cumulative total shareholder return on the Company’s stock for the previous five fiscal years to returns for the same five-year period on (i) the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index and (ii) the Standard & Poor’s 500 Consumer Discretionary Index. Cumulative shareholder return is defined as changes in the closing price of the stock on the New York Stock Exchange, plus the reinvestment of any dividends paid on the stock. The graph assumes an investment of $100 on January 31, 2012 in the Company's common stock and in each of the two indices as well as the reinvestment of any subsequent dividends.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 22

Table of Contents

Total returns are based on market capitalization; indices are weighted at the beginning of each period for which a return is indicated. The stock performance shown in the graph is not intended to forecast or be indicative of future performance.



	1/31/12	1/31/13	1/31/14	1/31/15	1/31/16	1/31/17
Tiffany & Co.	$ 100.00	$ 105.24	$ 135.48	$ 143.26	$ 107.59	$ 136.00
S&P 500 Stock Index	100.00	116.78	141.91	162.09	161.01	193.28
S&P 500 Consumer Discretionary Index	100.00	123.67	157.51	178.00	191.84	223.45

Dividends

It is the Company's policy to pay a quarterly dividend on its Common Stock, subject to declaration by its Board of Directors. In 2015, a dividend of $0.38 per share of Common Stock was paid on April 10, 2015. On May 28, 2015, the Company announced a 5% increase in its regular quarterly dividend rate to a new rate of $0.40 per share of Common Stock which was paid on July 10, 2015, October 13, 2015 and January 11, 2016.

In 2016 , a dividend of $0.40 per share of Common Stock was paid on April 11, 2016 . On May 26, 2016 , the Company announced a 12.5% increase in its regular quarterly dividend rate to a new rate of $0.45 per share of Common Stock which was paid on July 11, 2016 , October 11, 2016 and January 10, 2017 .

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 23

Table of Contents

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

In January 2016, the Registrant's Board of Directors approved the termination of the Company's then-existing share repurchase program, which was approved in March 2014 and had authorized the Company to repurchase up to $300.0 million of its Common Stock through open market transactions (the "2014 Program"), in favor of a new share repurchase program ("2016 Program"). The 2016 Program, which will expire on January 31, 2019, authorizes the Company to repurchase up to $500.0 million of its Common Stock through open market transactions, block trades or privately negotiated transactions. Purchases under the 2014 Program were, and purchases under the 2016 Program have been, executed under a written plan for trading securities as specified under Rule 10b5-1 promulgated under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the terms of which are within the Company's discretion, subject to applicable securities laws, and are based on market conditions and the Company's liquidity needs. Approximately $310.4 million remained available for repurchase under the 2016 Program at January 31, 2017 .

The following table contains the Company's purchases of equity securities in the fourth quarter of 2016 :



Period	(a) Total Number of Shares (or Units) Purchased	(b) Average Price Paid per Share (or Unit)	(c) Total Number of Shares (or Units) Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs	(d) Maximum Number (or Approximate Dollar Value) of Shares (or Units) that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs (in millions)
November 1, 2016 to November 30, 2016	39,480	$ 73.10	39,480	$ 310.4
December 1, 2016 to December 31, 2016	—	$ —	—	$ 310.4
January 1, 2017 to January 31, 2017	—	$ —	—	$ 310.4
TOTAL	39,480	$ 73.10	39,480	$ 310.4

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 24

Table of Contents

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

The following table sets forth selected financial data, certain of which have been derived from the Company's consolidated financial statements for fiscal years 2012 - 2016 , which ended on January 31 of the following calendar year:



(in millions, except per share amounts, percentages, ratios, stores and employees)	2016 ^a			2015 ^b			2014 ^c			2013 ^d			2012
EARNINGS DATA
Net sales	$	4,001.8		$	4,104.9		$	4,249.9		$	4,031.1		$	3,794.2
Gross profit	2,490.3			2,491.3			2,537.2			2,340.4			2,163.3
Selling, general & administrative expenses	1,769.1			1,731.2			1,645.8			1,555.9			1,466.1
Net earnings	446.1			463.9			484.2			181.4			416.2
Net earnings per diluted share	3.55			3.59			3.73			1.41			3.25
Weighted-average number of diluted common shares	125.5			129.1			129.9			128.9			127.9
BALANCE SHEET AND CASH FLOW DATA
Total assets *	$	5,097.6		$	5,121.6		$	5,171.8		$	4,745.1		$	4,628.9
Cash and cash equivalents	928.0			843.6			730.0			345.8			504.8
Inventories, net	2,157.6			2,225.0			2,362.1			2,326.6			2,234.3
Short-term borrowings and long-term debt (including current portion) *	1,107.1			1,095.8			1,107.8			996.3			957.4
Stockholders' equity	3,028.4			2,929.5			2,850.7			2,734.0			2,611.3
Working capital	2,940.8			2,778.5			2,850.8			2,431.1			2,485.4
Cash flows from operating activities	702.1			813.6			615.1			154.7			328.3
Capital expenditures	222.8			252.7			247.4			221.4			219.5
Stockholders' equity per share	24.33			23.10			22.04			21.31			20.57
Cash dividends paid per share	1.75			1.58			1.48			1.34			1.25
RATIO ANALYSIS AND OTHER DATA
As a percentage of net sales:
Gross profit	62.2		%	60.7		%	59.7		%	58.1		%	57.0		%
Selling, general & administrative expenses	44.2		%	42.2		%	38.7		%	38.6		%	38.6		%
Earnings from operations	18.0		%	18.5		%	21.0		%	7.5		%	18.4		%
Net earnings	11.1		%	11.3		%	11.4		%	4.5		%	11.0		%
Capital expenditures	5.6		%	6.2		%	5.8		%	5.5		%	5.8		%
Return on average assets *	8.7		%	9.0		%	9.8		%	3.9		%	9.5		%
Return on average stockholders' equity	15.0		%	16.1		%	17.3		%	6.8		%	16.8		%
Total debt-to-equity ratio *	36.6		%	37.4		%	38.9		%	36.4		%	36.7		%
Dividends as a percentage of net earnings	49.0		%	43.8		%	39.5		%	93.9		%	38.1		%
Company-operated TIFFANY & CO. stores	313			307			295			289			275
Number of employees	11,900			12,200			12,000			10,600			9,900

The Company adopted ASU No. 2015-03 – Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs retrospectively as of February 1, 2016. Accordingly, debt issuance costs were reclassified from an asset to a direct deduction from long-term debt in each of the years presented. See "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note B. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" for additional information.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 25

Table of Contents

NOTES TO SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA


a.	Financial information and ratios for 2016 include the following amounts, totaling $38.0 million of pre-tax expense ($24.0 million net after tax expense, or $0.19 per diluted share):

•

$25.4 million of net pre-tax expense ($16.0 million net after tax expense, or $0.13 per diluted share) associated with an asset impairment charge related to software costs capitalized in connection with the development of a new finished goods inventory management and merchandising information system. See "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note B. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and "Note E. Property, Plant and Equipment" for additional information; and


•	$12.6 million of net pre-tax expense ($8.0 million net after tax expense, or $0.06 per diluted share) associated with impairment charges related to financing arrangements with diamond mining and exploration companies. See "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note B. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" for additional information.


b.	Financial information and ratios for 2015 include the following amounts, totaling $46.7 million of net pre-tax expense ($29.9 million net after tax expense, or $0.24 per diluted share):


•	$37.9 million of net pre-tax expense ($24.3 million net after tax expense, or $0.19 per diluted share) associated with impairment charges related to a financing arrangement with Koidu Limited. See "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note J. Commitments and Contingencies" for additional information; and


•	$8.8 million of net pre-tax expense ($5.6 million net after tax expense, or $0.05 per diluted share) associated with severance related to staffing reductions and subleasing of certain office space for which only a portion of the Company's future rent obligations will be recovered.


c.	Financial information and ratios for 2014 include $93.8 million of net pre-tax expense ($60.9 million net after tax expense, or $0.47 per diluted share) associated with the redemption of $400.0 million in aggregate principal amount of certain senior notes prior to their scheduled maturities. See "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note G. Debt" for additional information.


d.	Financial information and ratios for 2013 include the following amounts, totaling $482.1 million of net pre-tax expense ($299.2 million net after-tax expense, or $2.32 per diluted share):


•	$480.2 million pre-tax expense associated with the Swatch arbitration award and $7.5 million pre-tax income associated with a foreign currency transaction gain on this expense. See "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note J. Commitments and Contingencies" for additional information regarding the arbitration proceeding; and


•	$9.4 million pre-tax expense associated with severance related to staffing reductions and subleasing of certain office space for which only a portion of the Company's future rent obligations will be recovered.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 26

Table of Contents

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the Company's consolidated financial statements and related notes. All references to years relate to fiscal years which ended on January 31 of the following calendar year.

KEY STRATEGIES

The Company's key strategies are:


•	To enhance the customer experience through engaging service and store environments.

To ensure a superior shopping experience, the Company employs highly qualified sales and customer service professionals, focuses on enhancing sales and product training programs, and is investing in enhancing its information systems for customer relationship management. The Company also focuses on enhancing the design of its stores, as well as the creative visual presentation of its merchandise, to provide an engaging luxury experience in both its new and existing stores.


•	To regularly develop and introduce new products.

The Company's product development strategy is to introduce new design collections, primarily in jewelry, and/or expand certain existing collections annually, both of which are intended to appeal to the Company’s existing customer base as well as to new customers. The Company is also investing in the watch category, which it deems appropriate for the Brand and which presents an incremental long-term growth opportunity.


•	To enhance customer awareness of the TIFFANY & CO. trademark (the "Brand"), its heritage, its products and its association with quality and luxury.

The Brand is the single most important asset of Tiffany and, indirectly, of the Company. Management intends to continue to invest in marketing and public relations programs designed to build awareness of the Brand, its heritage and its products, as well as to enhance the Brand’s association among consumers with quality and luxury. Management monitors these efforts and the strength of the Brand through market research.


•	To expand and optimize its global distribution base.

Management intends to continue to expand and optimize its global store base by evaluating potential markets for new TIFFANY & CO. stores, as well as through the renovation, relocation, or, in certain cases, the closure of existing stores. Management will also continue to pursue opportunities to grow sales through its e-commerce websites and utilize the websites to drive store traffic. Management recognizes that over-saturation of any market could diminish the distinctive appeal of the Brand, but believes that there are a number of potential worldwide locations remaining that meet financial and Brand requirements.


•	To improve its business operations and processes, while efficiently managing its capital and costs

The Company is focused on improving its business operations and processes, including by realizing greater efficiencies in its product supply chain and other operations, and enhancing its global procurement capabilities.


•	To maintain substantial control over product supply through direct diamond sourcing and internal jewelry manufacturing.

The Company has developed substantial product supply infrastructure related to the procurement and processing of diamonds and to the manufacturing of jewelry. This infrastructure is intended to ensure adequate product supply and favorable product costs while adhering to the Company's quality and ethical standards. The Company will continue to supplement its internal capabilities through its network of external suppliers.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 27

Table of Contents

Through the efforts above, management is committed to the following long-term financial objectives:


•	To achieve improved operating margins, through both improved gross margin and efficient expense management.

Management's long-term objective is to improve gross margin, including through controlling product input costs, realizing greater efficiencies in its product supply chain and adjusting retail prices when appropriate. Additionally, management is focused on efficient selling, general and administrative expense management, thereby generating sales leverage on fixed costs. These efforts are collectively intended to generate a higher rate of operating earnings growth relative to sales growth, and management targets an improvement in operating margin of 50 basis points per year over the long term.


•	To increase store productivity and profitability.

Management is focused on increasing the frequency of store visits and the percentage of store visitors who make a purchase, as well as optimal utilization of square footage, to grow sales and sales per square foot.


•	To improve inventory and other asset productivity and cash flow.

Management's long-term objective is to maintain inventory growth at a rate less than sales growth, with greater focus on efficiencies in product sourcing and manufacturing as well as optimizing store inventory levels, all of which is intended to contribute to improvements in cash flow and return on assets.


•	To maintain a capital structure that provides financial strength and the ability to invest in strategic initiatives, while also allowing for the return of excess capital to shareholders.

2016 SUMMARY

•

Worldwide net sales decreased 3% to $4.0 billion reflecting declines in the Americas and Europe partly offset by an increase in Japan and unchanged sales in Asia-Pacific, and comparable store sales decreased 5% due to declines in all regions except Japan. On a constant-exchange-rate basis (see "Non-GAAP Measures"), worldwide net sales decreased 3% and comparable store sales decreased 5% reflecting similar trends.


•	The Company added a net of 6 TIFFANY & CO. stores (opening seven in Asia-Pacific, three in Europe and one in the Americas, while closing three in Asia-Pacific and one each in Japan and Europe and relocating 5 stores) resulting in a 3% net increase in gross retail square footage.


•	The Company expanded its offerings within several existing jewelry collections, including its TIFFANY T and RETURN TO TIFFANY ^® LOVE collections, and introduced new watch designs.


•	Earnings from operations as a percentage of net sales ("operating margin") decreased 0.5 percentage point. Excluding impairment charges recorded in 2016 and 2015 (see "Non-GAAP Measures"), operating margin decreased 0.7 percentage point. An improvement in gross margin was more than offset by a lack of sales leverage on selling, general and administrative ("SG&A") expenses.

•

Net earnings decreased 4% to $446.1 million , or $3.55 per diluted share. Net earnings in 2016 included impairment charges of $0.19 per diluted share (see "Non-GAAP Measures") and an income tax benefit of $0.05 per diluted share (as a result of the conclusion of a tax examination). Net earnings in 2015 included charges of $0.24 per diluted share (see "Non-GAAP Measures"). Excluding these charges, net earnings per diluted share declined 2% to $3.75.


•	Inventories, net decreased 3% .


•	Cash flow from operating activities of $702.1 million in 2016 , compared with $813.6 million in 2015 . Free cash flow (see "Non-GAAP Measures") of $479.3 million in 2016 , compared with $560.9 million in 2015 . Cash flow from operating activities and free cash flow in 2016 include a voluntary cash contribution of

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 28

Table of Contents

$120.0 million made by the Company to its U.S. pension plan (See "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note N. Employee Benefit Plans").


•	The Company returned cash to shareholders by continuing to pay regular quarterly dividends (which were increased 12.5% effective July 2016 to $0.45 per share, or an annualized rate of $1.80 per share) and spending $183.6 million to repurchase 2.8 million shares of its Common Stock.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Non-GAAP Measures

The Company reports information in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("GAAP"). Internally, management also monitors and measures its performance using certain sales and earnings measures that include or exclude amounts, or are subject to adjustments that have the effect of including or excluding amounts, from the most directly comparable GAAP measure ("non-GAAP financial measures"). The Company presents such non-GAAP financial measures in reporting its financial results to provide investors with useful supplemental information that will allow them to evaluate the Company's operating results using the same measures that management uses to monitor and measure its performance. The Company's management does not, nor does it suggest that investors should, consider non-GAAP financial measures in isolation from, or as a substitute for, financial information prepared in accordance with GAAP. These non-GAAP financial measures presented here may not be comparable to similarly-titled measures used by other companies.

Net Sales . The Company's reported net sales reflect either a translation-related benefit from strengthening foreign currencies or a detriment from a strengthening U.S. dollar. Internally, management monitors and measures its sales performance on a non-GAAP basis that eliminates the positive or negative effects that result from translating sales made outside the U.S. into U.S. dollars ("constant-exchange-rate basis"). Sales on a constant-exchange-rate basis are calculated by taking the current year's sales in local currencies and translating them into U.S. dollars using the prior year's foreign exchange rates. Management believes this constant-exchange-rate basis provides a useful supplemental basis for the assessment of sales performance and of comparability between reporting periods. The following table reconciles the sales percentage increases (decreases) from the GAAP to the non-GAAP basis versus the previous year:



	2016						2015
	GAAP Reported		Translation Effect		Constant- Exchange- Rate Basis		GAAP Reported		Translation Effect		Constant- Exchange- Rate Basis
Net Sales:
Worldwide	(3	)%	—	%	(3	)%	(3	)%	(5	)%	2	%
Americas	(5	)	—		(5	)	(4	)	(2	)	(2	)
Asia-Pacific	—		(1	)	1		(2	)	(5	)	3
Japan	12		12		—		(2	)	(12	)	10
Europe	(10	)	(7	)	(3	)	(1	)	(13	)	12
Other	(8	)	—		(8	)	(13	)	—		(13	)

Comparable Store Sales:
Worldwide	(5	)%	—	%	(5	)%	(6	)%	(6	)%	—	%
Americas	(6	)	(1	)	(5	)	(6	)	(2	)	(4	)
Asia-Pacific	(9	)	(2	)	(7	)	(5	)	(5	)	—
Japan	16		11		5		(7	)	(12	)	5
Europe	(14	)	(5	)	(9	)	(5	)	(14	)	9
Other	(15	)	—		(15	)	(15	)	—		(15	)

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 29

Table of Contents

Statements of Earnings. Internally, management monitors and measures its earnings performance excluding certain items listed below. Management believes excluding such items provides a useful supplemental basis for the assessment of the Company's results relative to the corresponding period in the prior year. The following tables reconcile certain GAAP amounts to non-GAAP amounts:



(in millions, except per share amounts)	GAAP			Impairment charges ^a			Non-GAAP
Year Ended January 31, 2017
SG&A expenses	$	1,769.1		$	(38.0	)	$	1,731.1
As a % of sales	44.2		%				43.3		%
Earnings from operations	721.2			38.0			759.2
As a % of sales	18.0		%				19.0		%
Provision for income taxes ^b	230.5			14.0			244.5
Net earnings	446.1			24.0			470.1
Diluted earnings per share*	3.55			0.19			3.75

*Amounts may not add due to rounding.


^a	Expenses associated with the following:


•	$25.4 million of net pre-tax expense ($16.0 million net after tax expense, or $0.13 per diluted share) associated with an asset impairment charge related to software costs capitalized in connection with the development of a new finished goods inventory management and merchandising information system (see "Information Systems Assessment"); and


•	$12.6 million of net pre-tax expense ($8.0 million net after tax expense, or $0.06 per diluted share) associated with impairment charges related to financing arrangements with diamond mining and exploration companies (see "Financing Arrangements with Diamond Mining and Exploration Companies").


^b	The income tax effect resulting from the adjustments has been calculated as both current and deferred tax benefit (expense), based upon the tax laws and statutory income tax rates applicable in the tax jurisdiction(s) of the underlying adjustment.



(in millions, except per share amounts)	GAAP			Impairment charges ^c			Specific cost-reduction initiatives ^d			Non-GAAP
Year Ended January 31, 2016
SG&A expenses	$	1,731.2		$	(37.9	)	$	(8.8	)	$	1,684.5
As a % of net sales	42.2		%							41.0		%
Earnings from operations	760.1			37.9			8.8			806.8
As a % of net sales	18.5		%							19.7		%
Provision for income taxes ^b	246.0			13.6			3.2			262.8
Net earnings	463.9			24.3			5.6			493.8
Diluted earnings per share	3.59			0.19			0.05			3.83


^c	Expenses associated with impairment charges related to a financing arrangement with Koidu Limited (see "Financing Arrangements with Diamond Mining and Exploration Companies").


^d	Expenses associated with specific cost-reduction initiatives which included severance related to staffing reductions and subleasing of certain office space for which only a portion of the Company's future rent obligations will be recovered.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 30

Table of Contents



(in millions, except per share amounts)	GAAP		Debt extinguishment ^e			Non-GAAP
Year Ended January 31, 2015
Loss on extinguishment of debt	$	93.8	$	(93.8	)	$	—
Provision for income taxes ^b	253.4		32.8			286.2
Net earnings	484.2		60.9			545.1
Diluted earnings per share	3.73		0.47			4.20


^e	Expenses associated with the redemption of $400.0 million in aggregate principal amount of certain senior notes prior to their scheduled maturities (see "Loss on Extinguishment of Debt").

Free Cash Flow. Internally, management monitors its cash flow on a non-GAAP basis. Free cash flow is calculated by deducting capital expenditures from net cash provided by operating activities. The ability to generate free cash flow demonstrates how much cash the Company has available for discretionary and non-discretionary purposes after deduction of capital expenditures. The Company's operations require regular capital expenditures for the opening, renovation and expansion of stores and distribution and manufacturing facilities as well as ongoing investments in information technology. Management believes this provides a useful supplemental basis for assessing the Company's operating cash flows. The following table reconciles GAAP net cash provided by operating activities to non-GAAP free cash flow:



	Years Ended January 31,
( in millions)	2017			2016
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	702.1		$	813.6
Less: Capital expenditures	(222.8		)	(252.7		)
Free cash flow ^a	$	479.3		$	560.9


^a	Free cash flow in 2016 reflects a voluntary cash contribution of $120.0 million made by the Company to its U.S. pension plan (See "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note N. Employee Benefit Plans").

Comparable Store Sales

Comparable store sales include only sales transacted in Company-operated stores open for more than 12 months. Sales for relocated stores are included in comparable store sales if the relocation occurs within the same geographical market. Sales for a new store are not included in comparable store sales if that store was relocated from one department store to another or from a department store to a free-standing location. In all markets, the results of a store in which the square footage has been expanded or reduced remain in the comparable store base.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 31

Table of Contents

Net Sales

The Company generates sales through its retail, Internet, wholesale, business-to-business and catalog channels (see "Item 1. Business - Financial Information about Reportable Segments").

Net sales by segment were as follows:



(in millions)	2016		2015		2014		2016 vs 2015 % Change		2015 vs 2014 % Change
Americas ^a	$	1,841.9	$	1,947.0	$	2,033.5	(5	)%	(4	)%
Asia-Pacific ^b	999.1		1,003.1		1,025.2		—		(2	)
Japan ^c	604.4		541.3		554.3		12		(2	)
Europe ^d	457.6		505.7		513.3		(10	)	(1	)
Other	98.8		107.8		123.6		(8	)	(13	)
	$	4,001.8	$	4,104.9	$	4,249.9	(3	)%	(3	)%


a)	Represented 46% of worldwide net sales in 2016 , 47% in 2015 and 48% in 2014 , while sales in the U.S. represented 88% of net sales in the Americas in those periods. Total sales in the Company's New York Flagship store represented less than 10% of worldwide net sales in 2016, 2015 and 2014.


b)	Represented 25% of worldwide net sales in 2016 and 24% in 2015 and 2014 , while sales in Greater China represented more than half of Asia-Pacific's net sales in those periods.


c)	Represented 15% of worldwide net sales in 2016 and 13% in 2015 and 2014 .


d)	Represented 11% of worldwide net sales in 2016 and 12% in 2015 and 2014 , while sales in the United Kingdom ("U.K.") represented approximately 40% of European net sales in those periods.

Net Sales — 2016 compared with 2015 . In 2016 , worldwide net sales decreased $103.1 million , or 3% , reflecting declines in the Americas and Europe, an increase in Japan and unchanged sales in Asia-Pacific. There was no significant impact from foreign currency translation on worldwide net sales.

In 2016, jewelry sales represented 92% of worldwide net sales. Changes in jewelry sales by product category relative to the prior year were as follows:



(in millions)	$ Change			% Change
High, fine & solitaire jewelry	$	(75.0	)	(9	)%
Engagement jewelry & wedding bands	(20.2		)	(2	)
Fashion jewelry	(11.8		)	(1	)
Designer jewelry	4.2			1

The decrease in sales of high, fine & solitaire jewelry reflected declines across the category, while the engagement jewelry & wedding bands category decreased due to a shift in sales mix towards wedding bands. The fashion jewelry category decreased as declines in silver jewelry, although at a smaller rate than in prior year, more than offset increases in gold jewelry.

Items bearing the name of and attributed to one of the Company's "named" designers: Elsa Peretti and Paloma Picasso, which were previously reported across the high, fine & solitaire jewelry, engagement jewelry & wedding bands and fashion jewelry categories, have been reclassified into a designer jewelry category to conform with management's current internal analysis of product sales. Additionally, certain reclassifications within the jewelry categories have been made to the prior years' amounts to conform to the current year category presentation.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 32

Table of Contents

Changes in net sales by reportable segment were as follows:



(in millions)	Comparable Store Sales			Non-comparable Store Sales			Wholesale/Other			Total
Americas	$	(96.1	)	$	2.3		$	(11.3	)	$	(105.1	)
Asia-Pacific	(80.1		)	59.8			16.3			(4.0		)
Japan	78.8			(1.3		)	(14.4		)	63.1
Europe	(59.7		)	13.1			(1.5		)	(48.1		)

In 2016, jewelry sales represented 90%, 98%, 93% and 96% of total sales in the Americas, Asia-Pacific, Japan and Europe, respectively. Changes in jewelry sales relative to the prior year were as follows:



	Average Price per Unit Sold
	As Reported		Impact of Currency Translation		Number of Units Sold
Change in Jewelry Sales
Americas	1	%	—	%	(6	)%
Asia-Pacific	(5	)%	(2	)%	4	%
Japan	(2	)%	11	%	13	%
Europe	(1	)%	(6	)%	(9	)%

Americas . In 2016 , total sales decreased $105.1 million , or 5% , which management attributed to lower sales to U.S. customers and foreign tourist spending (primarily Chinese tourists). Comparable store sales decreased $96.1 million , or 6% . On a constant-exchange-rate basis, both total sales and comparable store sales decreased 5% .

The decrease in the number of jewelry units sold reflected declines across most categories, particularly in fashion silver jewelry.

Asia-Pacific. In 2016 , total sales were approximately equal to the prior year, decreasing $4.0 million , partly reflecting new stores and increased wholesale sales; comparable store sales decreased $80.1 million , or 9% . Management attributed performance in this region to increased purchasing by local customers and declines in spending by foreign tourists. In addition, sales growth in China, increased wholesale sales in Korea, a decelerating rate of retail sales declines in Hong Kong and varying performance in other countries. On a constant-exchange-rate basis, total sales increased 1% and comparable store sales decreased 7% .

The increase in the number of jewelry units sold reflected increases in fashion jewelry, particularly in silver jewelry, and wedding bands within the engagement category. Management attributed the decrease in the average price per jewelry unit sold to a shift in mix away from high, fine & solitaire jewelry to fashion jewelry and within the engagement jewelry & wedding bands category toward wedding bands.

Japan. In 2016 , total sales increased $63.1 million , or 12% , and comparable store sales increased $78.8 million , or 16% . On a constant-exchange-rate basis, total sales were in line with prior year and comparable store sales increased 5% . Management attributed this performance to higher spending by local customers and lower spending by Chinese tourists, as well as lower wholesale sales.

The increase in number of jewelry units sold primarily reflected increases in the fashion jewelry, designer jewelry and the engagement jewelry & wedding bands categories. Management attributed the decrease in the average price per jewelry unit sold to a shift away from the high, fine & solitaire jewelry category to designer jewelry, as well as a shift in sales mix within the fashion jewelry category towards silver jewelry.

Europe. In 2016 , total sales decreased $48.1 million , or 10% , and comparable store sales decreased $59.7 million , or 14% , which management attributed to lower spending by foreign tourists and local customers across continental Europe. On a constant-exchange-rate basis, total sales decreased 3% and comparable store sales decreased 9% , as

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 33

Table of Contents

softness across continental Europe was partially offset by sales increases in the U.K. (particularly in the second half of the year, largely attributable to foreign tourist spending).

The decrease in the number of jewelry units sold reflected decreases across all categories, especially in fashion silver jewelry. Management attributed the decrease in average price per unit sold to the negative effect of currency translation, which offset a favorable shift toward higher-priced products within the engagement jewelry & wedding bands category.

Other. In 2016 , total sales decreased $9.0 million , or 8% , partly due to a $16.9 million, or 22%, sales decline in the Emerging Markets region partly offset by an increase in wholesale sales of diamonds.

Net Sales — 2015 compared with 2014 . In 2015 , worldwide net sales decreased $145.0 million , or 3% , due to lower sales in all regions. The strengthening of the U.S. dollar versus other currencies had the translation effect of reducing worldwide net sales growth by 5%, with net sales on a constant-exchange-rate basis increasing 2% (due to growth in Europe, Japan and Asia-Pacific, while sales in the Americas decreased modestly from the prior year).

In 2015, jewelry sales represented 93% of worldwide net sales. Changes in jewelry sales by product category were as follows:



(in millions)	$ Change			% Change
High, fine & solitaire jewelry	$	(16.3	)	(2	)%
Engagement jewelry & wedding bands	(78.8		)	(6	)
Fashion jewelry	(16.9		)	(1	)
Designer jewelry	(20.7		)	(4	)

The decrease in the high, fine & solitaire jewelry category reflected lower sales of fine jewelry partly offset by increased high jewelry sales. The decrease in the engagement jewelry & wedding bands category reflected decreases in both solitaire diamond rings and wedding bands. The decrease in the fashion jewelry category reflected a decline in sales of entry-level price point jewelry, largely in silver, partly offset by growth in gold jewelry sales. The decrease in designer jewelry primarily reflected decreases in gold and silver jewelry.

Changes in net sales by reportable segment were as follows:



(in millions)	Comparable Store Sales			Non-comparable Store Sales		Wholesale/Other			Total
Americas	$	(103.5	)	$	12.9	$	4.1		$	(86.5	)
Asia-Pacific	(46.0		)	32.7		(8.8		)	(22.1		)
Japan	(36.4		)	9.6		13.8			(13.0		)
Europe	(24.0		)	11.7		4.7			(7.6		)

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 34

Table of Contents

In 2015, jewelry sales represented 89%, 98%, 93% and 96% of total sales in the Americas, Asia-Pacific, Japan and Europe, respectively. Changes in jewelry sales relative to the prior year were as follows:



	Average Price per Unit Sold
	As Reported		Impact of Currency Translation		Number of Units Sold
Change in Jewelry Sales
Americas	6	%	(2	)%	(11	)%
Asia-Pacific	4	%	(5	)%	(6	)%
Japan	(2	)%	(12	)%	—	%
Europe	—	%	(14	)%	(2	)%

Americas . In 2015 , total sales decreased $86.5 million , or 4% , and comparable store sales decreased $103.5 million , or 6% , while on a constant-exchange-rate basis, total sales decreased 2% and comparable store sales decreased 4% . Management attributed the decrease in total sales and comparable store sales to lower foreign tourist spending in the U.S. (which management believes was the result of a strong U.S. dollar) as well as to lower sales to U.S. customers. The strong sales growth in Canada and Latin America was more than offset by currency translation.

The decrease in the number of jewelry units sold reflected decreases across most categories, especially in entry-level price point silver jewelry. Management attributed the increase in the average price per jewelry unit sold to price increases and a shift in sales mix toward higher-priced products within the fashion jewelry category and toward high jewelry.

Asia-Pacific. In 2015 , total sales decreased $22.1 million , or 2% , and comparable store sales decreased $46.0 million, or 5%, while on a constant-exchange-rate basis, total sales increased 3% and comparable store sales were unchanged. Sales rose in China and declined in Hong Kong; overall sales results were negatively affected by currency translation.

The decrease in the number of jewelry units sold primarily reflected declines in entry-level price point silver jewelry. Management attributed the increase in the average price per jewelry unit sold to price increases and a shift in sales mix toward higher-priced products within the fashion jewelry category and toward high jewelry.

Japan. In 2015 , total sales decreased $13.0 million , or 2% , and comparable store sales declined $36.4 million , or 7% , while on a constant-exchange-rate basis, total sales increased 10% and comparable store sales increased 5% . Management attributed the decrease in sales to currency translation, which offset higher spending by foreign tourists.

Management attributed the decrease in average price per unit sold to currency translation, which offset the favorable effect of price increases and a shift in sales mix toward higher-priced products.

Europe. In 2015 , total sales decreased $7.6 million , or 1% , and comparable store sales declined $24.0 million , or 5% , while on a constant-exchange-rate basis, total sales increased 12% and comparable store sales increased 9% . Growth across the region, which management attributed to higher spending by foreign tourists and, to a lesser extent, higher sales to local customers was entirely offset by currency translation.

The decrease in the number of jewelry units sold was attributed to soft demand for silver jewelry. Management attributed the increase in average price per jewelry unit sold to price increases and a shift in sales mix toward higher-priced products, entirely offset by currency translation.

Other. In 2015 , total sales decreased $15.8 million , or 13% , partly due to a $9.2 million, or 11%, sales decline in the Emerging Markets region that largely reflected lower comparable store sales. The remainder of the decrease was related to lower wholesale sales of diamonds.

Store Data . In 2016 , the Company increased gross retail square footage by 3%, net, through store openings, closings and relocations. The Company opened 11 stores and closed five: opening seven in Asia-Pacific (three in China, two

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 35

Table of Contents

in Australia and one each in Korea and New Zealand), three in Europe (two in Italy and one in the Netherlands) and one in the Americas (in Canada) while closing three stores in Asia-Pacific (two in China and one in Singapore) and one each in Japan and Europe (in Germany). In addition, the Company relocated five existing stores.

In 2015 , the Company increased gross retail square footage by 4%, net, through store openings, closings and relocations. The Company opened 16 stores and closed four: opening three in the Americas (in the U.S., Canada and Chile), 11 in Asia-Pacific (five in China, two in Macau and one each in Korea, Singapore, Taiwan and Thailand) and two in Europe (in Spain and Switzerland) while closing one store in the Americas and three stores in Asia-Pacific. In addition, the Company relocated nine existing stores.

Sales per gross square foot generated by all company-operated stores were approximately $2,700 in 2016 , $2,900 in 2015 and $3,100 in 2014 . The declines in 2016 and 2015 reflected the effects of decreased sales (which in 2015 were negatively affected by currency translation) and growth in retail square footage.

Gross Margin



(in millions)	2016			2015			2014
Gross profit	$	2,490.3		$	2,491.3		$	2,537.2
Gross profit as a percentage of net sales	62.2		%	60.7		%	59.7		%

Gross margin (gross profit as a percentage of net sales) increased 1.5 percentage points in 2016 reflecting favorable product input costs and the effect of price increases, and, to a lesser extent, favorable changes in product sales mix.

Gross margin increased 1.0 percentage point in 2015 reflecting favorable product input costs that were partly offset by a shift in sales mix to higher-priced, lower-margin products. In addition, the benefit from retail price increases was partly offset by the negative effect from the strong U.S. dollar.

Management periodically reviews and adjusts its retail prices when appropriate to address product input cost increases, specific market conditions and changes in foreign currencies/U.S. dollar relationships. Its long-term strategy is to continue that approach, although significant increases in product input costs or weakening foreign currencies can affect gross margin negatively over the short-term until management makes necessary price adjustments. Among the market conditions that management considers are consumer demand for the product category involved, which may be influenced by consumer confidence, and competitive pricing conditions. Management uses derivative instruments to mitigate certain foreign exchange and precious metal price exposures (see "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note H. Hedging Instruments"). Management increased retail prices in both 2016 and 2015 across most geographic regions and product categories, some of which were intended to mitigate foreign currency fluctuations.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses



(in millions)	2016			2015			2014
As reported:
SG&A expenses	$	1,769.1		$	1,731.2		$	1,645.8
SG&A expenses as a percentage of net sales	44.2		%	42.2		%	38.7		%
Excluding items in "Non-GAAP Measures":
SG&A expenses	$	1,731.1		$	1,684.5		$	1,645.8
SG&A expenses as a percentage of net sales	43.3		%	41.0		%	38.7		%

SG&A expenses increased $37.9 million , or 2% , in 2016 and $85.4 million, or 5%, in 2015. SG&A expenses in 2016 included various impairment charges and, in 2015, included loan impairment charges and certain expenses associated with specific cost-reduction initiatives. See "Non-GAAP Measures" for further details.

SG&A expenses in 2016 (excluding the 2016 and 2015 items noted in "Non-GAAP Measures") increased $46.6 million, or 3%, largely reflecting increased store occupancy and depreciation expenses and labor and incentive compensation costs. There was no significant effect on SG&A expense changes from foreign currency translation.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 36

Table of Contents

SG&A expenses in 2015 (excluding the 2015 items noted in "Non-GAAP Measures") increased $38.7 million, or 2%, largely reflecting increased marketing expenses and store occupancy and depreciation expenses partly offset by decreased labor costs (primarily lower variable labor costs for incentive compensation and sales commissions partly offset by increased costs for U.S. pension and postretirement benefit plans). The strengthening of the U.S. dollar had the effect of decreasing SG&A expense growth by 4%.

The Company's SG&A expenses are largely fixed in nature. Variable costs (which include items such as variable store rent, sales commissions and fees paid to credit card companies) typically represent approximately 15 - 20% of total SG&A expenses.

Earnings from Operations



(dollars in millions)	2016			2015			2014
As reported:
Earnings from operations	$	721.2		$	760.1		$	891.4
Operating margin	18.0		%	18.5		%	21.0		%
Percentage point change from prior year	(0.5		)	(2.5		)	13.5
Excluding other operating expenses:
Earnings from operations	$	759.2		$	806.8		$	891.4
Operating margin	19.0		%	19.7		%	21.0		%
Percentage point change from prior year	(0.7		)	(1.3		)	1.3

The declines in both 2016 and 2015 resulted from sales deleveraging of SG&A expenses, which were only partly offset by higher gross margins.

Results by segment are as follows:



(in millions)	2016			% of Net Sales		2015			% of Net Sales		2014			% of Net Sales
Earnings from operations*:
Americas	$	373.0		20.3	%	$	390.8		20.1	%	$	435.5		21.4	%
Asia-Pacific	256.0			25.6		264.4			26.4		281.6			27.5
Japan	204.6			33.9		199.9			36.9		196.0			35.4
Europe	81.6			17.8		97.4			19.3		110.5			21.5
Other	5.9			6.0		6.4			6.0		4.9			4.0
	921.1					958.9					1,028.5
Unallocated corporate expenses	(161.9		)	(4.0	)%	(152.1		)	(3.7	)%	(137.1		)	(3.2	)%
Earnings from operations before other operating expenses	759.2			19.0	%	806.8			19.7	%	891.4			21.0	%
Other operating expenses	(38.0		)			(46.7		)			—
Earnings from operations	$	721.2		18.0	%	$	760.1		18.5	%	$	891.4		21.0	%


*	Percentages represent earnings from operations as a percentage of each segment's net sales.

On a segment basis, the ratio of earnings from operations to each segment's net sales in 2016 compared with 2015 was as follows:


•	Americas – the ratio increased 0.2 percentage point due to an improvement in gross margin, largely offset by a lack of sales leverage on operating expenses resulting from a decrease in net sales;

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 37

Table of Contents


•	Asia-Pacific – the ratio decreased 0.8 percentage point due to a lack of sales leverage on operating expenses, primarily attributable to new store-related expenses, partly offset by an improvement in gross margin;


•	Japan – the ratio decreased 3.0 percentage points primarily due to a decrease in gross margin that reflected an unfavorable impact tied to the strengthening of the Yen on the Company's program to utilize Yen forward contracts for a portion of its forecasted merchandise purchases; and


•	Europe – the ratio decreased 1.5 percentage points due to a decrease in net sales resulting in a lack of sales leverage on operating expenses, partly offset by an improvement in gross margin.

On a segment basis, the ratio of earnings from operations to each segment's net sales in 2015 compared with 2014 was as follows:


•	Americas – the ratio decreased 1.3 percentage points due to a decrease in net sales resulting in sales deleveraging of operating expenses, partly offset by an improvement in gross margin;


•	Asia-Pacific – the ratio decreased 1.1 percentage points due to increased store-related operating expenses and marketing spending, partly offset by an improvement in gross margin;


•	Japan – the ratio increased 1.5 percentage points due to leveraging of operating expenses (as operating expenses decreased at a higher rate than sales), partly offset by a decrease in gross margin attributable to currency translation; and


•	Europe – the ratio decreased 2.2 percentage points resulting from increased store-related operating expenses and marketing spending, partly offset by an improvement in gross margin.

Unallocated corporate expenses include costs related to administrative support functions which the Company does not allocate to its segments. Such unallocated costs include those for centralized information technology, finance, legal and human resources departments. Unallocated corporate expenses increased by $9.8 million in 2016 and$15.0 million in 2015, primarily due to increased costs, including depreciation and amortization expense, associated with upgrades to the Company's information technology systems as well as increased incentive compensation expense in 2016.

Included in other operating expenses in the table above, the 2016 amount represented $25.4 million associated with an impairment charge related to software costs capitalized in connection with the development of a new finished goods inventory management and merchandising information system (see "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note B. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Note E. Property, Plant and Equipment") and $12.6 million associated with impairment charges related to financing arrangements with diamond mining and exploration companies (see "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note B. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies").

Included in other operating expenses in the table above, the 2015 amount represented $37.9 million associated with impairment charges related to a financing arrangement with Koidu Limited and $8.8 million of expenses associated with specific cost-reduction initiatives. See "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note J. Commitments and Contingencies."

Interest Expense and Financing Costs

Interest expense and financing costs decreased $3.0 million , or 6%, in 2016 due to lower interest expense. Interest expense and financing costs decreased $13.9 million, or 22%, in 2015 as a result of lower interest expense on long-term debt (reflecting the October 2014 redemption of long-term debt using proceeds from the issuance of lower-rate long-term debt in September 2014) as well as lower average credit facility borrowings.

Other (Income) Expense, Net

Other (income) expense, net includes interest income as well as gains/losses on investment activities and foreign currency transactions. Net income of $1.4 million in 2016 compared with net expense of $1.2 million in 2015. The $2.6 million change was primarily due to reduced foreign currency transaction losses. Net expense of $1.2

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 38

Table of Contents

million in 2015 compared with net income of $2.8 million in 2014. The $4.0 million change was primarily due to foreign currency transaction losses.

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt

In 2014, the Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $93.8 million associated with the redemption of all of the aggregate principal amount outstanding of the Company's (i) $100.0 million principal amount of 9.05% Series A Senior Notes due December 23, 2015; (ii) $125.0 million principal amount of 10.0% Series A-2009 Senior Notes due February 13, 2017; (iii) $50.0 million principal amount of 10.0% Series A Senior Notes due April 9, 2018; and (iv) $125.0 million principal amount of 10.0% Series B-2009 Senior Notes due February 13, 2019 (collectively, the "Private Placement Notes") prior to maturity in accordance with the respective note purchase agreements governing each series of Private Placement Notes, which included provisions for make-whole payments in the event of early repayment.

Provision for Income Taxes

The effective income tax rate was 34.1% in 2016 compared with 34.7% in 2015 and 34.4% in 2014 . The effective income tax rate in 2016 was reduced by 1.0 percentage point due to an income tax benefit of $6.6 million, or $0.05 per diluted share, resulting from the conclusion of a tax examination during the first quarter of 2016.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

The Company's liquidity needs have been, and are expected to remain, primarily a function of its ongoing, seasonal and expansion-related working capital requirements and capital expenditure needs. Over the long term, the Company manages its cash and capital structure to maintain a strong financial position that provides flexibility to pursue strategic initiatives. Management regularly assesses its working capital needs, capital expenditure requirements, debt service, dividend payouts, share repurchases and future investments. Management believes that cash on hand, internally generated cash flows, the funds available under its revolving credit facilities and the ability to access the debt and capital markets are sufficient to support the Company's liquidity and capital requirements for the foreseeable future.

As of January 31, 2017 , the Company’s cash and cash equivalents totaled $928.0 million , of which approximately one-third was held in locations outside the U.S. where the Company has the intention to indefinitely reinvest any undistributed earnings to support its continued expansion and investments outside of the U.S. Such cash balances are not available to fund U.S. cash requirements unless the Company were to decide to repatriate such funds and incur applicable income tax charges. The Company has sufficient sources of cash in the U.S. to fund its U.S. operations without the need to repatriate any of those funds held outside the U.S.

The following table summarizes cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities:



(in millions)	2016			2015			2014
Net cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities	$	702.1		$	813.6		$	615.1
Investing activities	(236.8		)	(278.2		)	(217.0		)
Financing activities	(382.8		)	(422.3		)	(23.4		)
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents	1.9			0.5			9.5
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents	$	84.4		$	113.6		$	384.2

Operating Activities

The Company had net cash inflows from operating activities of $702.1 million in 2016 , $813.6 million in 2015 and $615.1 million in 2014 . The decrease from 2015 to 2016 was primarily due to a $120.0 million voluntary contribution made by the Company to its U.S. pension plan in 2016. The year-over-year improvement from 2014 to 2015 was primarily due to reduced inventory purchases.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 39

Table of Contents

Working Capital. Working capital (current assets less current liabilities) increased to $2.9 billion at January 31, 2017 from $2.8 billion at January 31, 2016 . The increase was primarily due to the repayment of the ¥10.0 billion ($88.0 million) Senior Notes due in September 2016 (which had been classified as Current portion of long-term debt) and the issuance of the ¥10.0 billion Senior Notes due in August 2026 (which is classified as Long-term debt). See "Financing Activities" below for additional information.

Accounts receivable, less allowances at January 31, 2017 were 10% higher than at January 31, 2016 largely attributable to sales growth in Japan and the timing of collections from department stores. Currency translation had the effect of increasing accounts receivable, less allowances by 2% from January 31, 2016 , primarily from the strengthening of the Japanese yen. On a 12-month rolling basis, accounts receivable turnover was 18 times in 2016 and 21 times in 2015 .

Inventories, net at January 31, 2017 were 3% lower than at January 31, 2016 , which reflected similar declines in both finished goods inventories and combined raw material and work-in-process inventories. Currency translation did not have a significant effect on the change in inventories, net.

Investing Activities

The Company had net cash outflows from investing activities of $236.8 million in 2016 , $278.2 million in 2015 and $217.0 million in 2014 . The decrease in net cash outflows in 2016 was driven by decreased capital expenditures as well as reduced net purchases of marketable securities and short-term investments. The increased outflow in 2015 was primarily due to increased purchases of marketable securities and short-term investments.

Marketable Securities and Short-Term Investments. The Company invests a portion of its cash in marketable securities and short-term investments. The Company had net purchases of $15.7 million during 2016 and $26.4 million during 2015 compared with net proceeds received from the sale of marketable securities and short-term investments of $15.2 million during 2014.

Capital Expenditures. Capital expenditures are typically related to the opening, renovation and/or relocation of stores (which represented approximately 60% of capital expenditures in 2016 and approximately half in 2015 and 2014 ) as well as distribution and manufacturing facilities and ongoing investments in information technology. Capital expenditures were $222.8 million in 2016 , $252.7 million in 2015 and $247.4 million in 2014 , representing 6% of worldwide net sales in those years.

Proceeds from Notes Receivable Funded. In 2016 and 2014, the Company received $1.7 million and $15.2 million of repayments associated with loans extended to diamond mining and exploration companies. No such proceeds were received in 2015.

Financing Activities

The Company had net cash outflows from financing activities of $382.8 million in 2016 , $422.3 million in 2015 and $23.4 million in 2014 . Year-over-year changes in cash flows from financing activities were largely driven by share repurchases and borrowings.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 40

Table of Contents

Recent Borrowings. The Company had net proceeds from (repayments of) short-term and long-term borrowings as follows:



(in millions)	2016			2015			2014
Short-term borrowings:
Proceeds from (repayments of) credit facility borrowings, net	$	14.2		$	(11.3	)	$	(12.5	)
Proceeds from other credit facility borrowings	76.8			24.8			19.8
Repayments of other credit facility borrowings	(83.1		)	(16.0		)	(3.4		)
Net proceeds from (repayments of) short-term borrowings	7.9			(2.5		)	3.9
Long-term borrowings:
Proceeds from issuances	98.1			—			548.0
Repayments	(97.1		)	—			(400.0		)
Net proceeds from long-term borrowings	1.0			—			148.0
Net proceeds from (repayments of) total borrowings	8.9			(2.5		)	151.9
Payments of debt extinguishment costs (included in operating activities)	—			—			(93.4		)
Net proceeds (repayments)	$	8.9		$	(2.5	)	$	58.5

Credit Facilities. In 2014, the Registrant entered into a four-year $375.0 million and a five-year $375.0 million multi-bank, multi-currency, committed unsecured revolving credit facility, including letter of credit subfacilities (collectively, the "Credit Facilities"), resulting in a total borrowing capacity of $750.0 million. In October 2016, the maturity for each of the Credit Facilities was extended for one additional year pursuant to the terms set forth in the respective agreements governing the Credit Facilities. Therefore, the four-year and five-year Credit Facilities will mature in October of 2019 and 2020, respectively. See "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note G. Debt" for additional information.

Other Credit Facilities. In 2016, the Registrant's wholly owned subsidiary, Tiffany & Co. (Shanghai) Commercial Company Limited ("Tiffany-Shanghai"), entered into a three-year multi-bank revolving credit agreement (the "Tiffany-Shanghai Credit Agreement"). The Tiffany-Shanghai Credit Agreement has an aggregate borrowing limit of RMB 990.0 million ( $143.8 million at January 31, 2017 ). The Tiffany-Shanghai Credit Agreement, which matures in July 2019, was made available to refinance amounts outstanding under Tiffany-Shanghai's previously existing RMB 930.0 million three-year multi-bank revolving credit agreement (the "2013 Agreement"), which expired pursuant to its terms in July 2016, as well as for Tiffany-Shanghai's general working capital requirements. See "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note G. Debt" for additional information.

Under all of the Company's credit facilities, at January 31, 2017 , there were $228.7 million of borrowings outstanding, $4.0 million of letters of credit issued but not outstanding and $798.4 million available for borrowing. At January 31, 2016 , there were $221.6 million of borrowings outstanding, $5.6 million of letters of credit issued but not outstanding and $790.8 million available for borrowing. The weighted-average interest rate for borrowings outstanding was 2.71% at January 31, 2017 and 2.90% at January 31, 2016 .

Senior Notes. In 2014, the Registrant issued $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of 3.80% Senior Notes due 2024 (the "2024 Notes") and $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of 4.90% Senior Notes due 2044 (the "2044 Notes" and, together with the 2024 Notes, the "Senior Notes"). The Senior Notes were issued at a discount with aggregate net proceeds of $548.0 million (with an effective yield of 3.836% for the 2024 Notes and an effective yield of 4.926% for the 2044 Notes). The Registrant used the net proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Notes to redeem $400.0 million in aggregate principal amount of long-term debt prior to their scheduled maturities which ranged from 2015 to 2019 and paid $93.4 million of debt extinguishment costs associated with the redemption. The Company used the remaining net proceeds from the sale of the Senior Notes for general corporate purposes. See "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note G. Debt" for additional information.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 41

Table of Contents

In August 2016, the Registrant issued ¥10.0 billion ( $88.0 million at January 31, 2017 ) of 0.78% Senior Notes due August 2026 (the "Yen Notes") in a private transaction. The Yen Notes bear interest at a rate of 0.78% per annum, payable semi-annually on February 26 and August 26 of each year, commencing February 26, 2017. The proceeds from the issuance of the Yen Notes were used to repay the Registrant's ¥10.0 billion 1.72% Senior Notes due September 2016 upon the maturity thereof. See "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note G. Debt" for additional information.

The ratio of total debt (short-term borrowings, current portion of long-term debt and long-term debt) to stockholders' equity was 37% at both January 31, 2017 and 2016 .

At January 31, 2017 , the Company was in compliance with all debt covenants.

Share Repurchases. In March 2014, the Company's Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program ("2014 Program") which authorized the Company to repurchase up to $300.0 million of its Common Stock through open market transactions. The program had an expiration date of March 31, 2017, but was terminated in January 2016 in connection with the authorization of a new program with increased repurchase capacity (as described in more detail below). Approximately $58.6 million remained available for repurchase under the 2014 Program at the time of its termination.

In January 2016, the Company's Board of Directors approved a new share repurchase program ("2016 Program") which authorizes the Company to repurchase up to $500.0 million of its Common Stock through open market transactions, block trades or privately negotiated transactions and terminated the 2014 Program. Purchases under the 2014 Program were, and purchases under the 2016 Program have been, executed under a written plan for trading securities as specified under Rule 10b5-1 promulgated under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the terms of which are within the Company's discretion, subject to applicable securities laws, and are based on market conditions and the Company's liquidity needs. The 2016 Program will expire on January 31, 2019. Approximately $310.4 million remained available for repurchase under the 2016 Program at January 31, 2017 .

The Company's share repurchase activity was as follows:



(in millions, except per share amounts)	2016		2015		2014
Cost of repurchases	$	183.6	$	220.4	$	27.0
Shares repurchased and retired	2.8		2.8		0.3
Average cost per share	$	65.24	$	78.40	$	89.91

Dividends. The cash dividend on the Company's Common Stock was increased once in each of 2016 , 2015 and 2014 . The Company's Board of Directors declared quarterly dividends which totaled $1.75, $1.58 and $1.48 per common share in 2016 , 2015 and 2014 with cash dividends paid of $218.8 million , $203.4 million and $191.2 million in those respective years. The dividend payout ratio (dividends as a percentage of net earnings) was 49% , 44% and 39% in 2016 , 2015 and 2014 . Dividends as a percentage of adjusted net earnings (see "Non-GAAP Measures") were 47% in 2016, 41% in 2015 and 35% in 2014.

At least annually, the Company's Board of Directors reviews its policies with respect to dividends and share repurchases with a view to actual and projected earnings, cash flows and capital requirements.

Financing Arrangements with Diamond Mining and Exploration Companies

The Company has provided financing to diamond mining and exploration companies in order to obtain rights to purchase the output from mines owned by these companies. At January 31, 2016, there was $43.8 million of principal outstanding under a financing arrangement (the "Loan") with Koidu Limited (previously Koidu Holdings S.A.) ("Koidu"), with a carrying amount, net of valuation allowance, of $5.9 million . The Loan, which was entered into between Koidu and Laurelton Diamonds, Inc. ("Laurelton"), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, in March 2011, originally provided that repayments of principal would begin in March 2013. However, in March 2013, the Company agreed to Koidu's request to defer the principal and interest payments due in 2013 to subsequent years and, in March 2014, the Company agreed to Koidu's request to provide for monthly rather than semi-annual payments of the principal payments due in 2014. The Company received such scheduled monthly payments from Koidu in 2014. On April 30, 2015, the Company also agreed to defer Koidu's principal payment due on March 30,

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 42

Table of Contents

2015 ("2015 Amendment"), subject to certain conditions set forth in the 2015 Amendment, which were met in June 2015.

As of January 31, 2016, Koidu had not made any of its interest payments due in July 2015 and thereafter, nor its principal payment due in September 2015. The missed payments constitute events of default under the Loan. In February 2016, the Company received the results from two separate and independent reviews of Koidu's operational plans, forecasts, and cash flow projections for the mine, which were commissioned by the Company and by Koidu's largest creditor, respectively. Based on these factors, ongoing discussions with Koidu, and consideration of the possible actions that all parties, including the Government of Sierra Leone and Koidu's largest creditor, might take under the circumstances, management determined that it was probable that it would be unable to collect a portion of the amounts due under the contractual terms of the Loan, and recorded impairment charges, and a related valuation allowance, of $37.9 million in 2015. Additionally, the Company ceased accruing interest income on the outstanding Loan balance as of July 31, 2015. The carrying amount of the Company’s loan receivable from Koidu, net of the valuation allowance, was $5.9 million at January 31, 2016.

Koidu did not make any payments due to the Company under the Loan in 2016. On March 17, 2017, the Company entered into an agreement with Koidu's largest creditor under which that creditor has agreed to purchase the Company's interest in the loan, on and effective March 22, 2017, for $1.7 million. Based on this agreement, the Company has recorded an additional impairment charge, and a related valuation allowance, of $4.2 million in 2016 to reduce the carrying amount of the Company’s loan receivable from Koidu, net of the valuation allowance, to $1.7 million at January 31, 2017. Additionally, on March 16, 2017, the Company and Koidu entered into an agreement to terminate the supply agreement between the parties, pursuant to which Laurelton had previously been required to purchase at fair market value certain diamonds recovered from Koidu's mine that met Laurelton's quality standards. See "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note B. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Note J. Commitments and Contingencies" for additional information on this financing arrangement.

The Company also recorded an impairment charge, and a related valuation allowance, of $8.4 million during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2017 related to a separate financing arrangement with another diamond mining and exploration company.

Information Systems Assessment

The Company is engaged in a multi-year program to evaluate and, where appropriate, upgrade and/or replace certain of its information systems. As part of this program, the Company identified opportunities to enhance its finished goods inventory management and merchandising capabilities, and began development efforts to replace certain of its existing systems and provide these enhanced capabilities. The Company recently completed an assessment of the replacement system under development to evaluate whether the continued development of this system would deliver sufficiently improved operating capabilities. Following the completion of this assessment, in the three months ended January 31, 2017, the Company concluded that the development of this system should be modified such that the finished goods inventory management and merchandising capabilities that were intended to be delivered utilizing this new system will instead be delivered through further development of the Company’s current Enterprise Resource Planning system and continued implementation of a new order management system. Accordingly, the Company has evaluated the costs capitalized for the development of the replacement system for impairment in accordance with its policy on the review of long-lived assets, and determined, based on specific identification of costs capitalized pertaining to the development of specific capabilities in the new system, that $25.4 million of such capitalized costs relate to software functionality which will not be utilized, and therefore will not have future benefit to the Company. As such, the Company recorded a pre-tax impairment charge of $25.4 million as a component of Selling, General and Administrative expenses in the three months ended January 31, 2017. This multi-year program is ongoing and, as previously disclosed, may require significant capital expenditures and dedication of resources in both current and future periods, though management believes that the modified approach referenced above will ultimately result in a lower overall cost to the Company in delivering these capabilities.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 43

Table of Contents

Contractual Cash Obligations and Commercial Commitments

The following is a summary of the Company's contractual cash obligations at January 31, 2017 :



(in millions)	Total		2017		2018-2019		2020-2021		Thereafter
Unrecorded contractual obligations:
Operating leases ^a	$	1,552.7	$	286.2	$	390.8	$	317.5	$	558.2
Inventory purchase obligations ^b	196.6		196.6		—		—		—
Interest on debt ^c	665.0		35.9		71.8		71.8		485.5
Other contractual obligations ^d	71.4		48.9		15.4		1.0		6.1
Recorded contractual obligations:
Short-term borrowings	228.7		228.7		—		—		—
Long-term debt ^e	888.0		—		—		—		888.0
	$	3,602.4	$	796.3	$	478.0	$	390.3	$	1,937.8


a)	Operating lease obligations do not include obligations for contingent rent, property taxes, insurance and maintenance that are required by most lease agreements. Contingent rent for the year ended January 31, 2017 totaled $32.4 million . See "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note J. Commitment and Contingencies" for a discussion of the Company’s operating leases.

The Company will, from time to time, enter into arrangements to purchase rough diamonds that contain minimum purchase obligations. Inventory purchase obligations associated with these agreements have been estimated at approximately $60.0 million for 2017 and included in this table. Purchases beyond 2017 that are contingent upon mine production have been excluded as they cannot be reasonably estimated.


c)	Excludes interest payments on amounts outstanding under available lines of credit, as the outstanding amounts fluctuate based on the Company's working capital needs.


d)	Consists primarily of technology licensing and service contracts, fixed royalty commitments, construction-in-progress and packaging supplies.


e)	Amounts exclude any unamortized discount or premium.

The summary above does not include the following items:

•

Cash contributions to the Company's pension plan and cash payments for other postretirement obligations. The Company funds the Qualified Plan's trust in accordance with regulatory limits to provide for current service and for the unfunded benefit obligation over a reasonable period and for current service benefit accruals. To the extent that these requirements are fully covered by assets in the Qualified Plan, the Company may elect not to make any contribution in a particular year. No cash contribution was required in 2016, and none is required in 2017, to meet the minimum funding requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act ("ERISA"). However, the Company periodically evaluates whether to make discretionary cash contributions to the Qualified Plan and made a voluntary cash contribution of $120.0 million in 2016 but currently does not anticipate making such contributions in 2017. This expectation is subject to change based on management's assessment of a variety of factors, including, but not limited to, asset performance, interest rates and changes in actuarial assumptions. The Company estimates cash payments for postretirement health-care and life insurance benefit obligations to be $1.9 million in 2017 .

•

Unrecognized tax benefits at January 31, 2017 of $3.4 million and accrued interest and penalties of $8.3 million . The final outcome of tax uncertainties is dependent upon various matters including tax examinations, interpretation of the applicable tax laws or expiration of statutes of limitations. The Company believes that its tax positions comply with applicable tax law and that it has adequately provided for these matters. However, the examinations may result in proposed assessments where the ultimate resolution may result in the Company owing additional taxes. At January 31, 2017 , approximately $1.0 million of total unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would affect the effective income tax rate. As of January 31, 2017,

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 44

Table of Contents

unrecognized tax benefits are not expected to change materially in the next 12 months. Future developments may result in a change in this assessment.

The following is a summary of the Company's outstanding borrowings and available capacity under its credit facilities at January 31, 2017 :



(in millions)	Total Capacity		Borrowings Outstanding		Letters of Credit Issued		Available Capacity
Four-year revolving credit facility ^a	$	375.0	$	26.3	$	—	$	348.7
Five-year revolving credit facility ^b	375.0		66.7		4.0		304.3
Other credit facilities ^c	281.1		135.7		—		145.4
	$	1,031.1	$	228.7	$	4.0	$	798.4

^a Matures in October 2019.

^b Matures in October 2020.

^c Maturities through 2019.

In addition, the Company has other available letters of credit and financial guarantees of $76.1 million of which $26.4 million was outstanding at January 31, 2017 . Of those available letters of credit and financial guarantees, $57.5 million expires within one year.

Seasonality

Critical Accounting Estimates

The Company's consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These principles require management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect amounts reported and disclosed in the financial statements and related notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates and the differences could be material. Periodically, the Company reviews all significant estimates and assumptions affecting the financial statements and records any necessary adjustments.

The development and selection of critical accounting estimates and the related disclosures below have been reviewed with the Audit Committee of the Company's Board of Directors. The following critical accounting policies that rely on assumptions and estimates were used in the preparation of the Company's consolidated financial statements:

Inventory. The Company writes down its inventory for discontinued and slow-moving products. This write-down is equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and its estimated market value, and is based on assumptions about future demand and market conditions. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional inventory write-downs might be required. The Company has not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to establish its reserve for discontinued and slow-moving products during the past three years. At January 31, 2017 , a 10% change in the reserve for discontinued and slow-moving products would have resulted in a change of $6.5 million in inventory and cost of sales.

Property, plant and equipment and intangibles assets and key money . The Company reviews its property, plant and equipment and intangibles assets and key money for impairment when management determines that the carrying value of such assets may not be recoverable due to events or changes in circumstances. Recoverability of these assets is evaluated by comparing the carrying value of the asset with estimated future undiscounted cash flows. If the comparisons indicate that the value of the asset is not recoverable, an impairment loss is calculated as the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the asset and the loss is recognized during that period. In 2016, the Company recorded an asset impairment charge of $25.4 million associated with software costs capitalized in connection with the development of a new finished goods inventory management and merchandising information system (see "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note B. Summary of Significant Accounting

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 45

Table of Contents

Policies and Note E. Property, Plant and Equipment" for additional information). The Company did not record any material impairment charges in 2015 or 2014 .

Goodwill . The Company performs its annual impairment evaluation of goodwill during the fourth quarter of its fiscal year or when circumstances otherwise indicate an evaluation should be performed. A qualitative assessment is first performed for each reporting unit to determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If it is concluded that this is the case, an evaluation, based upon discounted cash flows, is performed and requires management to estimate future cash flows, growth rates and economic and market conditions. The 2016 , 2015 and 2014 evaluations resulted in no impairment charges.

Notes receivable and other financing arrangements. The Company has provided financing to diamond mining and exploration companies in order to obtain rights to purchase the mine's output. Management evaluates these financing arrangements for potential impairment by reviewing the parties' financial statements and projections along with business, operational and other economic factors on a periodic basis. If the analyses indicate that the financing receivable is not recoverable, an impairment loss is recognized, in respect to all or a portion of the financing, during that period. In 2016 and 2015, the Company recorded impairment charges totaling $12.6 million and $37.9 million, respectively (see "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note B. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Note J. Commitments and Contingencies" for additional information). The Company did not record any material impairment charges in 2014 .

Income taxes . The Company is subject to income taxes in U.S. federal and state, as well as foreign jurisdictions. The calculation of the Company's tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax laws and regulations in a multitude of jurisdictions across the Company's global operations. Significant judgments and estimates are required in determining consolidated income tax expense. The Company's income tax expense, deferred tax assets and liabilities and reserves for uncertain tax positions reflect management's best assessment of estimated future taxes to be paid.

Foreign and domestic tax authorities periodically audit the Company's income tax returns. These audits often examine and test the factual and legal basis for positions the Company has taken in its tax filings with respect to its tax liabilities, including the timing and amount of deductions and the allocation of income among various tax jurisdictions ("tax filing positions"). Management believes that its tax filing positions are reasonable and legally supportable. However, in specific cases, various tax authorities may take a contrary position. In evaluating the exposures associated with the Company's various tax filing positions, management records reserves using a more-likely-than-not recognition threshold for income tax positions taken or expected to be taken. Earnings could be affected to the extent the Company prevails in matters for which reserves have been established or is required to pay amounts in excess of established reserves. At January 31, 2017 , total unrecognized tax benefits were $3.4 million of which approximately $1.0 million, if recognized, would affect the effective income tax rate. As of January 31, 2017, unrecognized tax benefits are not expected to change materially in the next 12 months. Future developments may result in a change in this assessment.

In evaluating the Company's ability to recover its deferred tax assets within the jurisdiction from which they arise, management considers all available evidence. The Company records valuation allowances when management determines it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets will not be realized in the future.

Employee benefit plans . The Company maintains several pension and retirement plans, as well as provides certain postretirement health-care and life insurance benefits for retired employees. The Company makes certain assumptions that affect the underlying estimates related to pension and other postretirement costs. Significant changes in interest rates, the market value of securities and projected health-care costs would require the Company to revise key assumptions and could result in a higher or lower charge to earnings.

The Company used discount rates of 4.50% to determine 2016 expense for its U.S. Qualified Plan as well as its postretirement plans and 4.25% for its Excess Plan/SRIP. Holding all other assumptions constant, a 0.5% increase in the discount rates would have decreased 2016 pension and postretirement expenses by $6.1 million and $0.5 million. A decrease of 0.5% in the discount rates would have increased the 2016 pension and postretirement expenses by $6.6 million and $0.3 million. The discount rate is subject to change each year, consistent with changes in the yield on applicable high-quality, long-term corporate bonds. Management selects a discount rate at which pension and postretirement benefits could be effectively settled based on (i) an analysis of expected benefit payments attributable to current employment service and (ii) appropriate yields related to such cash flows.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 46

Table of Contents

The Company used an expected long-term rate of return on pension plan assets of 7.00% to determine its 2016 pension expense. Holding all other assumptions constant, a 0.5% change in the long-term rate of return would have changed the 2016 pension expense by approximately $1.7 million. The expected long-term rate of return on pension plan assets is selected by taking into account the average rate of return expected on the funds invested or to be invested to provide for the benefits included in the projected benefit obligation. More specifically, consideration is given to the expected rates of return (including reinvestment asset return rates) based upon the plan's current asset mix, investment strategy and the historical performance of plan assets.

For postretirement benefit measurement purposes, a 7.00% annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care was assumed for 2017 . The rate was assumed to decrease gradually to 4.75% by 2023 and remain at that level thereafter. A one-percentage-point change in the assumed health-care cost trend rate would not have a significant effect on the Company's accumulated postretirement benefit obligation for the year ended January 31, 2017 or aggregate service and interest cost components of the 2016 postretirement expense.

2017 Outlook

For the fiscal year ending January 31, 2018 ("fiscal 2017"), management's outlook calls for: (i) worldwide net sales increasing over the prior year by a low-single-digit percentage and by a mid-single-digit percentage on a constant-exchange-rate basis and (ii) net earnings per diluted share increasing by a high-single-digit percentage over 2016's earnings per diluted share of $3.55 and by a mid-single-digit percentage over 2016's earnings per diluted share (excluding charges) of $3.75 (see "Non-GAAP Measures"). These expectations are approximations and are based on the Company's plans and assumptions, including: (i) worldwide gross retail square footage increasing 3%, net through 11 store openings, 9 relocations and 6 closings; (ii) operating margin above the prior year entirely due to an expected increase in gross margin, with SG&A expenses increasing slightly faster than sales growth; (iii) interest and other expenses, net of approximately $40 million; (iv) an effective income tax rate consistent with the prior year; (v) the U.S. dollar in 2017 stronger overall than other foreign currencies on a year-over-year basis; and (vi) minimal benefit to net earnings per diluted share from share repurchases.

Management also expects for fiscal 2017: (i) net cash provided by operating activities of approximately $700 million and (ii) free cash flow (see "Non-GAAP Measures") of approximately $450 million. These expectations are approximations and are based on the Company's plans and assumptions, including: (i) net inventories unchanged from the prior year, (ii) capital expenditures of $250 million and (iii) net earnings in line with management’s expectations as described above.

NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

See "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note B. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies."

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

The Company does not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 47

Table of Contents

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

The Company is exposed to market risk from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, precious metal prices and interest rates, which could affect its consolidated financial position, earnings and cash flows. The Company manages its exposure to market risk through its regular operating and financing activities and, when deemed appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments. The Company uses derivative financial instruments as risk management tools and not for trading or speculative purposes.

Foreign Currency Risk

The Company uses foreign exchange forward contracts or put option contracts to offset a portion of the foreign currency exchange risks associated with foreign currency-denominated liabilities, intercompany transactions and forecasted purchases of merchandise between entities with differing functional currencies. The maximum term of the Company's outstanding foreign exchange forward contracts as of January 31, 2017 is 12 months. At January 31, 2017 and 2016 , the fair values of the Company's outstanding foreign exchange forwards were net assets of $7.1 million and net liabilities of $0.9 million , respectively.

In 2016, the Company entered into cross-currency swaps to hedge the foreign exchange risk associated with Japanese yen-denominated intercompany loans. As of January 31, 2017 , the notional amount of these cross-currency swaps was approximately ¥10.6 billion or $100.0 million. The cross-currency swaps have a term ending on October 1, 2024. At January 31, 2017 , the fair value of the Company's outstanding cross-currency swaps were liabilities of $0.4 million .

At January 31, 2017 , for the total contracts and swaps noted above, a 10% depreciation in the hedged foreign exchange rates from the prevailing market rates would have resulted in a liability with a fair value of approximately $44.0 million.

Precious Metal Price Risk

The Company periodically hedges a portion of its forecasted purchases of precious metals for use in its internal manufacturing operations in order to manage the effect of volatility in precious metal prices. The Company may use a combination of call and put option contracts in net-zero-cost collar arrangements ("precious metal collars") or forward contracts. For precious metal collars, if the price of the precious metal at the time of the expiration of the precious metal collar is within the call and put price, the precious metal collar would expire at no cost to the Company. The maximum term of the Company's outstanding precious metal forward contracts as of January 31, 2017 is 24 months. At January 31, 2017 and 2016 , the fair values of the Company's outstanding precious metal derivative instruments were net liabilities of $1.7 million and $12.6 million, respectively. At January 31, 2017 , a 10% depreciation in precious metal prices from the prevailing market rates would have resulted in a liability with a fair value of approximately $16.0 million.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 48

Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Tiffany & Co.:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of earnings, of comprehensive earnings, of stockholders' equity, and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Tiffany & Co. and its subsidiaries (the "Company") at January 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 31, 2017 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(2) presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York

March 17, 2017

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 49

Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS



	January 31,
(in millions, except per share amounts)	2017			2016
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	928.0		$	843.6
Short-term investments	57.8			43.0
Accounts receivable, less allowances of $11.5 and $11.5	226.8			206.4
Inventories, net	2,157.6			2,225.0
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	203.4			190.4
Total current assets	3,573.6			3,508.4

Property, plant and equipment, net	931.8			935.8
Deferred income taxes	301.8			382.8
Other assets, net	290.4			294.6
	$	5,097.6		$	5,121.6
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Short-term borrowings	$	228.7		$	221.6
Current portion of long-term debt	—			84.2
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	312.8			329.1
Income taxes payable	22.1			27.1
Merchandise credits and deferred revenue	69.2			67.9
Total current liabilities	632.8			729.9

Long-term debt	878.4			790.0
Pension/postretirement benefit obligations	318.6			428.1
Deferred gains on sale-leasebacks	45.9			55.1
Other long-term liabilities	193.5			189.0

Commitments and contingencies

Stockholders' equity:
Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value; authorized 2.0 shares, none issued and outstanding	—			—
Common Stock, $0.01 par value; authorized 240.0 shares, issued and outstanding 124.5 and 126.8	1.2			1.3
Additional paid-in capital	1,190.2			1,175.7
Retained earnings	2,078.3			2,012.5
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax	(256.2		)	(278.1		)
Total Tiffany & Co. stockholders' equity	3,013.5			2,911.4
Non-controlling interests	14.9			18.1
Total stockholders' equity	3,028.4			2,929.5
	$	5,097.6		$	5,121.6

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 50

Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS



	Years Ended January 31,
(in millions, except per share amounts)	2017			2016		2015
Net sales	$	4,001.8		$	4,104.9	$	4,249.9
Cost of sales	1,511.5			1,613.6		1,712.7
Gross profit	2,490.3			2,491.3		2,537.2
Selling, general and administrative expenses	1,769.1			1,731.2		1,645.8
Earnings from operations	721.2			760.1		891.4
Interest expense and financing costs	46.0			49.0		62.9
Other (income) expense, net	(1.4		)	1.2		(2.8		)
Loss on extinguishment of debt	—			—		93.8
Earnings from operations before income taxes	676.6			709.9		737.5
Provision for income taxes	230.5			246.0		253.3
Net earnings	$	446.1		$	463.9	$	484.2
Net earnings per share:
Basic	$	3.57		$	3.61	$	3.75
Diluted	$	3.55		$	3.59	$	3.73
Weighted-average number of common shares:
Basic	125.1			128.6		129.2
Diluted	125.5			129.1		129.9

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 51

Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE EARNINGS



	Years Ended January 31,
(in millions)	2017			2016			2015
Net earnings	$	446.1		$	463.9		$	484.2
Other comprehensive earnings (loss), net of tax
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(8.4		)	(59.0		)	(93.1		)
Unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities	1.8			(2.9		)	(0.8		)
Unrealized gain (loss) on hedging instruments	10.7			(21.4		)	1.2
Net unrealized gain (loss) on benefit plans	17.8			95.7			(139.2		)
Total other comprehensive earnings (loss), net of tax	21.9			12.4			(231.9		)
Comprehensive earnings	$	468.0		$	476.3		$	252.3

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 52

Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY



	Total Stockholders' Equity			Retained Earnings			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss			Common Stock					Additional Paid-In Capital			Non- Controlling Interests
(in millions)	Total Stockholders' Equity			Retained Earnings			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss			Shares		Amount			Additional Paid-In Capital			Non- Controlling Interests
Balance at January 31, 2014	$	2,734.0		$	1,682.5		$	(58.6	)	128.3		$	1.3		$	1,095.3		$	13.5
Exercise of stock options and vesting of restricted stock units ("RSUs")	36.9			—			—			1.3		—			36.9			—
Tax effect of exercise of stock options and vesting of RSUs	14.1			—			—			—		—			14.1			—
Share-based compensation expense	26.7			—			—			—		—			26.7			—
Issuance of Common Stock under Employee Profit Sharing and Retirement Savings Plan	3.9			—			—			—		—			3.9			—
Purchase and retirement of Common Stock	(27.0		)	(24.8		)	—			(0.3	)	—			(2.2		)	—
Cash dividends on Common Stock	(191.2		)	(191.2		)	—			—		—			—			—
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax	(231.9		)	—			(231.9		)	—		—			—			—
Net earnings	484.2			484.2			—			—		—			—			—
Redemption of non-controlling interest	—			—			—			—		—			(1.1		)	1.1
Non-controlling interests	1.0			—			—			—		—			—			1.0
Balance at January 31, 2015	2,850.7			1,950.7			(290.5		)	129.3		1.3			1,173.6			15.6
Exercise of stock options and vesting of RSUs	0.3			—			—			0.3		—			0.3			—
Tax effect of exercise of stock options and vesting of RSUs	2.1			—			—			—		—			2.1			—
Share-based compensation expense	24.8			—			—			—		—			24.8			—
Purchase and retirement of Common Stock	(220.4		)	(198.7		)	—			(2.8	)	—			(21.7		)	—
Cash dividends on Common Stock	(203.4		)	(203.4		)	—			—		—			—			—
Other comprehensive earnings, net of tax	12.4			—			12.4			—		—			—			—
Net earnings	463.9			463.9			—			—		—			—			—
Redemption of non-controlling interest	(2.2		)	—			—			—		—			(3.4		)	1.2
Non-controlling interests	1.3			—			—			—		—			—			1.3
Balance at January 31, 2016	2,929.5			2,012.5			(278.1		)	126.8		1.3			1,175.7			18.1
Exercise of stock options and vesting of RSUs	12.5			—			—			0.5		—			12.5			—
Tax effect of exercise of stock options and vesting of RSUs	(0.5		)	—			—			—		—			(0.5		)	—
Share-based compensation expense	24.5			—			—			—		—			24.5			—
Purchase and retirement of Common Stock	(183.6		)	(161.5		)	—			(2.8	)	(0.1		)	(22.0		)	—
Cash dividends on Common Stock	(218.8		)	(218.8		)	—			—		—			—			—
Other comprehensive earnings, net of tax	21.9			—			21.9			—		—			—			—
Net earnings	446.1			446.1			—			—		—			—			—
Non-controlling interests	(3.2		)	—			—			—		—			—			(3.2		)
Balance at January 31, 2017	$	3,028.4		$	2,078.3		$	(256.2	)	124.5		$	1.2		$	1,190.2		$	14.9

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 53

Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS



	Years Ended January 31,
(in millions)	2017			2016			2015
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net earnings	$	446.1		$	463.9		$	484.2
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	208.5			202.5			194.2
Amortization of gain on sale-leasebacks	(8.5		)	(8.3		)	(9.2		)
Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements	(0.7		)	(2.2		)	(14.1		)
Provision for inventories	19.2			25.4			33.6
Deferred income taxes	46.1			(1.9		)	37.7
Provision for pension/postretirement benefits	45.4			65.8			39.2
Share-based compensation expense	24.3			24.5			26.5
Loan impairment charges	12.6			37.9			—
Asset impairment charge	25.4			—			—
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable	(19.2		)	(16.7		)	(17.6		)
Inventories	54.8			63.7			(167.6		)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	33.6			1.1			(20.9		)
Other assets, net	0.8			(17.5		)	(20.2		)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	(24.6		)	(15.3		)	(5.9		)
Income taxes payable	(39.3		)	3.1			81.9
Merchandise credits and deferred revenue	1.5			3.0			(2.7		)
Other long-term liabilities	(123.9		)	(15.4		)	(24.0		)
Net cash provided by operating activities	702.1			813.6			615.1
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchases of marketable securities and short-term investments	(125.5		)	(100.0		)	(40.1		)
Proceeds from sales of marketable securities and short-term investments	109.8			73.6			55.3
Capital expenditures	(222.8		)	(252.7		)	(247.4		)
Proceeds from sale of assets, net	—			0.9			—
Proceeds from notes receivable	1.7			—			15.2
Net cash used in investing activities	(236.8		)	(278.2		)	(217.0		)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from (repayment of) credit facility borrowings, net	14.2			(11.3		)	(12.5		)
Proceeds from other credit facility borrowings	76.8			24.8			19.8
Repayment of other credit facility borrowings	(83.1		)	(16.0		)	(3.4		)
Proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt	98.1			—			548.0
Repayment of long-term debt	(97.1		)	—			(400.0		)
Payment for settlement of interest rate swaps	—			—			(4.2		)
Repurchase of Common Stock	(183.6		)	(220.4		)	(27.0		)
Proceeds from exercised stock options	15.3			2.0			42.9
Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements	0.7			2.2			14.1
Cash dividends on Common Stock	(218.8		)	(203.4		)	(191.2		)
Distribution to non-controlling interest	(3.8		)	—			(1.9		)
Financing fees	(1.5		)	(0.2		)	(8.0		)
Net cash used in financing activities	(382.8		)	(422.3		)	(23.4		)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	1.9			0.5			9.5
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents	84.4			113.6			384.2
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	843.6			730.0			345.8
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	928.0		$	843.6		$	730.0
See notes to consolidated financial statements.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 54

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


A.	NATURE OF BUSINESS

Tiffany & Co. is a holding company that operates through its subsidiary companies (collectively, the "Company"). Its principal subsidiary, Tiffany and Company ("Tiffany"), is a jeweler and specialty retailer. Through its subsidiaries, the Company designs and manufactures products and operates TIFFANY & CO. retail stores worldwide, and also sells its products through Internet, catalog, business-to-business and wholesale operations. The Company's principal merchandise offering is jewelry (representing 92% of worldwide net sales in 2016 ); it also sells timepieces, leather goods, sterling silverware, china, crystal, stationery, fragrances and accessories.

The Company's reportable segments are as follows:


•	Americas includes sales in Company-operated TIFFANY & CO. stores in the United States, Canada and Latin America, as well as sales of TIFFANY & CO. products in certain markets through Internet, catalog, business-to-business and wholesale operations;


•	Asia-Pacific includes sales in Company-operated TIFFANY & CO. stores, as well as sales of TIFFANY & CO. products in certain markets through Internet and wholesale operations;


•	Japan includes sales in Company-operated TIFFANY & CO. stores, as well as sales of TIFFANY & CO. products through Internet, business-to-business and wholesale operations;


•	Europe includes sales in Company-operated TIFFANY & CO. stores, as well as sales of TIFFANY & CO. products in certain markets through the Internet and wholesale operations; and


•	Other consists of all non-reportable segments. Other includes the Emerging Markets region, which includes sales in Company-operated TIFFANY & CO. stores and wholesale operations in the Middle East. In addition, Other includes wholesale sales of diamonds as well as earnings received from third-party licensing agreements.


B.	SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Fiscal Year

The Company's fiscal year ends on January 31 of the following calendar year. All references to years relate to fiscal years rather than calendar years.

Basis of Reporting

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Tiffany & Co. and its subsidiaries in which a controlling interest is maintained. Controlling interest is determined by majority ownership interest and the absence of substantive third-party participating rights or, in the case of variable interest entities (VIEs), if the Company has the power to significantly direct the activities of a VIE, as well as the obligation to absorb significant losses of or the right to receive significant benefits from the VIE. Intercompany accounts, transactions and profits have been eliminated in consolidation. The equity method of accounting is used for investments in which the Company has significant influence, but not a controlling interest.

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current year presentation. The Company adopted ASU No. 2015-03 – Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs , on a retrospective basis, as of February 1, 2016. Accordingly, debt issuance costs of $8.1 million were reclassified from other assets, net to a direct deduction from long-term debt at January 31, 2016.

Use of Estimates

These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; these principles require management to make certain estimates and assumptions that

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 55

Table of Contents

affect amounts reported and disclosed in the consolidated financial statements and related notes to the consolidated financial statements. Actual results could differ from these estimates and the differences could be material. Periodically, the Company reviews all significant estimates and assumptions affecting the financial statements relative to current conditions and records the effect of any necessary adjustments.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents are stated at cost plus accrued interest, which approximates fair value. Cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less and consist of time deposits and/or money market fund investments with a number of U.S. and non-U.S. financial institutions with high credit ratings. The Company's policy restricts the amount invested with any one financial institution.

Short-Term Investments

Short-term investments are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value. At January 31, 2017 and 2016 , the Company's short-term available-for-sale investments consisted entirely of time deposits. At the time of purchase, management determines the appropriate classification of these investments and reevaluates such designation as of each balance sheet date.

Receivables and Financing Arrangements

Receivables. The Company's accounts receivable, net primarily consists of amounts due from Credit Receivables (defined below), department store operators that host TIFFANY & CO. boutiques in their stores, third-party credit card issuers and wholesale customers. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses associated with the accounts receivable recorded on the balance sheet. The allowance is determined based on a combination of factors including, but not limited to, the length of time that the receivables are past due, management's knowledge of the customer, economic and market conditions and historical write-off experiences.

For the receivables associated with Tiffany & Co. credit cards ("Credit Card Receivables"), management uses various indicators to determine whether to extend credit to customers and the amount of credit. Such indicators include reviewing prior experience with the customer, including sales and collection history, and using applicants' credit reports and scores provided by credit rating agencies. Certain customers may be granted payment terms which permit purchases above a minimum amount to be paid for in equal monthly installments over a period not to exceed 12 months (together with Credit Card Receivables, "Credit Receivables"). Credit Receivables require minimum balance payments. An account is classified as overdue if a minimum balance payment has not been received within the allotted timeframe (generally 30 days), after which internal collection efforts commence. In order for the account to return to current status, full payment on all past due amounts needs to be received by the Company. For all Credit Receivables recorded on the balance sheet, once all internal collection efforts have been exhausted and management has reviewed the account, the account balance is written off and may be sent for external collection or legal action. At January 31, 2017 and 2016 , the carrying amount of the Credit Receivables (recorded in accounts receivable, net) was $71.9 million and $ 75.2 million, of which 97% were considered current in both periods. The allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses associated with the Credit Receivables (approximately $1.1 million at January 31, 2017 and $1.0 million at January 31, 2016 ) was determined based on the factors discussed above. Finance charges earned on Credit Card accounts are not significant.

Financing Arrangements. The Company has provided financing to diamond mining and exploration companies in order to obtain rights to purchase the mine's output (see "Note J. Commitments and Contingencies"). Management evaluates these financing arrangements for potential impairment by reviewing the parties' financial statements along with projections and business, operational and other economic factors on a periodic basis.

As of January 31, 2017 , the Company had a $43.8 million financing arrangement (the "Loan") with Koidu Limited (previously Koidu Holdings S.A.) ("Koidu"). The Company recorded impairment charges totaling $4.2 million and $37.9 million during the fiscal years ended January 31, 2017 and 2016 related to the Loan and ceased accruing interest income on the loan as of July 2015. The net carrying amount of the Loan was $1.7 million as of January 31, 2017 . See "Note J. Commitments and Contingencies" for additional information on this financing arrangement.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 56

Table of Contents

At January 31, 2017 and 2016 , the current portion of the carrying amount of financing arrangements including accrued interest was $4.6 million and $2.1 million and was recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets. At January 31, 2017 and 2016 , the non-current portion of the carrying amount of financing arrangements including accrued interest was $4.4 million and $18.9 million and was included in other assets, net.

Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market using the average cost method except for certain diamond and gemstone jewelry which uses the specific identification method.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives:



Buildings	39 years
Machinery and equipment	5-15 years
Office equipment	3-8 years
Software	5-10 years
Furniture and fixtures	3-10 years

Leasehold improvements and building improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful lives (ranging from 8-10 years) or the related lease terms or building life, respectively. Maintenance and repair costs are charged to earnings while expenditures for major renewals and improvements are capitalized. Upon the disposition of property, plant and equipment, the accumulated depreciation is deducted from the original cost and any gain or loss is reflected in current earnings.

The Company capitalizes interest on borrowings during the active construction period of major capital projects. Capitalized interest is added to the cost of the underlying assets and is amortized over the useful lives of the assets. The Company's capitalized interest costs were not significant in 2016 , 2015 or 2014 .

Information Systems Development Costs

Eligible costs incurred during the development stage of information systems projects are capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful life of the related project. Eligible costs include those related to the purchase, development, and installation of the related software. Costs incurred prior to the development stage, as well as costs for maintenance, data conversion, training, and other general and administrative costs, are expensed as incurred. Costs that are capitalized are included in Property, Plant and Equipment, in Construction-in-progress while in the development stage and in Software once placed into service.

Capitalized software costs are subject to the Company’s accounting policy related to the review of long-lived assets for impairment. See "Impairment of Long-Lived Assets" below for further details.

Intangible Assets and Key Money

Intangible assets, consisting of product rights and trademarks, are recorded at cost and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives which range from 15 to 20 years. Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment in accordance with the Company's policy for impairment of long-lived assets (see "Impairment of Long-Lived Assets" below).

Key money is the amount of funds paid to a landlord or tenant to acquire the rights of tenancy under a commercial property lease for a certain property. Key money represents the "right to lease" with an automatic right of renewal.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 57

Table of Contents

This right can be subsequently sold by the Company or can be recovered should the landlord refuse to allow the automatic right of renewal to be exercised. Key money is amortized over the estimated useful life, 39 years.

The following table summarizes intangible assets and key money, included in other assets, net, as follows:



	January 31, 2017					January 31, 2016
(in millions)	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization
Product rights	$	48.9	$	(11.0	)	$	49.6	$	(9.2	)
Key money deposits	31.9		(4.1		)	32.7		(3.3		)
Trademarks	2.5		(2.5		)	2.5		(2.5		)
	$	83.3	$	(17.6	)	$	84.8	$	(15.0	)

Amortization of intangible assets and key money for the years ended January 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 was $3.4 million, $3.7 million and $7.8 million. Amortization expense is estimated to be approximately $3.4 million in each of the next five years.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of cost over fair value of net assets acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is evaluated for impairment annually in the fourth quarter or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the value of goodwill may be impaired. A qualitative assessment is first performed for each reporting unit to determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If it is concluded that this is the case, a quantitative evaluation, based on discounted cash flows, is performed and requires management to estimate future cash flows, growth rates and economic and market conditions. If the quantitative evaluation indicates that goodwill is not recoverable, an impairment loss is calculated and recognized during that period. At January 31, 2017 and 2016 , goodwill, included in other assets, net, consisted of the following by segment:



(in millions)	Americas			Asia-Pacific		Japan			Europe			Other			Total
January 31, 2015	$	12.3		$	0.3	$	1.1		$	1.1		$	24.0		$	38.8
Translation	(0.1		)	—		—			(0.1		)	(0.1		)	(0.3		)
January 31, 2016	12.2			0.3		1.1			1.0			23.9			38.5
Translation	(0.1		)	—		(0.1		)	0.1			—			(0.1		)
January 31, 2017	$	12.1		$	0.3	$	1.0		$	1.1		$	23.9		$	38.4

The Company recorded no impairment charges related to goodwill in 2016 , 2015 or 2014 .

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews its long-lived assets (such as property, plant and equipment) other than goodwill for impairment when management determines that the carrying value of such assets may not be recoverable due to events or changes in circumstances. Recoverability of long-lived assets is evaluated by comparing the carrying value of the asset with the estimated future undiscounted cash flows. If the comparisons indicate that the asset is not recoverable, an impairment loss is calculated as the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the asset and the loss is recognized during that period. In 2016, the Company recorded an asset impairment charge of $25.4 million associated with the costs capitalized in connection with the development of a new finished goods inventory management and merchandising information system (see "Note E. Property, Plant and Equipment" for additional information). The Company recorded no significant impairment charges related to long-lived assets in 2015 or 2014 .

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 58

Table of Contents

Hedging Instruments

The Company uses derivative financial instruments to mitigate a portion of its foreign currency, precious metal price and interest rate exposures. Derivative instruments are recorded on the consolidated balance sheet at their fair values, as either assets or liabilities, with an offset to current or other comprehensive earnings, depending on whether a derivative is designated as part of an effective hedge transaction and, if it is, the type of hedge transaction.

Marketable Securities

The Company's marketable securities, recorded within other assets, net, are classified as available-for-sale and are recorded at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported as a separate component of stockholders' equity. Realized gains and losses are recorded in other (income) expense, net. The marketable securities are held for an indefinite period of time, but may be sold in the future as changes in market conditions or economic factors occur. The fair value of the marketable securities is determined based on prevailing market prices. The Company recorded $2.9 million and $0.9 million of gross unrealized gains and $1.1 million and $1.8 million of gross unrealized losses within accumulated other comprehensive loss as of January 31, 2017 and 2016 .

Realized gains or losses reclassified from other comprehensive earnings are determined on the basis of specific identification.

The Company's marketable securities primarily consist of investments in mutual funds. When evaluating marketable securities for other-than-temporary impairment, the Company reviews factors such as the length of time and the extent to which fair value has been below cost basis, the financial condition of the issuer, and the Company's ability and intent to hold the investments for a period of time which may be sufficient for anticipated recovery in market value. Based on the Company's evaluations, it determined that any unrealized losses on its outstanding mutual funds were temporary in nature and, therefore, did not record any impairment charges as of January 31, 2017 , 2016 or 2015 .

Merchandise Credits and Deferred Revenue

Merchandise credits and deferred revenue primarily represent outstanding gift cards sold to customers and outstanding credits issued to customers for returned merchandise. All such outstanding items may be tendered for future merchandise purchases. A gift card liability is established when the gift card is sold. A merchandise credit liability is established when a merchandise credit is issued to a customer for a returned item and the original sale is reversed. The liabilities are relieved and revenue is recognized when merchandise is purchased and delivered to the customer and the merchandise credit or gift card is used as a form of payment.

If merchandise credits or gift cards are not redeemed over an extended period of time (for example, approximately three to five years in the U.S.), the value of the merchandise credits or gift cards is generally remitted to the applicable jurisdiction in accordance with unclaimed property laws.

Revenue Recognition

Sales are recognized at the "point of sale," which occurs when merchandise is taken in an "over-the-counter" transaction or upon receipt by a customer in a shipped transaction, such as through the Internet and catalog channels. Revenue associated with gift cards and merchandise credits is recognized upon redemption. Sales are reported net of returns, sales tax and other similar taxes. Shipping and handling fees billed to customers are included in net sales. The Company maintains a reserve for potential product returns and it records, as a reduction to sales and cost of sales, its provision for estimated product returns, which is determined based on historical experience.

Additionally, outside of the U.S., the Company operates certain TIFFANY & CO. stores within various department stores. Sales transacted at these store locations are recognized at the "point of sale." The Company and these department store operators have distinct responsibilities and risks in the operation of such TIFFANY & CO. stores. The Company (i) owns and manages the merchandise; (ii) establishes retail prices; (iii) has merchandising, marketing and display responsibilities; and (iv) in almost all locations provides retail staff and bears the risk of inventory loss. The department store operators (i) provide and maintain store facilities; (ii) in almost all locations

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 59

Table of Contents

assume retail credit and certain other risks; and (iii) act for the Company in the sale of merchandise. In return for their services and use of their facilities, the department store operators retain a portion of net retail sales made in TIFFANY & CO. stores which is recorded as commission expense within selling, general and administrative expenses.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales includes costs to internally manufacture merchandise (primarily metal, gemstones, labor and overhead), costs related to the purchase of merchandise from third-parties, inbound freight, purchasing and receiving, inspection, warehousing, internal transfers and other costs associated with distribution and merchandising. Cost of sales also includes royalty fees paid to outside designers and customer shipping and handling charges.

Selling, General and Administrative ("SG&A") Expenses

SG&A expenses include costs associated with the selling and marketing of products as well as administrative expenses. The types of expenses associated with these functions are store operating expenses (such as labor, rent and utilities), advertising and other corporate level administrative expenses.

Advertising, Marketing, Public and Media Relations Costs

Advertising, marketing, public and media relations costs include media, production, catalogs, Internet, marketing events, visual merchandising costs (in-store and window displays) and other related costs. In 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , these costs totaled $299.0 million, $302.0 million and $284.0 million, representing 7.5% , 7.4% and 6.7% of worldwide net sales in each of those periods. Media and production costs for print and digital advertising are expensed as incurred, while catalog costs are expensed upon first distribution.

Pre-Opening Costs

Costs associated with the opening of new retail stores are expensed in the period incurred.

Stock-Based Compensation

New, modified and unvested share-based payment transactions with employees, such as stock options and restricted stock, are measured at fair value and recognized as compensation expense over the requisite service period.

Merchandise Design Activities

Merchandise design activities consist of conceptual formulation and design of possible products and creation of pre-production prototypes and molds. Costs associated with these activities are expensed as incurred.

Foreign Currency

The functional currency of most of the Company's foreign subsidiaries and branches is the applicable local currency. Assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars using the current exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date, while revenues and expenses are translated at the average exchange rates during the period. The resulting translation adjustments are recorded as a component of other comprehensive earnings within stockholders' equity. The Company also recognizes gains and losses associated with transactions that are denominated in foreign currencies. Within other (income) expense, net, the Company recorded net losses resulting from foreign currency transactions of $4.8 million, $9.8 million and $3.7 million in 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized by applying statutory tax rates in effect in the years in which the differences between the financial reporting and tax filing bases of existing assets and liabilities are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 60

Table of Contents

The Company records net deferred tax assets to the extent management believes these assets will more likely than not be realized. In making such determination, the Company considers all available evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial operations. In the event management were to determine that the Company would be able to realize its deferred income tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, the Company would make an adjustment to the valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes.

In evaluating the exposures associated with the Company's various tax filing positions, management records reserves using a more-likely-than-not recognition threshold for income tax positions taken or expected to be taken.

The Company, its U.S. subsidiaries and the foreign branches of its U.S. subsidiaries file a consolidated Federal income tax return.

Earnings Per Share ("EPS")

Basic EPS is computed as net earnings divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS includes the dilutive effect of the assumed exercise of stock options and unvested restricted stock units.

The following table summarizes the reconciliation of the numerators and denominators for the basic and diluted EPS computations:



	Years Ended January 31,
(in millions)	2017		2016		2015
Net earnings for basic and diluted EPS	$	446.1	$	463.9	$	484.2
Weighted-average shares for basic EPS	125.1		128.6		129.2
Incremental shares based upon the assumed exercise of stock options and unvested restricted stock units	0.4		0.5		0.7
Weighted-average shares for diluted EPS	125.5		129.1		129.9

For the years ended January 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , there were 1.3 million, 0.8 million and 0.3 million stock options and restricted stock units excluded from the computations of earnings per diluted share due to their antidilutive effect.

New Accounting Standards

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2014-09 – Revenue From Contracts with Customers , to clarify the principles of recognizing revenue and create common revenue recognition guidance between U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("GAAP") and International Financial Reporting Standards. The core principle of the guidance is that a company should recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In doing so, companies will need to use more judgment and make more estimates than under current guidance. These may include identifying performance obligations in the contract, estimating the amount of variable consideration to include in the transaction price and allocating the transaction price to each separate performance obligation. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14 – Revenue from Contracts with Customers: Deferral of the Effective Date , deferring the effective date of ASU 2014-09 for one year to interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is also permitted as of the original effective date (interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016) and full or modified retrospective application is permitted. Subsequently, the FASB has issued a number of ASU's amending ASU-2014-09 and providing further guidance related to revenue recognition, which management is collectively evaluating. The effective date and transition requirements for these amendments are the same as ASU 2014-09, as amended by ASU 2015-14. Management is currently evaluating the impact of the new guidance on the consolidated financial statements. The Company has identified an implementation project team and related oversight processes and has commenced the assessment phase of the project. The Company has not concluded as to whether the new guidance will be adopted on a full or modified retrospective basis, but will not apply the early adoption provisions of the new guidance.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 61

Table of Contents

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11 – Inventory: Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory , which states an entity should measure inventory at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal and transportation. This amendment applies to all inventory that is measured using the average costs or first-in first-out (FIFO) methods. This supersedes prior guidance which allowed entities to measure inventory at the lower of cost or market, where market could be replacement cost, net realizable value or net realizable value less an approximately normal profit margin. This ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The amendments should be applied prospectively and earlier application is permitted. This ASU is not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02 – Leases , which requires an entity that leases assets to recognize on the balance sheet the assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by those leases. Leases will be classified as either financing or operating, similar to current accounting requirements, with the applicable classification determining the pattern of expense recognition in the statement of earnings. This ASU is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018 and must be adopted using a modified retrospective approach. Management is currently evaluating the impact of this ASU on the consolidated financial statements, but expects that adoption will result in a significant increase in the Company's assets and liabilities. The Company has identified an implementation project team and related oversight processes and has commenced the assessment phase of the project.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-05 – Derivatives and Hedging: Effect of Derivative Contract Novations on Existing Hedge Accounting Relationships , which states that a change in counterparty to a derivative instrument does not, in and of itself, require dedesignation of that hedging relationship provided that all other hedge account criteria continue to be met. This ASU is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2016. The amendments should be applied on either a prospective basis or a modified retrospective basis and earlier application is permitted. Management does not believe the adoption of this ASU will have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09 – Compensation – Stock Compensation: Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting , which provides guidance on several aspects of accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the accounting for income taxes, forfeitures, and statutory tax withholding requirements, as well as classification on the statement of cash flows. Most notably, the Company will be required to recognize all excess tax benefits and shortfalls as income tax expense or benefit in the statement of earnings within the reporting period in which they occur. This ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and early adoption is permitted. Management is currently evaluating the impact of this ASU on the consolidated financial statements, but anticipates adoption will result in increased earnings volatility due to the immediate recognition of excess tax benefits and shortfalls.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13 – Financial Instruments – Credit Losses: Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments . ASU 2016-13 amends the impairment model to utilize an expected loss methodology in place of the currently used incurred loss methodology, which will result in the more timely recognition of losses. The new standard applies to financial assets measured at amortized cost basis, including receivables that result from revenue transactions and held-to-maturity debt securities. The ASU is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019, and early adoption is permitted for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. Management is currently evaluating the impact of this ASU on the consolidated financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15 – Statement of Cash Flows: Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments , which provides guidance on eight specific cash flow issues in an effort to reduce diversity in practice in how certain transactions are classified within the statement of cash flows. This ASU is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted and the amendments should be applied using a retrospective method. Management is currently evaluating the impact of this ASU on the consolidated financial statements.

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16 – Income Taxes: Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory . This ASU eliminates the requirement to defer the recognition of current and deferred income taxes for an intra-entity asset transfer until the asset has been sold to an outside party. Therefore, under the new guidance, an entity should recognize the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory when

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 62

Table of Contents

the transfer occurs. This ASU is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted as of the first interim period and the amendments should be applied on a modified retrospective basis through a cumulative-effect adjustment directly to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption. Management is currently evaluating the impact of this ASU on the consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04 – Intangibles - Goodwill and Other: Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment . This ASU eliminates step 2 (which measures a goodwill impairment loss by comparing the implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill) from the goodwill impairment test. Instead, if the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss shall be recognized in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. This ASU should be adopted by the Company for its annual or any interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. Management does not believe the adoption of this ASU will have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.


C.	SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

Cash paid during the year for:



	Years Ended January 31,
(in millions)	2017		2016		2015
Interest, net of interest capitalization	$	40.6	$	42.5	$	59.7
Income taxes	$	213.9	$	237.5	$	133.4

Supplemental noncash investing and financing activities:



	Years Ended January 31,
(in millions)	2017		2016		2015
Accrued capital expenditures	$	10.7	$	8.2	$	8.2
Issuance of Common Stock under the Employee Profit Sharing and Retirement Savings Plan	$		$		$	3.9


D.	INVENTORIES



	January 31,
(in millions)	2017		2016
Finished goods	$	1,249.4	$	1,292.9
Raw materials	806.3		813.7
Work-in-process	101.9		118.4
Inventories, net	$	2,157.6	$	2,225.0

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 63

Table of Contents


E.	PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT



	January 31,
(in millions)	2017			2016
Land	$	41.8		$	45.6
Buildings	122.5			120.9
Leasehold and building improvements	1,195.8			1,108.6
Office equipment	245.7			254.0
Software	312.4			295.1
Furniture and fixtures	281.2			265.3
Machinery and equipment	177.7			169.2
Construction-in-progress	78.6			95.7
	2,455.7			2,354.4
Accumulated depreciation and amortization	(1,523.9		)	(1,418.6		)
	$	931.8		$	935.8

The provision for depreciation and amortization for the years ended January 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 was $202.5 million, $196.3 million and $182.8 million, respectively.

Information Systems Assessment. The Company is engaged in a multi-year program to evaluate and, where appropriate, upgrade and/or replace certain of its information systems. As part of this program, the Company identified opportunities to enhance its finished goods inventory management and merchandising capabilities, and began development efforts to replace certain of its existing systems and provide these enhanced capabilities. The Company recently completed an assessment of the replacement system under development to evaluate whether the continued development of this system would deliver sufficiently improved operating capabilities. Following the completion of this assessment, in the three months ended January 31, 2017, the Company concluded that the development of this system should be modified such that the finished goods inventory management and merchandising capabilities that were intended to be delivered utilizing this new system will instead be delivered through further development of the Company’s current Enterprise Resource Planning system and continued implementation of a new order management system. Accordingly, the Company has evaluated the costs capitalized for the development of the replacement system for impairment in accordance with its policy on the review of long-lived assets (see "Note B. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies"), and determined, based on specific identification of costs capitalized pertaining to the development of specific capabilities in the new system, that $25.4 million of such capitalized costs relate to software functionality which will not be utilized, and therefore will not have future benefit to the Company. As such, the Company recorded a pre-tax impairment charge of $25.4 million as a component of SG&A expenses in the three months ended January 31, 2017.


F.	ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILTIES



	January 31,
(in millions)	2017		2016
Accounts payable - trade	$	108.6	$	127.8
Accrued compensation and commissions	96.3		77.9
Accrued sales, withholding and other taxes	26.7		21.9
Other	81.2		101.5
	$	312.8	$	329.1

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 64

Table of Contents


G.	DEBT



			January 31,
(in millions)	2017		2016
Short-term borrowings:
Credit Facilities	$	93.0	$	76.6
Other credit facilities	135.7		145.0
	$	228.7	$	221.6



Long-term debt:
Unsecured Senior Notes:
2010 1.72% Senior Notes, due September 2016 ^{a, b}	$		$	84.2
2012 4.40% Series B Notes, due July 2042 ^c	250.0		250.0
2014 3.80% Senior Notes, due October 2024 ^{d, e}	250.0		250.0
2014 4.90% Senior Notes, due October 2044 ^{d, e}	300.0		300.0
2016 0.78% Senior Notes, due August 2026 ^{b, d}	88.0		—
	888.0		884.2
Less current portion of long-term debt	—		84.2
Less unamortized discounts and debt issuance costs	9.6		10.0
	$	878.4	$	790.0


^a	These Senior Notes were repaid upon the maturity thereof during the year ended January 31, 2017 using the proceeds from the issuance of the 0.78% Senior Notes due August 2026.


^b	These Senior Notes were issued, at par, ¥ 10.0 billion.


^c	The agreements governing these Senior Notes require repayments of $ 50.0 million in aggregate every five years beginning in July 2022.


^d	These agreements require lump sum repayments upon maturity.


^e	These Senior Notes were issued at a discount which will be amortized until the debt maturity.

Credit Facilities

In 2014, Tiffany & Co. entered into a four-year $375.0 million and a five-year $375.0 million multi-bank, multi-currency, committed unsecured revolving credit facility, including letter of credit subfacilities, (collectively, the "New Credit Facilities") resulting in a total borrowing capacity of $750.0 million. The New Credit Facilities replaced the previously existing $275.0 million three-year unsecured revolving credit facility and $275.0 million five-year unsecured revolving credit facility, which were terminated and repaid concurrently with Tiffany & Co.'s entry into the New Credit Facilities. The New Credit Facilities are available for working capital and other corporate purposes. Borrowings under the New Credit Facilities will bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at the option of the Company, (1) LIBOR (or other applicable reference rate) for the relevant currency plus an applicable margin based upon the Company's leverage ratio as defined under the New Credit Facilities, or (2) an alternate base rate equal to the highest of (i) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50% , (ii) Bank of America, N.A.’s prime rate and (iii) one-month LIBOR plus 1% , plus an applicable margin based upon the Company's leverage ratio as defined under the New Credit Facilities. The New Credit Facilities also require payment to the lenders of a facility fee on the amount of the lenders’ commitments under the credit facilities from time to time at rates based upon the Company's leverage ratio as defined under the New Credit Facilities. Voluntary prepayments of the loans and voluntary reductions of the unutilized portion of the commitments under the New Credit Facilities are permissible without penalty, subject to certain conditions pertaining to minimum notice and minimum reduction amounts.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 65

Table of Contents

In October 2016, the maturity for each of the New Credit Facilities was extended for one additional year pursuant to the terms set forth in the respective agreements governing the New Credit Facilities. Therefore, the four-year and five-year New Credit Facilities will mature in October of 2019 and 2020, respectively.

At January 31, 2017 , there were $93.0 million of borrowings outstanding, $4.0 million of letters of credit issued but not outstanding and $653.0 million available for borrowing under the New Credit Facilities. At January 31, 2016 , there were $76.6 million of borrowings outstanding, $5.6 million of letters of credit issued but not outstanding and $667.8 million available for borrowings. The weighted-average interest rate for borrowings outstanding was 1.72% at January 31, 2017 and 1.54% at January 31, 2016 .

Other Credit Facilities

Tiffany-Shanghai Credit Agreement. In July 2016, Tiffany & Co.'s wholly owned subsidiary, Tiffany & Co. (Shanghai) Commercial Company Limited ("Tiffany-Shanghai"), entered into a three-year multi-bank revolving credit agreement (the "Tiffany-Shanghai Credit Agreement"). The Tiffany-Shanghai Credit Agreement has an aggregate borrowing limit of RMB 990.0 million ( $143.8 million at January 31, 2017 ). The Tiffany-Shanghai Credit Agreement, which matures in July 2019, was made available to refinance amounts outstanding under Tiffany-Shanghai’s previously existing RMB 930.0 million three-year multi-bank revolving credit agreement (the "2013 Agreement"), which expired pursuant to its terms in July 2016, as well as for Tiffany-Shanghai's ongoing general working capital requirements. The six lenders party to the Tiffany-Shanghai Credit Agreement will make loans, upon Tiffany-Shanghai's request, for periods of up to 12 months at the applicable interest rates as announced by the People's Bank of China (provided, that if such announced rate is below zero, the applicable interest rate shall be deemed to be zero). In connection with the Tiffany-Shanghai Credit Agreement, in July 2016 Tiffany & Co. entered into a Guaranty Agreement by and between Tiffany & Co. and the facility agent under the Tiffany-Shanghai Credit Agreement (the "Guaranty"). At January 31, 2017 , there was $103.6 million available to be borrowed under the Tiffany-Shanghai Credit Agreement and $40.2 million was outstanding at a weighted-average interest rate of 4.35% . At January 31, 2016 , there was $99.3 million available to be borrowed under the 2013 Agreement and $42.1 million was outstanding at a weighted-average interest rate of 4.72% .

Other. The Company has various other revolving credit facilities, primarily in Japan and China. At January 31, 2017 , the facilities totaled $137.3 million and $95.5 million was outstanding at a weighted-average interest rate of 2.99% . At January 31, 2016 , the facilities totaled $126.6 million and $102.9 million was outstanding at a weighted-average interest rate of 3.16% .

Senior Notes

2014 Senior Notes. In 2014, Tiffany & Co. issued $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of 3.80% Senior Notes due 2024 (the "2024 Notes") and $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of 4.90% Senior Notes due 2044 (the "2044 Notes" and, together with the 2024 Notes, the "2014 Notes"). The 2014 Notes were issued at a discount with aggregate net proceeds of $548.0 million (with an effective yield of 3.836% for the 2024 Notes and an effective yield of 4.926% for the 2044 Notes). Tiffany & Co. used the net proceeds from the issuance of the Notes to redeem all of the aggregate principal amount outstanding of its (i) $100.0 million principal amount of 9.05% Series A Senior Notes due December 23, 2015; (ii) $125.0 million principal amount of 10.0% Series A-2009 Senior Notes due February 13, 2017; (iii) $50.0 million principal amount of 10.0% Series A Senior Notes due April 9, 2018; and (iv) $125.0 million principal amount of 10.0% Series B-2009 Senior Notes due February 13, 2019 (collectively, the "Private Placement Notes") prior to maturity in accordance with the respective note purchase agreements governing each series of Private Placement Notes, which included provisions for make-whole payments in the event of early redemption. As a result of the redemptions, the Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $93.8 million in 2014. The Company used the remaining net proceeds from the sale of the 2014 Notes for general corporate purposes. The 2014 Notes are Tiffany & Co.’s general unsecured obligations and rank equally in right of payment with all of Tiffany & Co.’s existing and any future unsecured senior debt and rank senior in right of payment to any of Tiffany & Co.’s future subordinated debt.

The 2024 Notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 3.80% per annum and the 2044 Notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 4.90% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on April 1 and October 1 of each year, commencing on April 1, 2015. Tiffany & Co. will make each interest payment to the holders of record of the 2014 Notes on the immediately preceding March 15 and September 15.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 66

Table of Contents

Tiffany & Co. has the option to redeem the 2014 Notes, in whole or in part, by providing no less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior notice at a redemption price equal to the sum of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the 2014 Notes to be redeemed, plus (ii) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on those 2014 Notes to the redemption date, plus (iii) a make-whole premium as of the redemption date, as defined in the indenture governing the 2014 Notes, as amended and supplemented in respect of each series of Notes (the "Indenture"). In addition, Tiffany & Co. has the option to redeem some or all of the 2024 Notes on or after July 1, 2024, at a redemption price equal to the sum of 100% of the principal amount of the 2024 Notes to be redeemed, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on those 2024 Notes to the redemption date. Tiffany & Co. also has the option to redeem some or all of the 2044 Notes on or after April 1, 2044, at a redemption price equal to the sum of 100% of the principal amount of the 2044 Notes to be redeemed, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on those 2044 Notes to the redemption date.

Upon the occurrence of a change of control triggering event (as defined in the Indenture), unless Tiffany & Co. has exercised its right to redeem the 2014 Notes, each holder of 2014 Notes will have the right to require Tiffany & Co. to repurchase all or a portion of such holder’s Notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase.

2016 Senior Notes. In August 2016, Tiffany & Co. issued ¥ 10.0 billion ( $88.0 million at January 31, 2017 ) of 0.78% Senior Notes due August 2026 (the "Yen Notes") in a private transaction. The proceeds from the issuance of the Yen Notes were used to repay Tiffany & Co.'s ¥ 10.0 billion 1.72% Senior Notes due September 2016 upon the maturity thereof. The Yen Notes bear interest at a rate of 0.78% per annum, payable semi-annually on February 26 and August 26 of each year, commencing February 26, 2017. Tiffany & Co. may redeem all or part of the Yen Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior notice at a redemption price equal to the sum of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Yen Notes to be redeemed, plus (ii) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on those Yen Notes to the redemption date, plus (iii) a make-whole premium as of the redemption date.

Debt Covenants

The agreements governing the New Credit Facilities include specific financial covenants, as well as other covenants that limit the ability of Tiffany & Co. to incur certain subsidiary indebtedness, incur liens, impose restrictions on subsidiary distributions and engage in mergers, consolidations and sales of all or substantially all of Tiffany & Co. and its subsidiaries' assets, in addition to other requirements and "Events of Default" (as defined in the agreements governing the New Credit Facilities) customary to such borrowings.

The Tiffany-Shanghai Credit Agreement includes certain covenants that limit Tiffany-Shanghai's ability to pay certain dividends, make certain investments and incur certain indebtedness, and the Guaranty requires maintenance by Tiffany & Co. of specific financial covenants and ratios, in addition to other requirements and limitations customary to such borrowings.

The Indenture contains covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of Tiffany & Co. and its subsidiaries under certain circumstances to create liens and impose conditions on Tiffany & Co.’s ability to engage in mergers, consolidations and sales of all or substantially all of its or its subsidiaries’ assets. The Indenture also contains certain "Events of Default" (as defined in the Indenture) customary for indentures of this type. The Indenture does not contain any specific financial covenants.

The agreements governing the 2012 4.40% Series B Senior Notes and the Yen Notes require maintenance of specific financial covenants and ratios and limit certain changes to indebtedness of Tiffany & Co. and its subsidiaries and the general nature of the business, in addition to other requirements customary to such borrowings.

At January 31, 2017, the Company was in compliance with all debt covenants. In the event of any default of payment or performance obligations extending beyond applicable cure periods as set forth in the agreements governing the Company's applicable debt instruments, such agreements may be terminated or payment of the applicable debt may be accelerated. Further, each of the New Credit Facilities, the Tiffany-Shanghai Credit Agreement, the agreements governing the 2012 4.40% Series B Senior Notes and the Yen Notes, and certain other loan agreements contain cross default provisions permitting the termination and acceleration of the loans, or acceleration of the notes, as the case may be, in the event that certain of the Company's other debt obligations are terminated or accelerated prior to their maturity.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 67

Table of Contents

Long-Term Debt Maturities

Aggregate maturities of long-term debt as of January 31, 2017 are as follows:



Years Ending January 31,	Amount ^a (in millions)
2018	$
2019	—
2020	—
2021	—
2022	—
Thereafter	888.0
	$	888.0


^a	Amounts exclude any unamortized discount or premium.

Letters of Credit

The Company has available letters of credit and financial guarantees of $76.1 million of which $26.4 million was outstanding at January 31, 2017 . Of those available letters of credit and financial guarantees, $57.5 million expires within one year. These amounts do not include letters of credit issued under the Credit Facilities.

H. HEDGING INSTRUMENTS

Background Information

The Company uses derivative financial instruments, including interest rate swaps, cross-currency swaps, forward contracts, put option contracts and net-zero-cost collar arrangements (combination of call and put option contracts) to mitigate a portion of its exposures to changes in interest rates, foreign currency and precious metal prices.

Derivative Instruments Designated as Hedging Instruments. If a derivative instrument meets certain hedge accounting criteria, it is recorded on the consolidated balance sheet at its fair value, as either an asset or a liability, with an offset to current or comprehensive earnings, depending on whether the hedge is designated as one of the following on the date it is entered into:


•	Fair Value Hedge – A hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or an unrecognized firm commitment. For fair value hedge transactions, both the effective and ineffective portions of the changes in the fair value of the derivative and changes in the fair value of the item being hedged are recorded in current earnings.

•

Cash Flow Hedge – A hedge of the exposure to variability in the cash flows of a recognized asset, liability or a forecasted transaction. For cash flow hedge transactions, the effective portion of the changes in fair value of derivatives are reported as other comprehensive income ("OCI") and are recognized in current earnings in the period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects current earnings. Amounts excluded from the effectiveness calculation and any ineffective portions of the change in fair value of the derivative are recognized in current earnings.

The Company formally documents the nature of and relationships between the hedging instruments and hedged items for a derivative to qualify as a hedge at inception and throughout the hedged period. The Company also documents its risk management objectives, strategies for undertaking the various hedge transactions and method of assessing hedge effectiveness. Additionally, for hedges of forecasted transactions, the significant characteristics and expected terms of a forecasted transaction must be identified, and it must be probable that each forecasted transaction will occur. If it were deemed probable that the forecasted transaction would not occur, the gain or loss on the derivative financial instrument would be recognized in current earnings. Derivative financial instruments

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 68

Table of Contents

qualifying for hedge accounting must maintain a specified level of effectiveness between the hedge instrument and the item being hedged, both at inception and throughout the hedged period.

Derivative Instruments Not Designated as Hedging Instruments. Derivative instruments which do not meet the criteria to be designated as a hedge are recorded on the consolidated balance sheet at their fair values, as either assets or liabilities, with an offset to current earnings.

The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

Types of Derivative Instruments

Interest Rate Swaps – In 2012, the Company entered into forward-starting interest rate swaps to hedge the impact of interest rate volatility on future interest payments associated with the anticipated incurrence of $250.0 million of additional debt which was incurred in July 2012. The Company accounted for the forward-starting interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges. As of January 31, 2017 , $19.8 million remains recorded as an unrealized loss in accumulated other comprehensive loss, which is being amortized over the term of the 2042 Notes to which the interest rate swaps related.

In 2014, the Company entered into forward-starting interest rate swaps to hedge the impact of interest rate volatility on future interest payments associated with the anticipated incurrence of long-term debt which was incurred shortly thereafter (refer to "Note G. Debt"). The Company accounted for the forward-starting interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges. The Company settled the interest rate swaps in 2014 and recorded an unrealized loss within accumulated other comprehensive loss. As of January 31, 2017 , $3.8 million remains recorded as an unrealized loss and is being amortized over the terms of the respective 2024 Notes or 2044 Notes to which the interest rate swaps related.

Cross-currency Swaps – In 2016, the Company entered into cross-currency swaps to hedge the foreign exchange risk associated with Japanese yen-denominated intercompany loans. These cross-currency swaps are designated and accounted for as cash flow hedges. As of January 31, 2017 , the notional amount of cross-currency swaps accounted for as cash flow hedges was approximately ¥10.6 billion or $100.0 million . The cross-currency swaps have a term ending on October 1, 2024.

Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts – The Company uses foreign exchange forward contracts to offset a portion of the foreign currency exchange risks associated with foreign currency-denominated liabilities, intercompany transactions and forecasted purchases of merchandise between entities with differing functional currencies. The Company assesses hedge effectiveness based on the total changes in the foreign exchange forward contracts' cash flows. These foreign exchange forward contracts are designated and accounted for as either cash flow hedges or economic hedges that are not designated as hedging instruments.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 69

Table of Contents

As of January 31, 2017 , the notional amount of foreign exchange forward contracts accounted for as cash flow hedges was as follows:



(in millions)		Notional Amount		USD Equivalent
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Japanese yen	¥	16,669.0	$	156.1
British pound	£	13.3		17.5
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
U.S. dollar	$	58.3	$	58.3
Euro	€	28.0		29.7
British pound	£	5.5		6.8
Japanese yen	¥	952.8		8.4
Korean won	₩	15,011.6		12.5
Mexican peso	₱	167.1		7.7
New Zealand dollar	NZ$	11.7		8.4
Singapore dollar	S$	25.1		17.7
Swiss franc	Fr.	4.3		4.2

The maximum term of the Company's outstanding foreign exchange forward contracts as of January 31, 2017 is 12 months.

Precious Metal Collars and Forward Contracts – The Company periodically hedges a portion of its forecasted purchases of precious metals for use in its internal manufacturing operations in order to manage the effect of volatility in precious metal prices. The Company may use either a combination of call and put option contracts in net-zero-cost collar arrangements ("precious metal collars") or forward contracts. For precious metal collars, if the price of the precious metal at the time of the expiration of the precious metal collar is within the call and put price, the precious metal collar expires at no cost to the Company. The Company accounts for its precious metal collars and forward contracts as cash flow hedges. The Company assesses hedge effectiveness based on the total changes in the precious metal collars' and forward contracts' cash flows. As of January 31, 2017 , the maximum term over which the Company is hedging its exposure to the variability of future cash flows for all forecasted transactions is 24 months. As of January 31, 2017 , there were precious metal derivative instruments outstanding for approximately 72,000 ounces of platinum, 1,440,000 ounces of silver and 51,500 ounces of gold.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 70

Table of Contents

Information on the location and amounts of derivative gains and losses in the consolidated financial statements is as follows:



	Years Ended January 31,
	2017						2016
(in millions)	Pre-Tax Gain (Loss) Recognized in OCI (Effective Portion)			Pre-Tax Gain (Loss) Reclassified from Accumulated OCI into Earnings (Effective Portion)			Pre-Tax Gain (Loss) Recognized in OCI (Effective Portion)			Pre-Tax Gain (Loss) Reclassified from Accumulated OCI into Earnings (Effective Portion)
Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships:
Foreign exchange forward contracts ^a	$	(1.5	)	$	(1.5	)	$	3.9		$	20.2
Precious metal collars ^a	—			—			0.2			—
Precious metal forward contracts ^a	14.0			(8.5		)	(26.3		)	(7.0		)
Cross-currency swaps ^c	(0.4		)	6.6			—			—
Forward-starting interest rate swaps ^b	—			(1.5		)	—			(1.5		)
	$	12.1		$	(4.9	)	$	(22.2	)	$	11.7


^a	The gain or loss recognized in earnings is included within Cost of sales.


^b	The gain or loss recognized in earnings is included within Interest expense and financing costs.


^c	The gain or loss recognized in earnings is included within Other (income) expense, net.

The pre-tax losses on derivatives not designated as hedging instruments were $9.2 million in the year ended January 31, 2017 and were included in other (income) expense, net. Such gains and losses were not significant in the year ended January 31, 2016 . There was no material ineffectiveness related to the Company's hedging instruments for the periods ended January 31, 2017 and 2016 . The Company expects approximately $1.1 million of net pre-tax derivative losses included in accumulated other comprehensive income at January 31, 2017 will be reclassified into earnings within the next 12 months. This amount will vary due to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and precious metal prices.

For information regarding the location and amount of the derivative instruments in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, see "Note I. Fair Value of Financial Instruments."

Concentration of Credit Risk

A number of major international financial institutions are counterparties to the Company's derivative financial instruments. The Company enters into derivative financial instrument agreements only with counterparties meeting certain credit standards (a credit rating of A-/A2 or better at the time of the agreement) and limits the amount of agreements or contracts it enters into with any one party. The Company may be exposed to credit losses in the event of nonperformance by individual counterparties or the entire group of counterparties.


I.	FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. U.S. GAAP establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. U.S. GAAP prescribes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and are considered to be most reliable.

Level 2 – Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data.

Level 3 – Unobservable inputs reflecting the reporting entity's own assumptions and require the most judgment.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 71

Table of Contents

The Company's derivative instruments are considered Level 2 instruments for the purposes of determining fair value. The Company's foreign exchange forward contracts, as well as its put option contracts and cross-currency swaps, are primarily valued using the appropriate foreign exchange spot rates. The Company's precious metal forward contracts and collars are primarily valued using the relevant precious metal spot rate. The Company's interest rate swaps were primarily valued using the 3-month LIBOR rate. For further information on the Company's hedging instruments and program, see "Note H. Hedging Instruments."

Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value at January 31, 2017 are classified in the table below in one of the three categories described above:



	Estimated Fair Value						Total Fair Value
(in millions)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total Fair Value
Financial assets
Marketable securities ^a	$	36.4	$	—	$	—	$	36.4
Time deposits ^b	57.8		—		—		57.8
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Precious metal forward contracts ^c	—		3.6		—		3.6
Precious metal collars ^c	—		0.4		—		0.4
Foreign exchange forward contracts ^c	—		9.6		—		9.6
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign exchange forward contracts ^c	—		0.3		—		0.3
Total financial assets	$	94.2	$	13.9	$	—	$	108.1



	Estimated Fair Value						Total Fair Value
(in millions)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total Fair Value
Financial liabilities
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Precious metal forward contracts ^d	$	—	$	5.4	$	—	$	5.4
Precious metal collars ^d	—		0.3		—		0.3
Foreign exchange forward contracts ^d	—		0.6		—		0.6
Cross-currency swaps ^d	—		0.4		—		0.4
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign exchange forward contracts ^d	—		2.2		—		2.2
Total financial liabilities	$	—	$	8.9	$	—	$	8.9

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 72

Table of Contents

Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value at January 31, 2016 are classified in the table below in one of the three categories described above:



	Estimated Fair Value						Total Fair Value
(in millions)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total Fair Value
Financial assets
Marketable securities ^a	$	31.8	$	—	$	—	$	31.8
Time deposits ^b	43.0		—		—		43.0
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Precious metal forward contracts ^c	—		0.6		—		0.6
Precious metal collar contracts ^c	—		0.2		—		0.2
Foreign exchange forward contracts ^c	—		1.6		—		1.6
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign exchange forward contracts ^c	—		1.3		—		1.3
Total financial assets	$	74.8	$	3.7	$	—	$	78.5



	Estimated Fair Value						Total Fair Value
(in millions)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total Fair Value
Financial liabilities
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Precious metal forward contracts ^d	$	—	$	13.4	$	—	$	13.4
Foreign exchange forward contracts ^d	—		2.4		—		2.4
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign exchange forward contracts ^d	—		1.4		—		1.4
Total financial liabilities	$	—	$	17.2	$	—	$	17.2


^a	Included within Other assets, net.


^b	Included within Short-term investments.


^c	Included within Prepaid expenses and other current assets or Other assets, net evaluated based on the maturity of the contract.


^d	Included within Accounts payable and accrued liabilities or Other long-term liabilities evaluated based on the maturity of the contract.

The fair value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximates carrying value due to the short-term maturities of these assets and liabilities and as such is measured using Level 1 inputs. The fair value of debt with variable interest rates approximates carrying value and is measured using Level 2 inputs. The fair value of debt with fixed interest rates was determined using the quoted market prices of debt instruments with similar terms and maturities, which are considered Level 2 inputs. The total carrying value of short-term borrowings and long-term debt was $1.1 billion and the corresponding fair value was approximately $1.1 billion at January 31, 2017 and 2016 .

J. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Leases

The Company leases certain office, distribution, retail and manufacturing facilities, land and equipment. Retail store leases may require the payment of minimum rentals and contingent rent based on a percentage of sales exceeding a stipulated amount. The lease agreements, which expire at various dates through 2062, are subject, in many cases, to renewal options and provide for the payment of taxes, insurance and maintenance. Certain leases contain escalation

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 73

Table of Contents

clauses resulting from the pass-through of increases in operating costs, property taxes and the effect on costs from changes in consumer price indices.

Rent-free periods and other incentives granted under certain leases and scheduled rent increases are charged to rent expense on a straight-line basis over the related terms of such leases, beginning from when the Company takes possession of the leased facility. Lease expense includes predetermined rent escalations (including escalations based on the Consumer Price Index or other indices) and is recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Adjustments to indices are treated as contingent rent and recorded in the period that such adjustments are determined.

The Company entered into sale-leaseback arrangements for its Retail Service Center, a distribution and administrative office facility in New Jersey, in 2005 and for the TIFFANY & CO. stores in Tokyo's Ginza shopping district and on London's Old Bond Street in 2007. These sale-leaseback arrangements resulted in total deferred gains of $144.5 million which are being amortized in SG&A expenses over periods that range from 15 to 20 years. As of January 31, 2017 , $45.9 million of these deferred gains remained to be amortized.

Rent expense for the Company's operating leases consisted of the following:



	Years Ended January 31,
(in millions)	2017		2016		2015
Minimum rent for retail locations	$	184.1	$	172.2	$	158.2
Contingent rent based on sales	32.4		34.9		38.6
Office, distribution and manufacturing facilities and equipment	40.0		37.0		35.8
	$	256.5	$	244.1	$	232.6

In addition, the Company operates certain TIFFANY & CO. stores within various department stores outside the U.S. and has agreements where the department store operators provide store facilities and other services. The Company pays the department store operators a percentage fee based on sales generated in these locations (recorded as commission expense within SG&A expenses) which totaled $117.9 million, $109.4 million and $113.7 million in 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , and which are not included in the table above.

Aggregate annual minimum rental payments under non-cancelable operating leases are as follows:



Years Ending January 31,	Annual Minimum Rental Payments ^a (in millions)
2018	$	286.2
2019	203.6
2020	187.2
2021	168.8
2022	148.7
Thereafter	558.2


^a	Operating lease obligations do not include obligations for property taxes, insurance and maintenance that are required by most lease agreements.

Diamond Sourcing Activities

The Company has agreements with various diamond producers to purchase a minimum volume of rough diamonds at prevailing fair market prices. Under those agreements, management anticipates that it will purchase approximately $60.0 million of rough diamonds in 2017 . Purchases beyond 2017 that are contingent upon mine production at then-prevailing fair market prices cannot be reasonably estimated. In addition, the Company also regularly purchases rough and polished diamonds from other suppliers, although it has no contractual obligations to do so.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 74

Table of Contents

In consideration of its diamond supply agreements, the Company has provided financing to certain suppliers of its rough diamonds. In March 2011, Laurelton Diamonds, Inc. ("Laurelton"), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, as lender, entered into a $50.0 million amortizing term loan facility agreement with Koidu, as borrower, and BSG Resources Limited, as a limited guarantor. Koidu operates a kimberlite diamond mine in Sierra Leone (the "Mine") from which Laurelton acquires diamonds. Koidu was required under the terms of the Loan to apply the proceeds of the Loan to capital expenditures necessary to increase the output of the Mine, among other purposes. As of July 31, 2011, the Loan was fully funded. In consideration of the Loan, Laurelton entered into a supply agreement, pursuant to which Laurelton is required to purchase at fair market value certain diamonds recovered from the Mine that meet Laurelton's quality standards. The assets of Koidu, including all equipment and rights in respect of the Mine, are subject to the security interest of a lender that is not affiliated with the Company. The Loan is partially secured by the diamonds, if any, that have been extracted from the Mine and that have not been sold to third parties. The Company has evaluated the variable interest entity consolidation requirements with respect to this transaction and has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary, as it does not have the power to direct any of the activities that most significantly impact Koidu's economic performance.

On March 29, 2013, the Company entered into an amendment relating to the Loan which deferred principal and interest payments due in 2013 to subsequent years, and, on March 31, 2014, the Company entered into a further amendment providing that the principal payments due in 2014 be paid on a monthly basis rather than on a semi-annual basis. On April 30, 2015, the Company entered into a further amendment (the "2015 Amendment"). Pursuant to the 2015 Amendment, once certain customary conditions relating to the addition of one of Koidu's affiliates as an obligor under the Loan were satisfied, the principal payment due on March 30, 2015 would be deferred until a date to be specified by the Company (which date may be upon at least 30 days' written notice to Koidu, or upon the occurrence of certain specified acceleration conditions). As of June 2015, all of the conditions had been satisfied and the deferral of the principal payment due on March 30, 2015 had become effective, subject to the acceleration conditions set forth in the 2015 Amendment, which include Koidu remaining current on its other payment obligations to the Company. The Loan, as amended, is required to be repaid in full by March 2017 through semi-annual payments. Under the 2015 Amendment, the interest rate on the Loan was increased and, as of April 1, 2015, interest will accrue at a rate per annum that is the greater of (i) LIBOR plus 3.5% or (ii) 6.75% . Koidu also agreed to pay, and subsequently paid, an additional 2% per annum of interest on all deferred principal repayments.

Koidu did not make any payments due to the Company under the Loan in 2016. On March 17, 2017, the Company entered into an agreement with Koidu's largest creditor under which that creditor has agreed to purchase the Company's interest in the loan, on and effective March 22, 2017, for $ 1.7 million . Based on this agreement, the Company has recorded an additional impairment charge, and a related valuation allowance, of $4.2 million in 2016 to reduce the carrying amount of the Company's loan receivable from Koidu, net of the valuation allowance, to $1.7 million at January 31, 2017 . Additionally, on March 16, 2017, the Company and Koidu entered into an agreement to terminate the supply agreement between the parties, pursuant to which Laurelton had previously been required to purchase at fair market value certain diamonds recovered from the Mine that met Laurelton's quality standards.

Contractual Cash Obligations and Contingent Funding Commitments

At January 31, 2017 , the Company's contractual cash obligations and contingent funding commitments were for inventory purchases of $196.6 million (which includes the $60.0 million obligation discussed in Diamond Sourcing Activities above), as well as for other contractual obligations of $71.4 million (primarily for construction-in-progress, technology licensing and service contracts, advertising and media agreements and fixed royalty commitments).

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 75

Table of Contents

Litigation

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 76

Table of Contents

A three-judge panel presided over the annulment hearing on January 19, 2015, and, on March 4, 2015, issued a decision in favor of the Tiffany Parties. Under this decision, the Arbitration Award is set aside. However, the Swatch Parties took action in the Dutch courts to appeal the District Court's decision, and a three-judge panel presided over an appellate hearing in respect of the annulment, and the related claim by the Tiffany Parties for return of the Arbitration Damages and related costs, on June 29, 2016. That panel's decision, which may be appealed to the Supreme Court of the Netherlands, is pending. As a result of this ongoing appellate process, the Arbitration Award may ultimately be upheld by the courts of the Netherlands. Registrant’s management expects that the annulment action is not likely to be ultimately resolved until at the earliest, Registrant's fiscal year ending January 31, 2018.

In 2015, management introduced new TIFFANY & CO. brand watches, which have been designed, produced, marketed and distributed through certain of the Company's Swiss subsidiaries.

Other Litigation Matters. The Company is from time to time involved in routine litigation incidental to the conduct of its business, including proceedings to protect its trademark rights, litigation with parties claiming infringement of patents and other intellectual property rights by the Company, litigation instituted by persons alleged to have been injured upon premises under the Company's control and litigation with present and former employees and customers. Although litigation with present and former employees is routine and incidental to the conduct of the Company's business, as well as for any business employing significant numbers of employees, such litigation can result in large monetary awards when a civil jury is allowed to determine compensatory and/or punitive damages for actions claiming discrimination on the basis of age, gender, race, religion, disability or other legally-protected characteristic or for termination of employment that is wrongful or in violation of implied contracts. However, the Company believes that all such litigation currently pending to which it is a party or to which its properties are subject will be resolved without any material adverse effect on the Company's financial position, earnings or cash flows.

Gain contingency. On February 14, 2013, Tiffany and Company and Tiffany (NJ) LLC (collectively, the "Tiffany plaintiffs") initiated a lawsuit against Costco Wholesale Corp. ("Costco") for trademark infringement, false designation of origin and unfair competition, trademark dilution and trademark counterfeiting (the "Costco Litigation"). The Tiffany plaintiffs sought injunctive relief, monetary recovery and statutory damages on account of Costco's use of "Tiffany" on signs in the jewelry cases at Costco stores used to describe certain diamond engagement rings that were not manufactured by Tiffany. Costco filed a counterclaim arguing that the TIFFANY trademark was a generic term for multi-pronged ring settings and seeking to have the trademark invalidated, modified or partially canceled in that respect. On September 8, 2015, the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York (the "Court") granted the Tiffany plaintiffs' motion for summary judgment of liability in its entirety, dismissing Costco's genericism counterclaim and finding that Costco was liable for trademark infringement, trademark counterfeiting and unfair

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 77

Table of Contents

competition under New York law in its use of "Tiffany" on the above-referenced signs. On September 29, 2016, a civil jury rendered its verdict, finding that Costco's profits on the sale of the infringing rings should be awarded at $5.5 million , and further finding that an award of punitive damages was warranted. On October 5, 2016, the jury awarded $8.25 million in punitive damages. The aggregate award of $13.75 million is not final, and is subject to post-verdict motion practice and ultimately to adjustment by the Court. In such post-verdict motion practice, the Tiffany plaintiffs asserted that the profits award should be trebled and that Costco should also pay the Tiffany plaintiffs' legal fees in respect of this matter. Management expects that the Court will enter its final judgment as to the damages and other monetary recovery that Costco will be ordered to pay to the Tiffany plaintiffs during the Company's 2017 fiscal year. Management also expects that Costco will appeal this judgment, and that the Tiffany plaintiffs will be unable to enforce the judgment while the appeal is pending. As such, the Company has not recorded any amount in its consolidated financial statements related to this gain contingency as of January 31, 2017, and expects that this matter will not ultimately be resolved until, at the earliest, the Company's fiscal year ending January 31, 2018.

Environmental Matter

In 2005, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") designated a 17-mile stretch of the Passaic River (the "River") part of the Diamond Alkali "Superfund" site. This designation resulted from the detection of hazardous substances emanating from the site, which was previously home to the Diamond Shamrock Corporation, a manufacturer of pesticides and herbicides. Under the Superfund law, the EPA will negotiate with potentially responsible parties to agree on remediation approaches.

The Company, which operated a silverware manufacturing facility near a tributary of the River from approximately 1897 to 1985, is one of more than 300 parties (the "Potentially Responsible Parties") designated in litigation as potentially responsible parties with respect to the River. The EPA issued general notice letters to 125 of these parties. The Company, along with approximately 70 other Potentially Responsible Parties (collectively, the "Cooperating Parties Group" or "CPG") voluntarily entered into an Administrative Settlement Agreement and Order on Consent ("AOC") with the EPA in May 2007 to perform a Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study (the "RI/FS") of the lower 17 miles of the River. In June 2012, most of the CPG voluntarily entered into a second AOC related to focused remediation actions at Mile 10.9 of the River. The actions under the Mile 10.9 AOC are complete (except for continued monitoring), the Remedial Investigation ("RI") portion of the RI/FS was submitted to the EPA on February 19, 2015, and the Feasibility Study ("FS") portion of the RI/FS was submitted to the EPA on April 30, 2015. The Company has accrued for its financial obligations under both AOCs, which have not been material to its financial position or results of operations in previous financial periods or on a cumulative basis.

The FS presented and evaluated three options for remediating the lower 17 miles of the River, including the approach recommended by the EPA in its Focused Feasibility Study discussed below, as well as a fourth option of taking no action, and recommended an approach for a targeted remediation of the entire 17-mile stretch of the River. The estimated cost of the approach recommended by the CPG in the FS is approximately $483.0 million . The RI and FS are being reviewed by the EPA and other governmental agencies and stakeholders. Ultimately, the Company expects that the EPA will identify and negotiate with any or all of the potentially responsible parties regarding any remediation action that may be necessary, and issue a Record of Decision with a proposed approach to remediating the entire lower 17-mile stretch of the River.

Separately, on April 11, 2014, the EPA issued a proposed plan for remediating the lower eight miles of the River, which is supported by a Focused Feasibility Study (the "FFS"). The FFS evaluated three remediation options, as well as a fourth option of taking no action. Following a public review and comment period and the EPA's review of comments received, the EPA issued a Record of Decision on March 4, 2016 that set forth a remediation plan for the lower eight miles of the River (the "RoD Remediation"). The RoD Remediation is estimated by the EPA to cost $1.38 billion . The Record of Decision did not identify any party or parties as being responsible for the design of the remediation or for the remediation itself. The EPA did note that it estimates the design of the necessary remediation activities will take three to four years, with the remediation to follow, which is estimated to take an additional six years to complete.

On March 31, 2016, the EPA issued a letter to approximately 100 companies (including the Company) (collectively, the "notified companies") notifying them of potential liability for the RoD Remediation and of the EPA’s planned approach to addressing the cost of the RoD Remediation, which included the possibility of a de-minimis cash-out settlement (the "settlement option") for certain parties. In April of 2016, the Company notified the EPA of its interest

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 78

Table of Contents

in pursuing the settlement option, and accordingly recorded an immaterial liability representing its best estimate of its minimum liability for the RoD Remediation, which reflects the possibility of a de-minimis settlement. Although the EPA must determine which parties are eligible for the settlement option, the Company does not expect any settlement amount that it might agree with the EPA to be material to its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In October 2016, the EPA announced that it entered into a legal agreement with one of the notified companies, pursuant to which such company agreed to spend $165.0 million to perform the engineering and design work required in advance of the clean-up contemplated by the RoD Remediation (the "RoD Design Phase"). In the absence of a viable settlement option, the Company is unable to determine its participation in the overall RoD Remediation (of which the RoD Design Phase is only a part), if any, relative to the other potentially responsible parties or the allocation of the estimated cost thereof among the potentially responsible parties, until such time as the EPA reaches an agreement with any potentially responsible party or parties to fund the overall RoD Remediation (or pursues legal or administrative action to require any potentially responsible party or parties to perform, or pay for, the overall RoD Remediation). With respect to the RI/FS (which is distinct from the RoD Remediation), until a Record of Decision is issued with respect to the RI/FS, neither the ultimate remedial approach for the remaining upper nine miles of the relevant 17-mile stretch of the River and its cost, nor the Company's participation, if any, relative to the other potentially responsible parties in this approach and cost, can be determined.

As such, the Company's liability, if any, beyond that already recorded for (1) its obligations under the 2007 AOC and the Mile 10.9 AOC, and (2) its estimate related to a de minimis cash-out settlement for the RoD Remediation, cannot be determined at this time. However, the Company does not expect that its ultimate liability related to the relevant 17-mile stretch of the River will be material to its financial position, in light of the number of companies that have previously been identified as Potentially Responsible Parties (i.e., the more than 300 parties that were initially designated in litigation as potentially responsible parties), which includes, but goes well beyond those approximately 70 companies in the CPG that participated in the 2007 AOC and the Mile 10.9 AOC, and the Company's relative participation in the costs related to the 2007 AOC and Mile 10.9 AOC. It is nonetheless possible that any resulting liability when the uncertainties discussed above are resolved could be material to the Company's results of operations or cash flows in the period in which such uncertainties are resolved.

Other Regulatory Matters

The Company is subject to regulations in various jurisdictions in which the Company operates, including those related to the sale of consumer products. During the Company's regular internal quality testing, the Company identified a potential breach of the Company's sourcing and quality standards applicable to third party vendors. The Company is currently in the early stages of assessing the composition of certain of its gold products manufactured by certain U.S. third-party vendors, which contain gold solder manufactured by other U.S. vendors, to determine whether such products are in compliance with applicable consumer products requirements and regulations. This assessment could result in the Company reporting instances of non-compliance to regulatory authorities in one or more markets, and incurring costs, including for the possible payment of fines and penalties. Management has not recorded any liability for these matters as it does not believe that such liability is probable and reasonably estimable. It is nonetheless possible that any resulting liability when the uncertainties discussed above are resolved could be material to the Company's results of operations or cash flows in the periods in which such uncertainties are resolved.

Other

In the fourth quarter of 2015, the Company implemented specific cost-reduction initiatives and recorded $8.8 million of expense within SG&A expenses. These unrelated cost-reduction initiatives included severance related to staffing reductions and subleasing of certain office space for which only a portion of the Company's future rent obligations will be recovered.


K.	RELATED PARTIES

The Company's Chairman of the Board and, effective February 5, 2017, Interim Chief Executive Officer was a member of the Board of Directors of The Bank of New York Mellon through April 14, 2015. The Bank of New York Mellon serves as the Company's trustee for its Senior Notes due in 2024 and 2044, participates as a co-syndication agent and lender for its New Credit Facilities, provides other general banking services and serves as the trustee for

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 79

Table of Contents

the Company's pension plan. Fees paid to the bank for services rendered and interest on debt amounted to $0.7 million and $1.3 million in 2015 and 2014 .

L. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss



	January 31,
(in millions)	2017			2016
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) earnings, net of tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustments	$	(143.7	)	$	(135.3	)
Unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities	0.8			(1.0		)
Deferred hedging loss	(16.1		)	(26.8		)
Net unrealized loss on benefit plans	(97.2		)	(115.0		)
	$	(256.2	)	$	(278.1	)

Additions to and reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive earnings (loss) are as follows:



	Years Ended January 31,
( in millions )	2017			2016			2015
Foreign currency translation adjustments	$	8.3		$	(59.9	)	$	(101.9	)
Income tax (expense) benefit	(16.7		)	0.9			8.8
Foreign currency adjustments, net of tax	(8.4		)	(59.0		)	(93.1		)
Unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities	2.7			(4.1		)	(0.9		)
Reclassification for gain included in net earnings ^a	—			(0.4		)	—
Income tax (expense) benefit	(0.9		)	1.6			0.1
Unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities, net of tax	1.8			(2.9		)	(0.8		)
Unrealized gain (loss) on hedging instruments	12.1			(22.2		)	14.6
Reclassification adjustment for loss (gain) included in net earnings ^b	4.9			(11.7		)	(13.0		)
Income tax (expense) benefit	(6.3		)	12.5			(0.4		)
Unrealized gain (loss) on hedging instruments, net of tax	10.7			(21.4		)	1.2
Prior service cost	—			—			(0.5		)
Net actuarial gain (loss)	14.1			122.5			(234.6		)
Amortization of net loss included in net earnings ^c	14.7			30.4			13.1
Amortization of prior service credit included in net earnings ^c	(0.7		)	(0.6		)	(0.4		)
Income tax (expense) benefit	(10.3		)	(56.6		)	83.2
Net unrealized gain (loss) on benefit plans, net of tax	17.8			95.7			(139.2		)
Total other comprehensive earnings (loss), net of tax	$	21.9		$	12.4		$	(231.9	)


^a	These gains are reclassified into Other (income) expense, net.


^b	These losses (gains) are reclassified into Interest expense and financing costs and Cost of sales (see "Note H. Hedging Instruments" for additional details).


^c	These accumulated other comprehensive income components are included in the computation of net periodic pension costs (see "Note N. Employee Benefit Plans" for additional details).

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 80

Table of Contents

Stock Repurchase Program

In January 2016, the Registrant's Board of Directors approved the termination of the Company's then-existing share repurchase program, which was approved in March 2014 and had authorized the Company to repurchase up to $300.0 million of its Common Stock through open market transactions (the "2014 Program") in favor of a new share repurchase program ("2016 Program"). The 2016 Program, which will expire on January 31, 2019 , authorizes the Company to repurchase up to $500.0 million of its Common Stock through open market transactions, block trades or privately negotiated transactions. Purchases under the 2014 Program were, and purchases under the 2016 Program have been, executed under a written plan for trading securities as specified under Rule 10b5-1 promulgated under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the terms of which are within the Company's discretion, subject to applicable securities laws, and are based on market conditions and the Company's liquidity needs. Approximately $310.4 million remained available for repurchase under the 2016 Program at January 31, 2017 .

The Company's share repurchase activity was as follows:



	Years Ended January 31,
(in millions, except per share amounts)	2017		2016		2015
Cost of repurchases	$	183.6	$	220.4	$	27.0
Shares repurchased and retired	2.8		2.8		0.3
Average cost per share	$	65.24	$	78.40	$	89.91

Cash Dividends

The Company's Board of Directors declared quarterly dividends which, on an annual basis, totaled $1.75 , $1.58 and $1.48 per share of Common Stock in 2016 , 2015 and 2014 .

On February 16, 2017 , the Company's Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.45 per share of Common Stock. This dividend will be paid on April 10, 2017 to stockholders of record on March 20, 2017 .

M. STOCK COMPENSATION PLANS

The Company has two stock compensation plans under which awards may be made: the Employee Incentive Plan and the Directors Equity Compensation Plan, both of which were approved by the stockholders. No award may be made under the Employee Incentive Plan after May 22, 2024 or under the Directors Equity Compensation Plan after May 15, 2018.

Under the Employee Incentive Plan, the maximum number of common shares authorized for issuance was 8.7 million. Awards may be made to employees of the Company or its related companies in the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights, shares of stock (or rights to receive shares of stock) and cash. Awards made in the form of non-qualified stock options, tax-qualified incentive stock options or stock appreciation rights have a maximum term of 10 years from the grant date and may not be granted for an exercise price below fair market value.

The Company has granted time-vesting restricted stock units ("RSUs"), performance-based restricted stock units ("PSUs") and stock options under the Employee Incentive Plan. Stock options and RSUs vest primarily in increments of 25% per year over four years. PSUs issued to the executive officers vest at the end of a three -year period. Vesting of all PSUs is contingent on the Company's performance against established objectives established by the Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of Directors. The PSUs and RSUs require no payment from the employee. PSU and RSU payouts will be in shares of Company stock at vesting. Compensation expense is recognized using the fair market value at the date of grant and recorded ratably over the vesting period. However, PSU compensation expense may be adjusted over the vesting period based on interim estimates of performance against the established objectives. Award holders are not entitled to receive dividends or dividend equivalents on unvested stock options or PSUs or RSUs granted prior to January 2017. PSUs and RSUs granted in January 2017 accrue dividend equivalents that may only be paid or delivered upon vesting of the underlying stock units.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 81

Table of Contents

Under the Directors Equity Compensation Plan, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance was 1.0 million (subject to adjustment); awards may be made to non-employee directors of the Company in the form of stock options or shares of stock but may not exceed 25 thousand (subject to adjustment) shares per non-employee director in any fiscal year. Awards of shares (or rights to receive shares) reduce the above authorized amount by 1.58 shares for every share delivered pursuant to such an award. Awards made in the form of stock options may have a maximum term of 10 years from the grant date and may not be granted for an exercise price below fair market value unless the director has agreed to forego all or a portion of his or her annual cash retainer or other fees for service as a director in exchange for below-market exercise price options. Director options vest immediately. Director RSUs vest over a one -year period.

The Company uses newly issued shares to satisfy stock option exercises and the vesting of PSUs and RSUs.

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the grant date using a Black-Scholes option valuation model and compensation expense is recognized ratably over the vesting period. The valuation model uses the assumptions noted in the following table. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatility of the Company's stock. The Company uses historical data to estimate the expected term of the option that represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free interest rate for periods within the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the grant date.



	Years Ended January 31,
	2017		2016		2015
Dividend yield	2.0	%	1.9	%	1.3	%
Expected volatility	23.8	%	28.1	%	30.2	%
Risk-free interest rate	1.8	%	1.5	%	1.5	%
Expected term in years	5		5		5

A summary of the option activity for the Company's stock option plans is presented below:



	Number of Shares (in millions)		Weighted- Average Exercise Price		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Term in Years	Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in millions)
Outstanding at January 31, 2016	2.1		$	67.59	7.02	$	7.9
Granted	0.6		77.20
Exercised	(0.3	)	57.40
Forfeited/canceled	(0.1	)	75.16
Outstanding at January 31, 2017	2.3		$	70.72	7.50	$	23.8
Exercisable at January 31, 2017	1.1		$	66.42	5.70	$	17.0

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted for the years ended January 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 was $14.36 , $14.42 and $22.25 . The total intrinsic value (market value on date of exercise less grant price) of options exercised during the years ended January 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 was $4.5 million, $2.4 million and $44.1 million.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 82

Table of Contents

A summary of the activity for the Company's RSUs is presented below:



	Number of Shares (in millions)		Weighted-Average Grant-Date Fair Value
Non-vested at January 31, 2016	0.5		$	79.02
Granted	0.4		67.46
Vested	(0.2	)	71.29
Forfeited	(0.1	)	79.51
Non-vested at January 31, 2017	0.6		$	73.33

A summary of the activity for the Company's PSUs is presented below:



	Number of Shares (in millions)		Weighted-Average Grant-Date Fair Value
Non-vested at January 31, 2016	0.7		$	70.56
Granted	0.2		79.23
Vested	(0.1	)	67.15
Forfeited/canceled	(0.1	)	69.85
Non-vested at January 31, 2017	0.7		$	73.52

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of RSUs granted for the years ended January 31, 2016 and 2015 was $80.44 and $90.68 . The weighted-average grant-date fair value of PSUs granted for the years ended January 31, 2016 and 2015 was $58.09 and $82.88 .

As of January 31, 2017 , there was $69.2 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Employee Incentive Plan and Directors Equity Compensation Plan. The expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.6 years. The total fair value of RSUs vested during the years ended January 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 was $13.6 million, $18.0 million and $27.7 million. The total fair value of PSUs vested during the years ended January 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 was $6.3 million, $4.1 million and $8.1 million.

Total compensation cost for stock-based compensation awards recognized in income and the related income tax benefit was $24.3 million and $7.7 million for the year ended January 31, 2017 , $24.5 million and $7.9 million for the year ended January 31, 2016 and $26.5 million and $8.9 million for the year ended January 31, 2015 . Total stock-based compensation cost capitalized in inventory was not significant.


N.	EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits

The Company maintains the following pension plans: a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan qualified in accordance with the Internal Revenue Service Code ("Qualified Plan") covering substantially all U.S. employees hired before January 1, 2006, a non-qualified unfunded retirement income plan ("Excess Plan") covering certain U.S. employees hired before January 1, 2006 and affected by Internal Revenue Service Code compensation limits, a non-qualified unfunded Supplemental Retirement Income Plan ("SRIP") covering certain executive officers of the Company hired before January 1, 2006 and noncontributory defined benefit pension plans in certain of its international locations ("Other Plans").

Qualified Plan benefits are based on (i) average compensation in the highest paid five years of the last 10 years of employment ("average final compensation") and (ii) the number of years of service. Participants with at least 10 years of service who retire after attaining age 55 may receive reduced retirement benefits. Participants who have at least five years of service when their employment with the Company terminates may also receive certain benefits.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 83

Table of Contents

The Company funds the Qualified Plan's trust in accordance with regulatory limits to provide for current service and for the unfunded benefit obligation over a reasonable period and for current service benefit accruals. To the extent that these requirements are fully covered by assets in the Qualified Plan, the Company may elect not to make any contribution in a particular year. No cash contribution was required in 2016 and none is required in 2017 to meet the minimum funding requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act. The Company periodically evaluates whether to make discretionary cash contributions to the Qualified Plan and made a voluntary cash contribution of $120.0 million in 2016 but currently does not anticipate to make such contributions in 2017. This expectation is subject to change based on management’s assessment of a variety of factors, including, but not limited to, asset performance, interest rates and changes in actuarial assumptions.

The Qualified Plan, Excess Plan and SRIP exclude all employees hired on or after January 1, 2006. Instead, employees hired on or after January 1, 2006 are eligible to receive a defined contribution retirement benefit under the Employee Profit Sharing and Retirement Savings ("EPSRS") Plan (see "Employee Profit Sharing and Retirement Savings Plan" below). Employees hired before January 1, 2006 continue to be eligible for and accrue benefits under the Qualified Plan.

The Excess Plan uses the same retirement benefit formula set forth in the Qualified Plan, but includes earnings that are excluded under the Qualified Plan due to Internal Revenue Service Code qualified pension plan limitations. Benefits payable under the Qualified Plan offset benefits payable under the Excess Plan. Employees vested under the Qualified Plan are vested under the Excess Plan; however, benefits under the Excess Plan are subject to forfeiture if employment is terminated for cause and, for those who leave the Company prior to age 65, if they fail to execute and adhere to noncompetition and confidentiality covenants. The Excess Plan allows participants with at least 10 years of service who retire after attaining age 55 to receive reduced retirement benefits.

The SRIP supplements the Qualified Plan, Excess Plan and Social Security by providing additional payments upon a participant's retirement. SRIP benefits are determined by a percentage of average final compensation; this percentage increases as specified service plateaus are achieved. Benefits payable under the Qualified Plan, Excess Plan and Social Security offset benefits payable under the SRIP. Under the SRIP, benefits vest when a participant both (i) attains age 55 while employed by the Company and (ii) has provided at least 10 years of service. In certain limited circumstances, early vesting can occur due to a change in control. Benefits under the SRIP are forfeited if benefits under the Excess Plan are forfeited.

Benefits for the Other Plans are typically based on monthly eligible compensation and the number of years of service. Benefits are typically payable in a lump sum upon retirement, termination, resignation or death if the participant has completed the requisite service period.

The Company accounts for pension expense using the projected unit credit actuarial method for financial reporting purposes. The actuarial present value of the benefit obligation is calculated based on the expected date of separation or retirement of the Company's eligible employees.

The Company provides certain health-care and life insurance benefits ("Other Postretirement Benefits") for certain retired employees and accrues the cost of providing these benefits throughout the employees' active service period until they attain full eligibility for those benefits. Substantially all of the Company's U.S. full-time employees, hired on or before March 31, 2012, may become eligible for these benefits if they reach normal or early retirement age while working for the Company. The cost of providing postretirement health-care benefits is shared by the retiree and the Company, with retiree contributions evaluated annually and adjusted in order to maintain the Company/retiree cost-sharing target ratio. The life insurance benefits are noncontributory. The Company's employee and retiree health-care benefits are administered by an insurance company, and premiums on life insurance are based on prior years' claims experience.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 84

Table of Contents

Obligations and Funded Status

The following tables provide a reconciliation of benefit obligations, plan assets and funded status of the pension and other postretirement benefit plans as of the measurement date:



	January 31,
	Pension Benefits						Other Postretirement Benefits
(in millions)	2017			2016			2017			2016
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year	$	742.6		$	841.7		$	78.4		$	92.9
Service cost	17.4			22.6			2.8			4.2
Interest cost	31.6			30.6			3.1			3.2
Participants' contributions	—			—			1.2			1.3
MMA retiree drug subsidy	—			—			—			0.2
Actuarial loss (gain)	15.9			(128.8		)	(10.5		)	(20.4		)
Benefits paid	(24.3		)	(23.1		)	(2.5		)	(3.0		)
Curtailments	—			(0.2		)	—			—
Translation	0.5			(0.2		)	—			—
Benefit obligation at end of year	783.7			742.6			72.5			78.4
Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	385.8			406.0			—			—
Actual return on plan assets	42.9			(2.2		)	—			—
Employer contribution	125.7			5.1			1.3			1.5
Participants' contributions	—			—			1.2			1.3
MMA retiree drug subsidy	—			—			—			0.2
Benefits paid	(24.3		)	(23.1		)	(2.5		)	(3.0		)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year	530.1			385.8			—			—
Funded status at end of year	$	(253.6	)	$	(356.8	)	$	(72.5	)	$	(78.4	)

Actuarial gains in 2015 reflect increases in the discount rates for all plans.

The following tables provide additional information regarding the Company's pension plans' projected benefit obligations and assets (included in pension benefits in the table above) and accumulated benefit obligation:



	January 31, 2017
(in millions)	Qualified			Excess/SRIP			Other			Total
Projected benefit obligation	$	661.5		$	103.6		$	18.6		$	783.7
Fair value of plan assets	530.1			—			—			530.1
Funded status	$	(131.4	)	$	(103.6	)	$	(18.6	)	$	(253.6	)
Accumulated benefit obligation	$	599.0		$	90.9		$	16.9		$	706.8

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 85

Table of Contents



	January 31, 2016
(in millions)	Qualified			Excess/SRIP			Other			Total
Projected benefit obligation	$	620.8		$	105.5		$	16.3		$	742.6
Fair value of plan assets	385.8			—			—			385.8
Funded status	$	(235.0	)	$	(105.5	)	$	(16.3	)	$	(356.8	)
Accumulated benefit obligation	$	556.8		$	92.1		$	13.5		$	662.4

At January 31, 2017 , the Company had a current liability of $7.5 million and a non-current liability of $318.6 million for pension and other postretirement benefits. At January 31, 2016 , the Company had a current liability of $7.1 million and a non-current liability of $428.1 million for pension and other postretirement benefits.

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consist of:



	January 31,
	Pension Benefits				Other Postretirement Benefits
(in millions)	2017		2016		2017			2016
Net actuarial loss (gain)	$	161.8	$	180.1	$	(0.1	)	$	10.4
Prior service cost (credit)	0.8		0.8		(2.4		)	(3.0		)
Total before tax	$	162.6	$	180.9	$	(2.5	)	$	7.4

The estimated pre-tax amount that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost within the next 12 months is as follows:



(in millions)	Pension Benefits		Other Postretirement Benefits
Net actuarial loss	$	14.0	$
Prior service cost (credit)	0.2		(0.7		)
	$	14.2	$	(0.7	)

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 86

Table of Contents

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost and

Other Amounts Recognized in Other Comprehensive Earnings



	Years Ended January 31,
	Pension Benefits									Other Postretirement Benefits
(in millions)	2017			2016			2015			2017			2016			2015
Service cost	$	17.4		$	22.6		$	16.8		$	2.8		$	4.2		$	2.4
Interest cost	31.6			30.6			28.3			3.1			3.2			2.6
Expected return on plan assets	(23.5		)	(24.7		)	(23.6		)	—			—			—
Curtailments	—			0.2			—			—			—			—
Amortization of prior service cost	—			—			0.3			(0.7		)	(0.7		)	(0.7		)
Amortization of net loss	14.7			28.9			13.1			—			1.5			—
Net periodic benefit cost	40.2			57.6			34.9			5.2			8.2			4.3

Net actuarial (gain) loss	(3.6		)	(102.1		)	199.8			(10.5		)	(20.4		)	34.8
Recognized actuarial loss	(14.7		)	(28.9		)	(13.1		)	—			(1.5		)	—
Prior service cost	—			—			0.5			—			—			—
Recognized prior service (cost) credit	—			(0.1		)	(0.3		)	0.7			0.7			0.7
Total recognized in other comprehensive earnings	(18.3		)	(131.1		)	186.9			(9.8		)	(21.2		)	35.5
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive earnings	$	21.9		$	(73.5	)	$	221.8		$	(4.6	)	$	(13.0	)	$	39.8

Assumptions

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations:



	January 31,
	2017		2016
Discount rate:
Qualified Plan	4.25	%	4.50	%
Excess Plan/SRIP	4.25	%	4.25	%
Other Plans	0.81	%	1.05	%
Other Postretirement Benefits	4.25	%	4.50	%
Rate of increase in compensation:
Qualified Plan	3.00	%	3.00	%
Excess Plan	4.25	%	4.25	%
SRIP	6.50	%	6.50	%
Other Plans	1.12	%	1.18	%

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 87

Table of Contents

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost:



	Years Ended January 31,
	2017		2016		2015
Discount rate:
Qualified Plan	4.50	%	3.75	%	4.75	%
Excess Plan/SRIP	4.25	%	3.75	%	5.00	%
Other Plans	1.40	%	1.71	%	1.81	%
Other Postretirement Benefits	4.50	%	3.50	%	5.00	%
Expected return on plan assets	7.00	%	7.50	%	7.50	%
Rate of increase in compensation:
Qualified Plan	3.00	%	2.75	%	2.75	%
Excess Plan	4.25	%	4.25	%	4.25	%
SRIP	6.50	%	7.25	%	7.25	%
Other Plans	1.38	%	1.56	%	1.33	%

The expected long-term rate of return on Qualified Plan assets is selected by taking into account the average rate of return expected on the funds invested or to be invested to provide for benefits included in the projected benefit obligation. More specifically, consideration is given to the expected rates of return (including reinvestment asset return rates) based upon the plan's current asset mix, investment strategy and the historical performance of plan assets.

For postretirement benefit measurement purposes, a 7.00% annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care was assumed for 2017 . This rate was assumed to decrease gradually to 4.75% by 2023 and remain at that level thereafter.

Assumed health-care cost trend rates can affect amounts reported for the Company's postretirement health-care benefits plan. A one-percentage-point change in the assumed health-care cost trend rate would not have a significant effect on the Company's accumulated postretirement benefit obligation for the year ended January 31, 2017 or aggregate service and interest cost components of the 2016 postretirement expense.

Plan Assets

The Company's investment objectives, related to the Qualified Plan's assets, are the preservation of principal and balancing the management of interest rate risk associated with the duration of the plan's liabilities with the achievement of a reasonable rate of return over time. The Qualified Plan's assets are allocated based on an expectation that equity securities will outperform debt securities over the long term, but that as the plan's funded status (assets relative to liabilities) increases, the amount of assets allocated to fixed income securities which match the interest rate risk profile of the plan's liabilities will increase. The Company's target asset allocations based on its funded status as of January 31, 2017 is as follows: approximately 50% in equity securities; approximately 35% in fixed income securities; and approximately 15% in other securities. The Company attempts to mitigate investment risk by rebalancing asset allocation periodically.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 88

Table of Contents

The fair value of the Qualified Plan's assets at January 31, 2017 and 2016 by asset category is as follows:



	Fair Value at		Fair Value Measurements Using Inputs Considered as*
(in millions)	January 31, 2017		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Equity securities:
U.S. equity securities	$	56.2	$	56.2	$	—	$	—
Mutual fund	35.1		35.1		—		—
Fixed income securities:
Government bonds	78.2		77.8		0.4		—
Corporate bonds	83.8		—		83.8		—
Other types of investments:
Cash and cash equivalents	7.8		7.8		—		—
Mutual funds	36.7		36.7		—		—
Net assets in fair value hierarchy	297.8		213.6		84.2		—
Investments at NAV practical expedient ^a	232.3
Plan assets at fair value	$	530.1	$	213.6	$	84.2	$	—

	Fair Value at		Fair Value Measurements Using Inputs Considered as*
(in millions)	January 31, 2016		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Equity securities:
U.S. equity securities	$	45.6	$	45.6	$	—	$	—
Mutual fund	27.4		27.4		—		—
Fixed income securities:
Government bonds	62.3		61.3		1.0		—
Corporate bonds	87.7		—		87.7		—
Other types of investments:
Cash and cash equivalents	2.5		2.5		—		—
Mutual funds	25.6		25.6		—		—
Net assets in fair value hierarchy	251.1		162.4		88.7		—
Investments at NAV practical expedient ^a	134.7
Plan assets at fair value	$	385.8	$	162.4	$	88.7	$	—


*	See "Note I. Fair Value of Financial Instruments" for a description of the levels of inputs.

In accordance with ASC 820-10, certain investments that are measured at fair value using the net asset value ("NAV") per share (or its equivalent) practical expedient have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value amounts presented in this table are intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy to the Qualified Plan's fair value of plan assets at the end of each respective year.

Valuation Techniques

Investments within the fair value hierarchy. Securities traded on the national securities exchange (certain government bonds) are valued at the last reported sales price or closing price on the last business day of the fiscal year. Investments traded in the over-the-counter market and listed securities for which no sales were reported (certain government bonds, corporate bonds and mortgage obligations) are valued at the last reported bid price.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 89

Table of Contents

Certain fixed income investments are held in separately managed accounts and those investments are valued using the underlying securities in the accounts.

Investments in mutual funds are stated at fair value as determined by quoted market prices based on the NAV of shares held by the Plan at year-end. Investments in U.S. equity securities are valued at the closing price reported on the active market on which the individual securities are traded.

Investments measured at NAV. This category consists of common/collective trusts and limited partnerships.

Common/collective trusts include investments in U.S. and international large, middle and small capitalization equities. Investments in common/collective trusts are stated at estimated fair value which represents the net asset value of shares held by the Qualified Plan as reported by the investment advisor. The net asset value is based on the value of the underlying assets owned by the common/collective trusts, minus its liabilities and then divided by the number of shares outstanding. The NAV is used as a practical expedient to estimate fair value.

The Qualified Plan maintains investments in limited partnerships that are valued at estimated fair value based on financial information received from the investment advisor and/or general partner. The NAV is based on the value of the underlying assets owned by the fund, minus its liabilities and then divided by the number of shares outstanding. The NAV is used as a practical expedient to estimate fair value.

Benefit Payments

The Company expects the following future benefit payments to be paid:



Years Ending January 31,	Pension Benefits (in millions)		Other Postretirement Benefits (in millions)
2018	$	25.6	$	1.9
2019	26.5		2.0
2020	27.2		2.1
2021	28.6		2.2
2022	29.7		2.3
2023-2027	171.5		14.3

Employee Profit Sharing and Retirement Savings ("EPSRS") Plan

The Company maintains an EPSRS Plan that covers substantially all U.S.-based employees. Under the profit-sharing feature of the EPSRS Plan, the Company made contributions, in the form of newly issued Company Common Stock through 2014, to the employees' accounts based on the achievement of certain targeted earnings objectives established by, or as otherwise determined by, the Company's Board of Directors. Beginning in 2015, these contributions were made in cash. The Company recorded expense of $2.3 million in 2016 , no expense in 2015 and expense of $3.1 million in 2014 . Under the retirement savings feature of the EPSRS Plan, employees who meet certain eligibility requirements may participate by contributing up to 50% of their annual compensation, not to exceed Internal Revenue Service limits, and the Company may provide a matching cash contribution of 50% of each participant's contributions, with a maximum matching contribution of 3% of each participant's total compensation. The Company recorded expense of $7.5 million, $7.3 million and $7.7 million in 2016 , 2015 and 2014 . Contributions to both features of the EPSRS Plan are made in the following year.

Under the profit-sharing feature of the EPSRS Plan, for contributions made in the Company's stock, the Company's stock contribution is required to be maintained in such stock until the employee has two or more years of service, at which time the employee may diversify his or her Company stock account into other investment options provided under the plan. For contributions made in cash, the contribution is allocated within the participant's account based on their investment elections under the EPSRS Plan. If the participant has made no election, the contribution will be invested in the appropriate default target fund as determined by each participant's date of birth. Under the retirement savings portion of the EPSRS Plan, the employees have the ability to elect to invest a portion of their contribution and the related matching contribution in Company stock. At January 31, 2017 , investments in Company stock represented 20% of total EPSRS Plan assets.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 90

Table of Contents

The EPSRS Plan provides a defined contribution retirement benefit ("DCRB") to eligible employees hired on or after January 1, 2006. Under the DCRB, the Company makes contributions each year to each employee's account at a rate based upon age and years of service. These contributions are deposited into individual accounts in each employee's name to be invested in a manner similar to the retirement savings portion of the EPSRS Plan. The Company recorded expense of $4.6 million, $3.2 million and $4.6 million in 2016 , 2015 and 2014 .

Deferred Compensation Plan

The Company has a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for directors, executives and certain management employees, whereby eligible participants may defer a portion of their compensation for payment at specified future dates, upon retirement, death or termination of employment. This plan also provides for an excess defined contribution retirement benefit ("Excess DC benefit") for certain eligible executives and management employees, hired on or after January 1, 2006. The Excess DC benefit is credited to the eligible employee's account, based on the compensation paid to the employee in excess of the IRS limits for contribution under the DCRB Plan. Under the plan, the deferred compensation is adjusted to reflect performance, whether positive or negative, of selected investment options chosen by each participant during the deferral period. The amounts accrued under the plans were $26.5 million and $24.9 million at January 31, 2017 and 2016 , and are reflected in other long-term liabilities. The Company does not promise or guarantee any rate of return on amounts deferred.

O. INCOME TAXES

Earnings from operations before income taxes consisted of the following:



	Years Ended January 31,
(in millions)	2017		2016		2015
United States	$	478.2	$	502.5	$	484.5
Foreign	198.4		207.4		253.0
	$	676.6	$	709.9	$	737.5

Components of the provision for income taxes were as follows:



	Years Ended January 31,
(in millions)	2017		2016			2015
Current:
Federal	$	125.5	$	175.8		$	130.9
State	15.4		22.3			18.2
Foreign	43.5		49.8			66.5
	184.4		247.9			215.6
Deferred:
Federal	36.7		(15.4		)	25.2
State	7.1		3.9			13.2
Foreign	2.3		9.6			(0.7		)
	46.1		(1.9		)	37.7
	$	230.5	$	246.0		$	253.3

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 91

Table of Contents

Reconciliations of the provision for income taxes at the statutory Federal income tax rate to the Company's effective income tax rate were as follows:



	Years Ended January 31,
	2017		2016		2015
Statutory Federal income tax rate	35.0	%	35.0	%	35.0	%
State income taxes, net of Federal benefit	2.2		2.4		2.8
Foreign losses with no tax benefit	0.2		—		0.7
Undistributed foreign earnings	(2.3	)	(2.5	)	(4.2	)
Net change in uncertain tax positions	(0.7	)	0.5		0.3
Domestic manufacturing deduction	(0.9	)	(1.3	)	(1.3	)
Other	0.6		0.6		1.1
	34.1	%	34.7	%	34.4	%

The Company has the intent to indefinitely reinvest any undistributed earnings of all foreign subsidiaries. As of January 31, 2017 and 2016 , the Company has not provided deferred taxes on approximately $769.0 million and $685.0 million of undistributed earnings. Generally, such amounts become subject to U.S. taxation upon the remittance of dividends and under certain other circumstances. U.S. Federal income taxes of approximately $129.0 million and $118.0 million would be incurred if these earnings were distributed.

Deferred tax assets (liabilities) consisted of the following:



	January 31,
(in millions)	2017			2016
Deferred tax assets:
Pension/postretirement benefits	$	124.7		$	166.7
Accrued expenses	36.1			34.3
Share-based compensation	17.3			18.3
Depreciation	6.5			6.6
Amortization	10.8			11.4
Foreign and state net operating losses	25.5			23.5
Sale-leaseback	25.8			30.4
Inventory	57.6			50.9
Financial hedging instruments	11.9			19.7
Unearned income	10.6			11.3
Other	23.0			53.6
	349.8			426.7
Valuation allowance	(24.1		)	(19.5		)
	325.7			407.2
Deferred tax liabilities:
Foreign tax credit	(25.8		)	(25.1		)
Net deferred tax asset	$	299.9		$	382.1

The Company has recorded a valuation allowance against certain deferred tax assets related to foreign net operating loss carryforwards where management has determined it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets will not be realized in the future. The overall valuation allowance relates to tax loss carryforwards and temporary differences for

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 92

Table of Contents

which no benefit is expected to be realized. Tax loss carryforwards of approximately $88.5 million exist in certain foreign jurisdictions. Whereas some of these tax loss carryforwards do not have an expiration date, others expire at various times from 2019 through 2024.

The following table reconciles the unrecognized tax benefits:



							January 31,
(in millions)	2017			2016			2015
Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of year	$	10.2		$	8.3		$	27.6
Gross increases – tax positions in prior period	0.9			1.0			1.0
Gross decreases – tax positions in prior period	(5.0		)	(0.4		)	(5.4		)
Gross increases – tax positions in current period	0.3			1.4			0.1
Settlements	(3.0		)	—			(14.8		)
Lapse of statute of limitations	—			(0.1		)	(0.2		)
Unrecognized tax benefits at end of year	$	3.4		$	10.2		$	8.3

Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits at January 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 are $1.0 million, $9.1 million and $5.3 million of tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective income tax rate.

The Company recognizes interest expense and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the provision for income taxes. During the year ended January 31, 2017 , the Company recognized no expense associated with interest and penalties while during the years ended January 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company recognized approximately $1.7 million and $1.8 million of expense. Accrued interest and penalties are included within accounts payable and accrued liabilities and other long-term liabilities, and were $8.3 million and $7.8 million at January 31, 2017 and 2016 .

At January 31, 2017, the Company's gross uncertain tax positions decreased $6.8 million and gross accrued interest and penalties were unchanged from January 31, 2016, primarily as a result of the conclusion of a tax examination during the three months ended April 30, 2016. This settlement resulted in an income tax benefit of $6.6 million for the year ended January 31, 2017, and reduced the effective income tax rate by 1.0 percentage point versus the prior year.

The Company conducts business globally, and, as a result, is subject to taxation in the U.S. and various state and foreign jurisdictions. As a matter of course, tax authorities regularly audit the Company. The Company's tax filings are currently being examined by a number of tax authorities in several jurisdictions, both in the U.S. and in foreign jurisdictions. Ongoing audits where subsidiaries have a material presence include New York City (tax years 2011 – 2013 ) and New York State (tax years 2012 – 2014 ). Tax years from 2010 –present are open to examination in the U.S. Federal jurisdiction and 2006 –present are open in various state, local and foreign jurisdictions. As part of these audits, the Company engages in discussions with taxing authorities regarding tax positions. At January 31, 2017 , total unrecognized tax benefits were $3.4 million of which approximately $1.0 million, if recognized, would affect the effective income tax rate. As of January 31, 2017, unrecognized tax benefits are not expected to change materially in the next 12 months. Future developments may result in a change in this assessment.

P. SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company's products are primarily sold in TIFFANY & CO. retail locations around the world. Net sales by geographic area are presented by attributing revenues from external customers on the basis of the country in which the merchandise is sold.

In deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance, the Company's Chief Operating Decision Maker regularly evaluates the performance of its reportable segments on the basis of net sales and earnings from operations, after the elimination of inter-segment sales and transfers. The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 93

Table of Contents

Certain information relating to the Company's segments is set forth below:



	Years Ended January 31,
(in millions)	2017		2016		2015
Net sales:
Americas	$	1,841.9	$	1,947.0	$	2,033.5
Asia-Pacific	999.1		1,003.1		1,025.2
Japan	604.4		541.3		554.3
Europe	457.6		505.7		513.3
Total reportable segments	3,903.0		3,997.1		4,126.3
Other	98.8		107.8		123.6
	$	4,001.8	$	4,104.9	$	4,249.9
Earnings from operations*:
Americas	$	373.0	$	390.8	$	435.5
Asia-Pacific	256.0		264.4		281.6
Japan	204.6		199.9		196.0
Europe	81.6		97.4		110.5
Total reportable segments	915.2		952.5		1,023.6
Other	5.9		6.4		4.9
	$	921.1	$	958.9	$	1,028.5


*	Represents earnings from operations before (i) unallocated corporate expenses, (ii) interest expense, financing costs and other (income) expense, net, (iii) loss on extinguishment of debt, and (iv) other operating expenses.

The Company's Chief Operating Decision Maker does not evaluate the performance of the Company's assets on a segment basis for internal management reporting and, therefore, such information is not presented.

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the segments' earnings from operations to the Company's consolidated earnings from operations before income taxes:



	Years Ended January 31,
(in millions)	2017			2016			2015
Earnings from operations for segments	$	921.1		$	958.9		$	1,028.5
Unallocated corporate expenses	(161.9		)	(152.1		)	(137.1		)
Interest expense, financing costs and other (income) expense, net	(44.6		)	(50.2		)	(60.1		)
Loss on extinguishment of debt	—			—			(93.8		)
Other operating expense	(38.0		)	(46.7		)	—
Earnings from operations before income taxes	$	676.6		$	709.9		$	737.5

Unallocated corporate expenses includes certain costs related to administrative support functions which the Company does not allocate to its segments. Such unallocated costs include those for centralized information technology, finance, legal and human resources departments.

Other operating expense in the year ended January 31, 2017 represents an impairment charge related to software costs capitalized in connection with the development of a new finished goods inventory management and merchandising information system and impairment charges related to a financing arrangements with diamond mining and exploration companies. See "Note B. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and "Note E. Property, Plant

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 94

Table of Contents

and Equipment" for additional details on the asset impairment and "Note B. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and "Note J. Commitments and Contingencies" for additional details on the loan impairments.

Other operating expense in the year ended January 31, 2016 represents impairment charges related to a financing arrangement with Koidu and expenses related to specific cost-reduction initiatives. See "Note J. Commitments and Contingencies" for additional details.

Loss on extinguishment of debt in the year ended January 31, 2015 was related to the redemption of $400.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Private Placement Notes prior to their scheduled maturities. See "Note G. Debt" for additional details.

Sales to unaffiliated customers and long-lived assets by geographic areas were as follows:



	Years Ended January 31,
(in millions)	2017		2016		2015
Net sales:
United States	$	1,691.4	$	1,795.5	$	1,870.8
Japan	604.4		541.3		554.3
Other countries	1,706.0		1,768.1		1,824.8
	$	4,001.8	$	4,104.9	$	4,249.9
Long-lived assets:
United States	$	691.3	$	706.9	$	680.1
Japan	21.7		20.6		24.4
Other countries	269.0		256.7		239.2
	$	982.0	$	984.2	$	943.7

Classes of Similar Products



	Years Ended January 31,
(in millions)	2017		2016		2015
Net sales:
High, fine & solitaire jewelry	$	779.1	$	854.1	$	870.4
Engagement jewelry & wedding bands	1,122.0		1,142.2		1,221.0
Fashion jewelry	1,328.9		1,340.7		1,357.6
Designer jewelry	465.0		460.8		481.5
All other	306.8		307.1		319.4
	$	4,001.8	$	4,104.9	$	4,249.9

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 95

Table of Contents

Q. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)



	2016 Quarters Ended*
(in millions, except per share amounts)	April 30		July 31		October 31		January 31 ^a
Net sales	$	891.3	$	931.6	$	949.3	$	1,229.6
Gross profit	545.6		577.1		579.5		788.2
Earnings from operations	134.6		174.9		155.2		256.5
Net earnings	87.5		105.7		95.1		157.8
Net earnings per share:
Basic	$	0.69	$	0.84	$	0.76	$	1.27
Diluted	$	0.69	$	0.84	$	0.76	$	1.26


^a	On a pre-tax basis, includes charges for the quarter ended January 31, 2017 of:


i.	$25.4 million , which reduced net earnings per diluted share by $0.13 , associated with an impairment charge related to software costs capitalized in connection with the development of a new finished goods inventory management and merchandising information system (see "Note B. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and "Note E. Property, Plant and Equipment"); and


ii.	$12.6 million , which reduced net earnings per diluted share by $0.06 , associated with impairment charges related to financing arrangements with diamond mining and exploration companies (see "Note B. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and "Note J. Commitments and Contingencies").



	2015 Quarters Ended*
(in millions, except per share amounts)	April 30		July 31 ^b		October 31		January 31 ^c
Net sales	$	962.4	$	990.5	$	938.2	$	1,213.6
Gross profit	569.0		593.0		564.5		764.8
Earnings from operations	170.0		172.8		156.4		260.9
Net earnings	104.9		104.9		91.0		163.2
Net earnings per share:
Basic	$	0.81	$	0.81	$	0.71	$	1.28
Diluted	$	0.81	$	0.81	$	0.70	$	1.28


^b	On a pre-tax basis, includes a charge of $9.6 million for the quarter ended July 31, 2015, which reduced net earnings per diluted share by $0.05 , associated with an impairment charge related to a financing arrangement with Koidu Limited (see "Note B. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and "Note J. Commitments and Contingencies").


^c	On a pre-tax basis, includes charges for the quarter ended January 31, 2016 of:


i.	$28.3 million , which reduced net earnings per diluted share by $0.14 , associated with an impairment charge related to a financing arrangement with Koidu Limited (see "Note B. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and "Note J. Commitments and Contingencies"); and


ii.	$8.8 million , which reduced net earnings per diluted share by $0.04 , associated with severance related to staffing reductions and subleasing of certain office space for which only a portion of the Company's future rent obligations will be recovered (see "Note J. Commitments and Contingencies").


*	The sum of quarterly amounts may not agree with full year amounts due to rounding.

Basic and diluted earnings per share are computed independently for each quarter presented. Accordingly, the sum of the quarterly earnings per share may not agree with the calculated full year earnings per share.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 96

Table of Contents

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

NONE

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Based on their evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), the Registrant's principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, the Registrant's disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Registrant in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms and (ii) accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

In the ordinary course of business, the Registrant reviews its system of internal control over financial reporting and makes changes to its systems and processes to improve controls and increase efficiency, while ensuring that the Registrant maintains an effective internal control environment. Changes may include activities such as implementing new, more efficient systems and automating manual processes.

The Registrant's principal executive officer and principal financial officer have determined that there have been no changes in the Registrant's internal control over financial reporting during the most recently completed fiscal quarter covered by this report identified in connection with the evaluation described above that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

The Registrant's management, including its principal executive officer and principal financial officer, necessarily applied their judgment in assessing the costs and benefits of such controls and procedures. By their nature, such controls and procedures cannot provide absolute certainty, but can provide reasonable assurance regarding management's control objectives. Our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer have concluded that the Registrant's disclosure controls and procedures are (i) designed to provide such reasonable assurance and (ii) are effective at that reasonable assurance level.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 97

Table of Contents

Report of Management

Management's Responsibility for Financial Information . The Company's consolidated financial statements were prepared by management, who are responsible for their integrity and objectivity. The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and, as such, include amounts based on management's best estimates and judgments.

Management is further responsible for maintaining a system of internal accounting control designed to provide reasonable assurance that the Company's assets are adequately safeguarded, and that the accounting records reflect transactions executed in accordance with management's authorization. The system of internal control is continually reviewed and is augmented by written policies and procedures, the careful selection and training of qualified personnel and a program of internal audit.

The consolidated financial statements have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. Their report is shown on page K-49. The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, which is composed solely of independent directors, meets regularly with the Company's management and the independent registered public accounting firm to discuss specific accounting, financial reporting and internal control matters. Both the independent registered public accounting firm and the internal auditors have full and free access to the Audit Committee. Each year the Audit Committee selects the firm that is to perform audit services for the Company.

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting . Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a - 15(f). Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting using the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations ("COSO") of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued in 2013. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that internal control over financial reporting was effective as of January 31, 2017 based on criteria in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the COSO. The effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2017 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is shown on page K-49.

/s/ Michael J. Kowalski

Chairman of the Board and Interim Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Mark J. Erceg

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Item 9B. Other Information.

NONE

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 98

Table of Contents

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

Incorporated by reference from the sections titled "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance," "Executive Officers of the Company," "Item 1. Election of the Board," and "Board of Directors and Corporate Governance" in Registrant's Proxy Statement dated April 7, 2017.

CODE OF ETHICS AND OTHER CORPORATE GOVERNANCE DISCLOSURES

Registrant has adopted a Code of Business and Ethical Conduct for its Directors, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and all other officers of the Registrant. A copy of this Code is posted on the corporate governance section of the Registrant's website, http://investor.tiffany.com/governance.cfm ; go to "Code of Conduct." The Registrant will also provide a copy of the Code of Business and Ethical Conduct to stockholders upon request.

See Registrant's Proxy Statement dated April 7, 2017, for additional information within the section titled "Business Conduct Policy and Code of Ethics."

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

Incorporated by reference from the section titled "Board of Directors and Corporate Governance" and "Compensation of the CEO and Other Executive Officers" in Registrant's Proxy Statement dated April 7, 2017.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

Incorporated by reference from the section titled "Ownership of the Company" and "Compensation of the CEO and Other Executive Officers" in Registrant's Proxy Statement dated April 7, 2017.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

Incorporated by reference from the sections titled "Board of Directors and Corporate Governance" and "Transactions with Related Persons" in Registrant's Proxy Statement dated April 7, 2017.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

Incorporated by reference from the section titled "Relationship with Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" in Registrant's Proxy Statement dated April 7, 2017.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 99

Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) List of Documents Filed As Part of This Report:

1. Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 31, 2017 and 2016 .

Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the years ended January 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 .

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Earnings for the years ended January 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 .

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended January 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 .

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended January 31, 2017 , 2016 and 2015 .

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

2. Financial Statement Schedules

The following financial statement schedule should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements:

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves.

All other schedules have been omitted since they are not applicable, not required, or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

3. Exhibits

The information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the Exhibit Index in this report.

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary.

Not Applicable.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 100

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.




Date: March 17, 2017		TIFFANY & CO.
		(Registrant)

		By: /s/ Michael J. Kowalski
		Michael. J. Kowalski
		Chairman of the Board and Interim Chief Executive Officer

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 101

Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.



By:	/s/ Michael J. Kowalski	By:	/s/ Mark J. Erceg
	Michael J. Kowalski		Mark J. Erceg
	Chairman of the Board and		Executive Vice President,
	Interim Chief Executive Officer		Chief Financial Officer
	(Principal Executive Officer) (Director)		(Principal Financial Officer)


By:	/s/ John S. Barresi	By:	/s/ Rose Marie Bravo
	John S. Barresi		Rose Marie Bravo
	Vice President, Controller		Director
	(Principal Accounting Officer)


By:	/s/ Gary E. Costley	By:	/s/ Roger N. Farah
	Gary E. Costley		Roger N. Farah
	Director		Director


By:	/s/ Lawrence K. Fish	By:	/s/ Abby F. Kohnstamm
	Lawrence K. Fish		Abby F. Kohnstamm
	Director		Director


By:	/s/ James E. Lillie	By:	/s/ Charles K. Marquis
	James E. Lillie		Charles K. Marquis
	Director		Director


By:	/s/ Peter W. May	By:	/s/ William A. Shutzer
	Peter W. May		William A. Shutzer
	Director		Director


By:	/s/ Robert S. Singer	By:	/s/ Francesco Trapani
	Robert S. Singer		Francesco Trapani
	Director		Director

March 17, 2017

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 102

Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Table (numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K)

Exhibit No. Description

3.1	Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.1 to Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated May 16, 1996, as amended by the Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation dated May 20, 1999. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.1 filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 10-Q for the Fiscal Quarter ended July 31, 1999.

3.1a	Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant dated May 18, 2000. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.1b to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year ended January 31, 2001.

3.2	Restated By-laws of Registrant, as last amended March 16, 2017. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.2 to Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated March 16, 2017.

4.5	Indenture, dated September 25, 2014, among Registrant, as issuer, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, as trustee. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.5 to Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated September 26, 2014.

4.6	Supplemental Indenture No. 1, dated September 25, 2014, among Registrant, as issuer, certain subsidiaries of Registrant, as guarantors thereto, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, as trustee. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.6 to Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated September 26, 2014.

4.7	Supplemental Indenture No. 2, dated September 25, 2014, among Registrant, as issuer, certain subsidiaries of Registrant, as guarantors thereto, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, as trustee. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.7 to Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated September 26, 2014.

4.8	Upon the request of the Securities and Exchange Commission, Registrant will furnish a copy of all instruments defining the rights of holders of all other long-term debt of Registrant.

10.1	Amended and Restated Agreement, dated as of December 27, 2012, by and between Tiffany and Company and Elsa Peretti. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.123 filed with Registrant's Report on Form 8-K dated January 2, 2013.

10.2	Ground Lease between Tiffany and Company and River Park Business Center, Inc., dated November 29, 2000. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.145 filed with Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year ended January 31, 2005.

10.2a	First Addendum to the Ground Lease between Tiffany and Company and River Park Business Center, Inc., dated November 29, 2000. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.145a filed with Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year ended January 31, 2005.

10.3	Lease Agreement made as of September 28, 2005 between CLF Sylvan Way LLC and Tiffany and Company, and form of Registrant’s guaranty of such lease. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.149 filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated September 23, 2005.

10.4	Four Year Credit Agreement dated as of October 7, 2014 by and among Registrant and each other Subsidiary of Registrant that is a Borrower and is a signatory thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and various lenders party thereto. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.37 filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated October 10, 2014.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 103

Table of Contents

Exhibit No. Description

10.5	Five Year Credit Agreement dated as of October 7, 2014 by and among Registrant and each other Subsidiary of Registrant that is a Borrower and is a signatory thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and various lenders party thereto. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.39 filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated October 10, 2014.

10.6	Amended and Restated Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement dated as of July 25, 2012 by and among Registrant and various institutional note purchasers with respect to Registrant’s $100 million principal amount of 9.05% Series A Senior Notes due December 23, 2015, $150 million principal amount of 4.40% Series B-P Senior Notes due July 25, 2042 and private shelf facility. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.155 filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated July 27, 2012.

10.6a	Amendment dated as of January 14, 2014 to the Amended and Restated Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement (see Exhibit 10.6 above) by and among Registrant, and various institutional note purchasers. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.157 filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated January 17, 2014.

10.7	Amended and Restated Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement dated as of July 25, 2012 by and among Registrant and various institutional note purchasers with respect to Registrant’s $50 million principal amount of 10.0% Series A Senior Notes due April 9, 2018, $100 million principal amount of 4.40% Series B-M Senior Notes due July 25, 2042 and up to $50 million private shelf facility. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.159 filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated July 27, 2012.

10.7a	Amendment dated as of January 14, 2014 to the Amended and Restated Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement, dated as of July 25, 2012 (see Exhibit 10.7 above), by and among Registrant and various institutional note purchasers. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.161 filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated January 17, 2014.

10.8	Note Purchase Agreement dated as of August 26, 2016 by and between Registrant and the institutional note purchasers with respect to Registrant’s ¥ 10,000,000,000 principal amount of 0.78% Senior Notes due August 26, 2026. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.37 filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated September 1, 2016.

10.9	Amortising term loan facility agreement dated March 30, 2011 between and among Koidu Holdings S.A. (as Borrower), BSG Resources Limited (as Guarantor) and Laurelton Diamonds, Inc. (as Original Lender). Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.163 filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated March 30, 2011.

10.9a	Amendment Agreement dated as of May 10, 2011 with respect to the Amortising Term Loan Facility Agreement (see Exhibit 10.9 above) between and among Koidu Holdings S.A. (as Borrower), BSG Resources Limited (as Guarantor) and Laurelton Diamonds, Inc. (as Original Lender). Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.15a filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K dated March 28, 2013.

10.9b	Second Amendment Agreement dated as of February 12, 2013 with respect to the Amortising Term Loan Facility Agreement (see Exhibit 10.9 above) between and among Koidu Limited (as Borrower), BSG Resources Limited (as Guarantor) and Laurelton Diamonds, Inc. (as Original Lender). Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.15b filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K dated March 28, 2013.

10.9c	Third Amendment Agreement dated as of March 29, 2013 with respect to the Amortising Term Loan Facility Agreement (see Exhibit 10.9 above) between and among Koidu Limited (as Borrower), BSG Resources Limited (as Guarantor) and Laurelton Diamonds, Inc. (as Original Lender). Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.15c filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated April 2, 2013.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 104

Table of Contents

Exhibit No. Description

10.9d	Fourth Amendment Agreement dated as of March 31, 2014 with respect to the Amortising Term Loan Facility Agreement (see Exhibit 10.9 above) between and among Koidu Limited (as Borrower), BSG Resources Limited (as Guarantor) and Laurelton Diamonds, Inc. (as Original Lender). Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.15d filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated March 31, 2014.

10.9e	Fifth Amendment Agreement dated as of April 30, 2015 with respect to the Amortising Term Loan Facility Agreement (see Exhibit 10.9 above) between and among Koidu Limited, Octea Limited, BSG Resources Limited and Laurelton Diamonds, Inc. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.14e filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated May 6, 2015.

10.9f	Sixth Amendment Agreement dated as of October 10, 2016 with respect to the Amortising Term Loan Facility Agreement (see Exhibit 10.9 above) between and among Koidu Limited, Octea Limited, BSG Resources Limited and Laurelton Diamonds, Inc.

10.10	Credit Agreement dated as of July 11, 2016 by and among Tiffany & Co. (Shanghai) Commercial Company Limited, Bank of America, N.A., Shanghai Branch and Mizuho Bank (China), Ltd. as Jointed Coordinators, Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners, Mizuho Bank (China), Ltd. as Facility Agent and certain other banks and financial institutions party thereto as original lenders. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.15 filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated July 15, 2016.

10.11	Guaranty Agreement dated as of July 11, 2016, with respect to the Credit Agreement (see Exhibit 10.10 above) by and between Registrant and Mizuho Bank (China), Ltd. as Facility Agent. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.16 filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated July 15, 2016.

10.12	Cooperation Agreement, dated February 20, 2017, between JANA Partners LLC and Registrant. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.37 filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated February 21, 2017.

10.13	Cooperation Agreement, dated February 20, 2017, between Francesco Trapani and Registrant. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.38 filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated February 21, 2017.

12.1	Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.

14.1	Code of Business and Ethical Conduct. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 14.1 filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated March 22, 2016.

21.1	Subsidiaries of Registrant.

23.1	Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

31.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

31.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 105

Table of Contents

Exhibit No. Description

32.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101	The following financial information from Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2017, filed with the SEC, formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets; (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Earnings; (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Earnings; (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity; (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows; (vi) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements; and (vii) Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves.

Executive Compensation Plans and Arrangements

Exhibit No. Description

10.14	Form of Indemnity Agreement, approved by the Board of Directors on March 11, 2005 for use with all directors and executive officers (Corrected Version). Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.49a filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated May 23, 2005.

10.15	Tiffany and Company Executive Deferral Plan originally made effective October 1, 1989, as amended and restated effective January 19, 2017. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.18 filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated January 25, 2017.

10.16	Registrant's Amended and Restated Retirement Plan for Non-Employee Directors originally made effective January 1, 1989, as amended through January 21, 1999. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.108 filed with Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year ended January 31, 1999.

10.17	Summary of informal incentive cash bonus plan for managerial employees. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.109 filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated March 16, 2005.

10.18	1994 Tiffany and Company Supplemental Retirement Income Plan, Amended and Restated as of March 17, 2016. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.21 filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated March 22, 2016.

10.19	Form of 2009 Retention Agreement between and among Registrant and Tiffany and Company and those executive officers indicated within the form and Appendices I and II to such Agreement. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.127c filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated February 2, 2009.

10.20	Summary of Executive Long Term Disability Plan available to executive officers. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.24 filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K dated March 28, 2013.

10.20a	Group Long Term Disability Insurance Policy issued by First Unum Life Insurance, Policy No. 533717 001. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.24a filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K dated March 28, 2013.

10.20b	Individual Disability Insurance Policy issued by Provident Life and Casualty Insurance Company. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.24b filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K dated March 28, 2013.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 106

Table of Contents

Exhibit No. Description

10.20c	Individual Disability Insurance Policy issued by Lloyd’s of London. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.24c filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K dated March 28, 2013.

10.21	Summary of arrangements for the payment of premiums on life insurance policies owned by executive officers. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.137 filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated February 2, 2009.

10.22	2004 Tiffany and Company Un-funded Retirement Income Plan to Recognize Compensation in Excess of Internal Revenue Code Limits, Amended and Restated as of January 19, 2017. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.25 filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated January 25, 2017.

10.23	Registrant’s 2005 Employee Incentive Plan Amended and Adopted as of May 21, 2009. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.28b filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K dated March 28, 2013.

10.23a	Form of Fiscal 2014 Cash Incentive Award Agreement for certain executive officers as adopted on March 19, 2014 under Registrant’s 2005 Employee Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.139d filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated March 21, 2014.

10.23b	Form of Non-Competition and Confidentiality Covenants for use in connection with Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Grants to Registrant’s executive officers and Time-Vested Restricted Unit Awards made to other officers of Registrant’s affiliated companies pursuant to the Registrant’s 2005 Employee Incentive Plan and pursuant to the Tiffany and Company Un-funded Retirement Income Plan to Recognize Compensation in Excess of Internal Revenue Code Limits. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.141a filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated May 23, 2005.

10.23c	Stock Option Award (Transferable Non-Qualified Option) under Registrant’s 2005 Employee Incentive Plan as revised January 14, 2009 (form used for grants made to executive officers subsequent to that date). Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.144b filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated February 2, 2009.

10.23d	Terms of Time-Vested Restricted Stock Unit Grants under Registrant’s 2005 Employee Incentive Plan as revised January 14, 2009 (form used for grants made to employees other than executive officers subsequent to that date). Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.150a filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated February 2, 2009.

10.23e	Terms of Stock Option Award (Transferable Non-Qualified Option) under Registrant’s 2005 Employee Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.28n filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated September 24, 2013.

10.23f	Terms of Restricted Stock Grant (Non-Transferable) under Registrant’s 2005 Employee Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.28o filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated September 24, 2013.

10.23g	Terms of Time-Vesting Restricted Stock Unit Grant to executive officers as adopted on November 20, 2013 under Registrant’s 2005 Employee Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.28p filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated March 21, 2014.

10.23h	Terms of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Grants to executive officers, effective January 15, 2014, under Registrant’s 2005 Employee Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.28s filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated September 19, 2014.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 107

Table of Contents

Exhibit No. Description

10.23i	Form of Non-Competition and Confidentiality Covenants for use in connection with Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Grants to Registrant’s executive officers, and Time-Vesting Restricted Unit Awards and Certain Non-Qualified Retirement Contributions made to other officers of Registrant’s affiliated companies pursuant to Registrant’s 2005 Employee Incentive Plan and pursuant to the Tiffany and Company Deferral Plan. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.28r filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated March 21, 2014.

10.23j	Terms of 2014 Amended and Restated Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Grant for Michael J. Kowalski. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.27s filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated March 24, 2015.

10.23k	Terms of 2015 Amended and Restated Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Grant for Michael J. Kowalski. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.27t filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated March 24, 2015.

10.24	Registrant's 1998 Directors Option Plan. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.3 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-8, file number 333-67725, filed November 23, 1998.

10.24a	Terms of Stock Option Award (Transferable Non-Qualified Option) under Registrant’s 1998 Directors Option Plan as revised March 7, 2005. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.142 filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated March 16, 2005.

10.25	Registrant’s 2008 Directors Equity Compensation Plan. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.3a filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated March 23, 2009.

10.25a	Terms of Stock Option Award (Transferable Non-Qualified Option) under Registrant’s 2008 Directors Equity Compensation Plan. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.30a filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K dated March 28, 2013.

10.25b	Terms of Stock Option Award (Transferable Non-Qualified Option) under Registrant’s 2008 Directors Equity Compensation Plan, effective May 26, 2016. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.28c filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated June 2, 2016.

10.25c	Terms of Restricted Stock Unit Grant under Registrant’s 2008 Directors Equity Compensation Plan, effective May 26, 2016. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.28d filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated June 2, 2016.

10.25d	Terms of Stock Option Award (Transferable Non-Qualified Option) under Registrant’s 2008 Directors Equity Compensation Plan, effective March 16, 2017.

10.25e	Terms of Restricted Stock Unit Grant under Registrant’s 2008 Directors Equity Compensation Plan, effective March 16, 2017.

10.26	Registrant’s 2014 Employee Incentive Plan, amended and restated as of March 16, 2016. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.29 filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated March 22, 2016.

10.26a	Terms of Stock Option Award (Transferable Non-Qualified Option) under Registrant’s 2014 Employee Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.31a filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated July 18, 2014.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 108

Table of Contents

Exhibit No. Description

10.26b	Terms of Cliff-Vesting Restricted Stock Grant (Non-Transferable) under Registrant’s 2014 Employee Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.31b filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated July 18, 2014.

10.26c	Terms of Tranche-Vesting Restricted Stock Grant (Non-Transferable) under Registrant’s 2014 Employee Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.31c filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated July 18, 2014.

10.26d	Terms of Time-Vesting Restricted Stock Grant (Non-Transferable) under Registrant’s 2014 Employee Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.31d filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated July 18, 2014.

10.26e	Amended and Restated Terms of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Grant (Non-Transferable) to executive officers under Registrant’s 2014 Employee Incentive Plan, effective January 14, 2015.

10.26f	Form of Fiscal 2016 Cash Incentive Award Agreement for certain executive officers as adopted on March 16, 2016 under Registrant’s 2014 Employee Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.29e filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated March 22, 2016.

10.26g	Form of Non-Competition and Confidentiality Covenants for use in connection with Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Grants to Registrant’s executive officers, and Time-Vesting Restricted Unit Awards and Certain Non-Qualified Retirement Contributions made to other officers of Registrant’s affiliated companies pursuant to Registrant’s 2014 Employee Incentive Plan and pursuant to the Tiffany and Company Executive Deferral Plan. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.29f filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated March 22, 2016.

10.26h	Terms of Stock Option Award (Transferable Non-Qualified Option) under Registrant’s 2014 Employee Incentive Plan, as revised March 16, 2016. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.29g filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated March 22, 2016.

10.26i	Terms of Tranche-Vesting Restricted Stock Grant (Non-Transferable) under Registrant’s 2014 Employee Incentive Plan, as revised March 16, 2016. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.29j filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated March 22, 2016.

10.26j	Terms of Time-Vesting Restricted Stock Grant (Non-Transferable) under Registrant’s 2014 Employee Incentive Plan, as revised March 16, 2016. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.29k filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated March 22, 2016.

10.26k	Form of Cash Incentive Award Agreement for executive officers as adopted on January 19, 2017 under Registrant’s 2014 Employee Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.29l filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated January 25, 2017.

10.26l	Form of Non-Competition and Confidentiality Covenants for use in connection with Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Grants to Registrant’s executive officers, Time-Vesting Restricted Stock Unit Grants, Stock Option Awards and certain non-qualified retirement contributions made to executive officers and certain other officers of Registrant’s affiliated companies pursuant to Registrant’s 2014 Employee Incentive Plan, the Tiffany and Company Executive Deferral Plan and the 2004 Tiffany and Company Un-funded Retirement Income Plan to Recognize Compensation in Excess of Internal Revenue Code Limits. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.29m filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated January 25, 2017.

10.26m	Terms of Stock Option Award (Transferable Non-Qualified Option) under Registrant’s 2014 Employee Incentive Plan, as revised January 19, 2017. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.29n filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated January 25, 2017.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 109

Table of Contents

Exhibit No. Description


10.26n	Terms of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Grant (Non-Transferable) to executive officers under Registrant’s 2014 Employee Incentive Plan, as revised January 19, 2017. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.29o filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated January 25, 2017.

10.26o	Terms of Restricted Stock Unit Grant (Non-Transferable) under Registrant’s 2014 Employee Incentive Plan, as revised January 19, 2017. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.29p filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated January 25, 2017.

10.26p	Terms of Stock Option Award (Transferable Non-Qualified Option) granted to Michael J. Kowalski under Registrant’s 2014 Employee Incentive Plan on February 15, 2017. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.39 filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K/A dated February 22, 2017.

10.27	Senior Executive Employment Agreement between Frederic Cumenal and Tiffany and Company, effective as of March 10, 2011. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.154 filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated March 21, 2011.

10.28	Employment offer letter, dated as of March 7, 2014, between Ralph Nicoletti and Tiffany and Company. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.33 filed with the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K dated March 20, 2015.

10.29	Employment offer letter, dated as of September 7, 2016, between Mark J. Erceg and Tiffany and Company.

10.30	Employment offer letter, dated as of April 18, 2014, between Jean-Marc Bellaiche and Tiffany and Company. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.32 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year ended January 31, 2016.

10.31	Employment offer letter, dated as of December 19, 2014, between Jennifer de Winter and Tiffany and Company. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.33 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year ended January 31, 2016.

10.32	Employment offer letter, dated as of June 15, 2015, between Philippe Galtie and Tiffany and Company.

10.33	Form of 2016 Retention Agreement with Registrant and Tiffany and Company. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.34 filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated March 22, 2016.

10.34	Share Ownership Policy for Executive Officers and Directors, Amended and Restated as of November 19, 2014. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.152 filed with Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated December 1, 2014.

10.35	Separation Agreement and Release, dated as of March 6, 2017, by and among Registrant, Tiffany and Company and Frederic Cumenal. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.41 filed with the Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated March 6, 2017.
10.36	Form of Retention Agreement with Registrant and Tiffany and Company, adopted March 15, 2017.

10.37	Corporate Governance Principles, amended and restated effective March 16, 2017. Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.42 to Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated March 16, 2017.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 110

Table of Contents

Tiffany & Co. and Subsidiaries

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves

(in millions)



Column A	Column B		Column C				Column D			Column E
			Additions
Description	Balance at beginning of period		Charged to costs and expenses		Charged to other accounts		Deductions			Balance at end of period
Year Ended January 31, 2017:
Reserves deducted from assets:
Accounts receivable allowances:
Doubtful accounts	$	3.2	$	3.8	$	—	$	5.1	^a	$	1.9
Sales returns	8.3		2.5		—		1.2		^b	9.6
Allowance for inventory liquidation and obsolescence	59.2		19.2		—		13.0		^c	65.4
Allowance for inventory shrinkage	1.2		0.5		—		0.7		^d	1.0
Deferred tax valuation allowance	19.5		5.0		—		0.4		^e	24.1

a) Uncollectible accounts written off.

b) Adjustment related to sales returns previously provided for.

c) Liquidation of inventory previously written down to market.

d) Physical inventory losses.

e) Reversal of deferred tax valuation allowance and utilization of deferred tax loss carryforward.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 111

Table of Contents

Tiffany & Co. and Subsidiaries

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves

(in millions)



Column A	Column B		Column C				Column D			Column E
			Additions
Description	Balance at beginning of period		Charged to costs and expenses		Charged to other accounts		Deductions			Balance at end of period
Year Ended January 31, 2016:
Reserves deducted from assets:
Accounts receivable allowances:
Doubtful accounts	$	1.8	$	4.4	$	—	$	3.0	^a	$	3.2
Sales returns	8.8		3.5		—		4.0		^b	8.3
Allowance for inventory liquidation and obsolescence	63.2		25.4		—		29.4		^c	59.2
Allowance for inventory shrinkage	2.2		0.8		—		1.8		^d	1.2
Deferred tax valuation allowance	16.2		5.3		—		2.0		^e	19.5

a) Uncollectible accounts written off.

b) Adjustment related to sales returns previously provided for.

c) Liquidation of inventory previously written down to market.

d) Physical inventory losses.

e) Reversal of deferred tax valuation allowance and utilization of deferred tax loss carryforward.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 112

Table of Contents

Tiffany & Co. and Subsidiaries

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves

(in millions)



Column A	Column B		Column C				Column D			Column E
			Additions
Description	Balance at beginning of period		Charged to costs and expenses		Charged to other accounts		Deductions			Balance at end of period
Year Ended January 31, 2015:
Reserves deducted from assets:
Accounts receivable allowances:
Doubtful accounts	$	1.9	$	1.9	$	—	$	2.0	^a	$	1.8
Sales returns	8.5		1.9		—		1.6		^b	8.8
Allowance for inventory liquidation and obsolescence	64.1		33.6		—		34.5		^c	63.2
Allowance for inventory shrinkage	1.5		2.6		—		1.9		^d	2.2
Deferred tax valuation allowance	17.7		4.0		—		5.5		^e	16.2

a) Uncollectible accounts written off.

b) Adjustment related to sales returns previously provided for.

c) Liquidation of inventory previously written down to market.

d) Physical inventory losses.

e) Reversal of deferred tax valuation allowance and utilization of deferred tax loss carryforward.

TIFFANY & CO.

K- 113

EXHIBIT 10.25e

RESTRICTED STOCK

UNIT TERMS

Effective March 16, 2017

TIFFANY & CO.

a Delaware Corporation

TERMS OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT

under the

2008 DIRECTORS EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN

(the “Plan”)

Terms Effective March 16, 2017

1. Introduction and Terms of Grant . Participant has been granted (the “Grant”) Restricted Stock Units which shall be settled by the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock (“Shares”), subject to the terms and conditions set forth below. The Grant has been made under the Plan by the Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee of the Parent Board (the “Governance Committee”). The “Participant,” “Grant Date” and number of “Restricted Stock Units” granted are stated in the attached “Notice of Grant.” The other terms and conditions of the Grant are stated in this document and in the Plan.

2. Grant and Adjustment . Subject to the terms and conditions stated in this document, Participant has been granted Restricted Stock Units by Parent. As of the Grant Date, each Restricted Stock Unit has a settlement value of one Share, but the number of Shares which shall be issued and delivered pursuant to the Grant on the Maturity Date (the “Settlement Value”) shall be equal to (i) the number of Restricted Stock Units set forth in the Notice of Grant, plus (ii) the number of whole Dividend Equivalent Units credited pursuant to Section 6(b) with respect to such Restricted Stock Units. The Settlement Value shall be subject to further adjustment as provided in Section 4.2(c) of the Plan, to adjust for, among other corporate developments, stock splits and stock dividends. References to Settlement Values in this document shall be deemed references to Settlement Values as adjusted pursuant to this Section 2.

3. Vesting. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3 or Section 5 below, Restricted Stock Units granted will vest in full (100%) on the one-year anniversary of the Grant Date. A Restricted Stock Unit shall not vest and will be deemed to have “expired” if Participant’s Director Termination Date occurs before the one-year anniversary of the Grant Date unless such Director Termination Date occurs by reason of death or Disability, in which case the Grant shall vest on said Director Termination Date. A Restricted Stock Unit which fails to vest shall be void and shall not confer upon the owner of such Restricted Stock Unit any rights, including any right to any Share, any Deferred Stock Unit or any Dividend Equivalent Unit.

4. Maturity and Deferred Stock Units. Except as provided in this Section 4 or in Section 5 below, the “Maturity Date” for the Grant shall be the Maturity Date indicated in the Notice of Grant. The Maturity Date shown on the Notice of Grant was elected by Participant by written notice given to the Corporate Secretary of Parent prior to the Grant from amongst one of the following alternative Maturity Dates: (i) the one-year anniversary of the Grant Date; (ii) the six-month anniversary of Participant’s Director Termination Date; or (iii) a date certain, such date to be no earlier than the one-year anniversary of the Grant Date. Participant shall have no right to accelerate or change such date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) if Participant’s Director Termination Date occurs by reason of death or Director Disability, the Maturity Date shall be said Director Termination Date, and (ii) if Participant’s death occurs after his or her Director Termination Date and before the applicable Maturity Date, the Maturity Date shall be Participant’s date of death. Any Restricted Stock Unit having a Maturity Date after the one-year anniversary of the Grant Date shall, upon vesting, convert to a deferred stock unit (such unit, a “Deferred Stock Unit”). Following the Maturity Date of the Grant, (i) the Settlement Value shall be issued and delivered in Shares, and (ii) any fractional Dividend Equivalent Units credited pursuant to Section 6(b)

with respect to such Grant shall be settled by the delivery of cash, in each case within thirty (30) days to or for the account of Participant.

5 . Effect of Change in Control . A Grant that has not previously expired, vested and/or matured shall vest and mature, as applicable, upon a Change in Control, and the date of such Change in Control shall be the Maturity Date for such Grant.

6. (a) No Dividends or Interest . No dividends or interest shall accrue or be payable upon any Restricted Stock Unit, Deferred Stock Unit or Dividend Equivalent Unit (each, a “Grant Unit”). Until a Share is issued and delivered it shall not be registered in the name of Participant.

(b) Dividend Equivalent Units. On any date that Parent pays an ordinary cash dividend on its Common Stock (a “Dividend Date”), Participant shall be credited with a number of dividend equivalent units (each, a “Dividend Equivalent Unit”) equal to (i) the product of (A) the number of Deferred Stock Units held by Participant, plus any whole Dividend Equivalent Units previously credited under this Section 6(b), in each case held on the record date immediately prior to the Dividend Date, and (B) the per share cash dividend paid by Parent on the Dividend Date, divided by (ii) the simple arithmetic mean of the high and low sale price of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the Dividend Date.

(c) Dividend Equivalent Units credited pursuant to this Section 6 shall not entitle Participant to any cash payment or any delivery of Shares except to the extent provided in Sections 2 and 4 above. No Dividend Equivalent Unit shall be credited for any Restricted Stock Unit that expires or is void pursuant to Section 3, or any Restricted Stock Unit or Deferred Stock Unit that has been settled pursuant to Section 4. For the avoidance of doubt, no dividends or Dividend Equivalent Units will be delivered prior to the Maturity Date.

7. Transferability . Grant Units are not transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a “domestic relations order,” as defined in the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act or the rules thereunder, and shall not otherwise be transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated or disposed of in any way, whether by operation of law or otherwise, nor shall the Grant Units be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Grant Units may be transferred by Participant to (i) the spouse, children or grandchildren of Participant (each an “Immediate Family Member”), (ii) a trust or trusts for the exclusive benefit of any or all Immediate Family Members, (iii) a partnership in which any or all Immediate Family Members are the only partners, or (iv) to a retirement plan for the sole benefit of Participant and/or his Immediate Family Members provided that (x) there may be no consideration paid or otherwise given for any such transfer, and (y) subsequent transfer of the Grant Units is prohibited other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a domestic relations order. Following transfer, the Grant Units shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately prior to transfer. The provisions of Sections 3, 4 and 5 above shall continue to be applied with respect to the original Participant following transfer and the Grant Units shall vest and mature, as applicable, only to the extent specified therein. Upon any attempt to transfer the Grant Units other than as permitted herein or to assign, pledge, hypothecate or dispose of the Grant Units other than as permitted herein, or upon the levy of any execution, attachment or similar process upon the Grant Units, the Grant Units shall immediately terminate and become null and void.

8. Definitions . For the purposes of the Grant, capitalized terms shall have the meanings provided herein or in the Definitional Appendix attached. Except where the context clearly implies or indicates the contrary, a word, term, or phrase used in the Plan shall have the same meaning in this document.

9. Heirs and Successors . The terms of the Grant shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, Parent and its successors and assigns, and upon any person acquiring, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase of



Tiffany & Co. 2008 Directors Equity Plan, Restricted Stock Unit Terms, March 16, 2017		2

assets or otherwise, all or substantially all of Parent’s assets and business. Participant may designate a beneficiary of his/her rights under the Grant by filing written notice with the Corporate Secretary of Parent. If Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary, or if the designated Beneficiary dies before Participant, any Shares issuable hereunder will be delivered to Participant’s estate.

10. Administration . The authority to manage and control the operation and administration of the Grant shall be vested in the Governance Committee, which shall have all powers with respect to the Grant as it has with respect to the Plan. Any interpretation of the Grant made by the Governance Committee and any decision made by it with respect to the Grant are final and binding.

11. Plan Governs . Notwithstanding anything in this document to the contrary, the terms of the Grant shall be subject to the terms of the Plan, a copy of which has been provided to Participant.

12 . Securities Matters . All Shares shall be subject to the restrictions on sale, encumbrance and other disposition provided by federal or state law. Parent shall not be obligated to sell or issue any Shares pursuant to this document unless, on the date of sale and issuance thereof, such Shares are either registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and all applicable state securities laws, or are exempt from registration thereunder. Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act, or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state, Parent at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of Parent, such restrictions are necessary in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act or the securities laws of any state or any other law.

13. Investment Purpose . Unless the Shares are registered under the Securities Act, any and all Shares acquired by Participant under this document will be acquired for investment for Participant’s own account and not with a view to, for resale in connection with, or with an intent of participating directly or indirectly in, any distribution of such Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act. Participant shall not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of such Shares unless they are either (i) registered under the Securities Act and all applicable state securities laws, or (ii) exempt from such registration in the opinion of Parent’s counsel.

14. Entire Document; Governing Law . The Plan and this document constitute the entire terms with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings of Parent or any Affiliate. In the event of any conflict between this document and the Plan, the Plan shall be controlling, except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan. This document shall be construed under the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflict of laws principles.

15. Opportunity for Review . Participant has reviewed the Plan and this document in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and this document. All decisions or interpretations of the Governance Committee upon any questions relating to the Plan and this document shall be binding, conclusive and final.

16. Section 409A . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any benefits and payments provided hereunder that are payable or provided to Participant in connection with a termination of service that constitute deferred compensation within the meaning of Code Section 409A shall not commence in connection with Participant’s termination of service unless and until Participant has also incurred a Separation from Service, and unless Parent reasonably determines that such amounts may be provided to Participant without causing Participant to incur additional tax obligations under Code Section 409A. For the avoidance of doubt, it is intended that payments hereunder comply with or satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Code Section 409A.



Tiffany & Co. 2008 Directors Equity Plan, Restricted Stock Unit Terms, March 16, 2017		3

In no event shall Parent or any Affiliate have any liability or obligation with respect to taxes, penalties, interest or other expenses for which Participant may become liable as a result of the application of Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, these terms are intended to be interpreted and applied so that the payments and benefits set forth herein either shall either be exempt from the requirements of Code Section 409A, or shall comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A, and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this document shall be interpreted to be exempt from or in compliance with Code Section 409A. To the extent that any provision under this document is ambiguous as to its compliance with Code Section 409A, the provision shall be interpreted in a manner so that no amount payable to Participant shall be subject to an “additional tax” within the meaning of Code Section 409A. For purposes of Code Section 409A, each payment provided under this document shall be treated as a separate payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this document, payments provided under this document may only be made upon an event and in a manner that complies with Code Section 409A or an applicable exemption.

In addition to the provisions regarding Code Section 409A set forth above, the following shall apply:

If Participant notifies Parent that Participant believes that any provision of this document (or of any award of compensation or benefit, including equity compensation or benefits provided herein or at any time during his service with Parent or any Affiliate) would cause Participant to incur any additional tax or interest under Code Section 409A or Parent independently makes such determination, Parent shall, after consulting with Participant, reform such provision (or award of compensation or benefit) to attempt to comply with or be exempt from Code Section 409A through good faith modifications to the minimum extent reasonably appropriate. To the extent that any provision hereof (or award of compensation or benefit) is modified in order to comply with Code Section 409A, such modification shall be made in good faith and shall, to the maximum extent reasonably possible, maintain the original intent and economic benefit to Participant and Parent without violating the provisions of Code Section 409A.



Tiffany & Co. 2008 Directors Equity Plan, Restricted Stock Unit Terms, March 16, 2017		4

Appendix I to Terms under the 2008 Directors Equity Compensation Plan: Definitions

“Affiliate” shall mean any Person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, any other Person, directly or indirectly.

“Approved Broker” means one or more securities brokerage or financial services firms designated by Parent from time to time.

“Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

(i)

Any Person or group (as defined in Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) of Persons (excluding (i) Parent or any of its Affiliates, (ii) a trustee or any fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of Parent or any of its Affiliates, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, (iv) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly by stockholders of Parent in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of Parent, or (v) any surviving or resulting entity or ultimate parent entity resulting from a reorganization, merger, consolidation or other corporate transaction referred to in clause (iii) below that does not constitute a Change in Control under clause (iii) below) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Parent representing thirty-five percent (35%) or more of the combined voting power of Parent’s then outstanding securities entitled to vote in the election of directors of Parent;

(ii)

If the individuals who, as of March 16, 2016, constitute the Parent Board (such individuals, the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Parent Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to such date whose election, or nomination for election by the Parent’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such person were a member of the Incumbent Board;

(iii)

The consummation of a reorganization, merger, consolidation or other corporate transaction involving Parent, in each case with respect to which the stockholders of Parent immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction would not, immediately after the consummation of such transaction, own more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the surviving or resulting Person or ultimate parent entity resulting from such transaction, as the case may be; or

(iv)

Assets representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the consolidated assets of Parent and its subsidiaries are sold, liquidated or distributed in a transaction (or series of transactions within a twelve (12) month period), other than such a sale or disposition immediately after which such assets will be owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of Parent in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the common stock of Parent immediately prior to such sale or disposition.

“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor provisions thereto.

“Common Stock” shall mean the common stock of Parent.



Tiffany & Co. 2008 Directors Equity Plan, Restricted Stock Unit Terms, March 16, 2017		5

in death or that is expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no event or condition shall constitute a Director Disability unless such event or condition also constitutes a “disability” within the meaning of Code Section 409A.

“Director Termination Date” shall mean, with respect to any Participant, the date on which Participant incurs a Separation from Service from Parent, provided that a Participant who is serving as a director of Parent on the day immediately prior to the annual meeting of shareholders in any one year will not be deemed to have incurred his or her Director Termination Date until the later of (i) the day following the one-year anniversary of the Grant Date, or (ii) the closing of the polls at such annual meeting.

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor act or provisions thereto.

“Incumbent Board” shall have the meaning provided in sub-section (ii) of the definition entitled “Change in Control.”

“Parent” shall mean Tiffany & Co., and any successor to all or substantially all of its business and/or assets by operation of law or otherwise.

“Parent Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of Parent.

“Person” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, business trust, limited liability company, unincorporated association or other entity, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.

“Separation from Service” means a “separation from service” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

“Share” means a share of Common Stock.



Tiffany & Co. 2008 Directors Equity Plan, Restricted Stock Unit Terms, March 16, 2017		6

EXHIBIT 10.26e

2015

PERFORMANCE-BASED RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT

Terms

TIFFANY & CO.

a Delaware Corporation

(the “Parent”)

AMENDED AND RESTATED

TERMS OF PERFORMANCE-BASED RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT

(Non-Transferable)

under the

2014 EMPLOYEE INCENTIVE PLAN

(the “Plan”)

Terms Effective January 14, 2015

1. Introduction and Terms of Grant . Participant has been granted (the “Grant”) Stock Units which shall be settled by the issuance and delivery of Shares of the Parent’s Common Stock. The Grant has been made under the Plan by the Stock Option Subcommittee of the Parent Board (the “Committee”). The name of the “Participant”, the “Grant Date”, the number of “Stock Units” granted, the “Performance Period”, the “Earnings Threshold”, the “Earnings Target”, the “Earnings Maximum” and the “ROA Target” are stated in the attached “Notice of Grant”. The other terms and conditions of the Grant are stated in this document and in the Plan. Certain initially capitalized words and phrases used in this document are defined in the Definitions Appendix attached and elsewhere in this document or in the Plan. Reference to Stock Units in this document is reference to all or part of the Stock Units which are subject to the Grant, and not to other Stock Units that have been granted or that may be granted in the future.

2. Grant and Adjustment . Subject to the terms and conditions stated in this document, Participant has been granted Stock Units by the Parent. As of the Grant Date, each Stock Unit has a Settlement Value of one Share, but the number of Shares which shall be issued and delivered pursuant to the Grant on the settlement of each Stock Unit (the “Settlement Value”) shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2(c) of the Plan, to adjust for, among other corporate developments, stock splits and stock dividends. References to Settlement Values in this document shall be deemed reference to Settlement Values as so adjusted. As anticipated in Section 4.7 of the Plan, Shares that have not been issued and delivered to a Participant shall be represented by Stock Units.

3. Performance Vesting . Unless otherwise provided in section 4 or 5 below, the Performance Portion (as defined below) of the Stock Units will vest three business days following the public announcement of the Parent’s audited, consolidated financial results for the last fiscal year in the Performance Period (the “Maturity Date”). A Stock Unit that has vested is herein referred to as a “Vested Unit.” Within thirty (30) days following the Maturity Date, but in no event later than December 31 of the calendar year in which the last day of the Performance Period occurs, the Settlement Value of each Vested Unit shall be issued and delivered to or for the account of Participant in Shares. As provided for in Section 7 below, the Parent may make such delivery to a Service Provider. In all circumstances, a Stock Unit which fails to vest on or before the Maturity Date shall be void and shall not confer upon the owner of such Stock Unit any rights, including any right to any Share . In the event that any provision of this document would otherwise result in the issuance of a fractional Share, the Parent will not be obligated to issue such fractional Share.

The “Performance Portion” shall be a percentage of the Stock Units calculated as hereinafter provided (provided that the Performance Portion shall never exceed 100% of the Stock Units):


(a)	The Performance Portion shall be 0% of the Stock Units if the Earnings Threshold is not attained over the Performance Period.


(b)	Subject to reduction pursuant to subsection (c) below, if the Earnings Threshold has been attained over the Performance Period, the Performance Portion shall be 100% of the Stock Units.

(c)

If the Earnings Threshold has been attained over the Performance Period the Committee shall, in its sole discretion, have the right to reduce the Performance Portion to 0% of the Stock Units or any percentage of the Stock Units less than 100%. The Committee may exercise such discretion on any date that occurs following the close of the Performance Period and prior to the Maturity Date. The Committee has provided guidance to Participant with respect to factors, including the Earnings Target, the Earnings Maximum and the ROA Target, that the Committee intends to apply in effecting such a reduction, but the Committee shall not be limited in its discretion to those factors.

“Earnings” means the Company’s consolidated earnings per share on a diluted basis, as reported in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, aggregated over the Performance Period and as adjusted by the Committee as provided for below and in the Plan.

The “Earnings Threshold”, “Earnings Target” and “Earnings Maximum” are expressed in the Notice of Grant as functions of Earnings, as so defined.

“ROA” means the Company’s consolidated return on average assets in each of the fiscal years in the Performance Period, expressed as a percentage, and then averaged over the entire Performance Period. In each of the fiscal years average assets will be computed by averaging total assets at the beginning and at the end of the fiscal year; net earnings for such fiscal years shall be divided by average assets. Both total assets and net earnings shall be as reported in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The “ROA Target” is expressed in the Notice of Grant as a function of ROA, as so defined.

Each of Earnings and ROA is a “Performance Goal”. In determining whether the Earnings Threshold has been met the Committee shall appropriately adjust any evaluation of attainment of a Performance Goal to exclude any of the following events that occurs during a Performance Period: (i) asset write-downs, (ii) litigation or claim judgments or settlements, (iii) the effect of changes in tax law, accounting principles or other such laws or provisions affecting reported results, (iv) accruals for reorganization and restructuring programs, and (v) extraordinary non-recurring items as described in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 30 and/or in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations appearing in said Annual Report for the applicable year.

4. Effect of Termination of Employment on Vesting . Except as expressly provided in this Section 4, no Stock Units shall vest if the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs before the conclusion of the Performance Period:

(a)

If the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs by reason of Retirement during any fiscal year of the Performance Period, Stock Units shall vest as provided in Section 3 above (subject to the Participant’s compliance with Section 12 and to all of the terms and conditions set forth in Section 3 above, including, without limitation, the Committee’s exercise of discretion under Section 3(c)) as though the Participant’s Date of Termination had not occurred before the conclusion of the Performance Period; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Shares or Settlement Value to which Participant may be entitled under

Section 3 in respect of such Stock Units shall be determined by applying a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of full months in the Performance Period during which the Participant was actively employed with Employer, and the denominator of which shall be 36, to that number of Shares or that Settlement Value which Participant may have otherwise been entitled to receive pursuant to Section 3 if Participant’s Date of Termination had not occurred before the conclusion of the Performance Period;

(b)

if the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs by reason of death or Disability within the last fiscal year of the Performance Period, Stock Units shall vest as provided in Section 3 above (subject to all of the terms and conditions thereof, including, without limitation, the Committee’s discretion in Section 3(c) as though the Participant’s Date of Termination had not occurred before the conclusion of the Performance Period;


(c)	if the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs by reason of death or Disability within the second fiscal year of the Performance Period, 34% of Stock Units shall vest on the date of such death or Disability;


(d)	if the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs by reason of death or Disability within the first fiscal year of the Performance Period, 17% of Stock Units shall vest on the date of such death or Disability;


(e)	if the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs by reason of Cause , no Stock Units shall vest;


(f)	if the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs by reason of Participant’s voluntary resignation ( other than as contemplated by Section 4(a) hereof ) , no Stock Units shall vest; and


(g)	if the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs at the initiative of the Participant’s employer (but not for Cause) the Committee reserves the right to vest the Stock Units as follows, but may condition such vesting upon Participant’s release of the Parent and its affiliates from all claims, Participant’s agreement to reasonable non-competition covenants or both:

(i)

If the Date of Termination occurs in the last fiscal year of the Performance Period, the percentage of the Stock Units the Committee may elect to vest will be based on the Company’s cumulative performance during the first and second fiscal year of the Performance Period, as compared to the Earnings Threshold, Earnings Target, and Earnings Maximum expressed in the Notice of Grant. For purposes of this Section 4(g)(i), the Earnings Threshold, Earnings Target, and Earnings Maximum shall be pro-rated for the cumulative two-year period (66.67%), and applied in a manner consistent with the guidance provided by the Committee as referenced in Section 3(c) above. Achievement of the ROA Target shall not be considered as a factor in determining the number of units to vest.

(ii)

If the Date of Termination occurs in the second fiscal year of the Performance Period, the percentage of the Stock Units the Committee may elect to vest will be based on the Company’s cumulative performance during the first fiscal year of the Performance Period, as compared to the Earnings Threshold, Earnings Target, and Earnings Maximum expressed in the Notice of Grant. For purposes of this Section 4(g)(ii), the Earnings Threshold, Earnings Target, and Earnings Maximum shall be pro-rated for the cumulative two-year period (33.33%), and

applied in a manner consistent with the guidance provided by the Committee as referenced in Section 3(c) above. Achievement of the ROA Target shall not be considered as a factor in determining the number of units to vest.

In the event of vesting pursuant to subsections (c) through (g) above, the Settlement Value of each Vested Unit shall, within 30 days after vesting, be issued and delivered to or for the account of Participant in Shares. As provided for in Section 7 below, the Parent may make such delivery to a Service Provider. For the avoidance of doubt, no Stock Units shall vest if the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs before the start of the Performance Period, or, solely with respect to 4(g), during the first fiscal year of the Performance Period.

5 . Effect of Change in Control on Vesting .


(a)	All Stock Units shall vest upon a Change in Control Date for a Terminating Transaction unless such Change of Control Date occurs before the start of the Performance Period in which case none of the Stock Units shall vest.


(b)	In the event of a Change in Control that is not a Terminating Transaction, Stock Units will convert to Time-Based Restricted Stock Units as follows:


(i)	If the Change in Control occurs in the first or second fiscal year of the Performance Period, then 55% of Stock Units shall convert to Time-Based Restricted Stock Units;

(ii)

If the Change in Control occurs in the last fiscal year of the Performance Period, the percentage of the Target award number of Stock Units to convert to Time-Based Restricted Stock Units will be based on the Company’s cumulative performance during the first and second fiscal year of the Performance Period, as compared to the Earnings Threshold, Earnings Target, and Earnings Maximum expressed in the Notice of Grant. For purposes of this Section 5(b)(ii), the Earnings Threshold, Earnings Target, and Earnings Maximum shall be pro-rated for the cumulative two-year period (66.67%), and applied in a manner consistent with the guidance provided by the Committee as referenced in Section 3(c) above. Achievement of the ROA Target shall not be considered as a factor in determining the number of units converted to Time-Based Restricted Stock Units.


(c)	The vesting of the Time-Based Restricted Stock Units converted as described in Section 5(b):


(i)	Will be accelerated to the Date of Termination if the Participant is subject to Involuntary Termination prior to the Maturity Date.


(ii)	Will occur on the Maturity Date, if Vesting has not otherwise been accelerated as provided above.


(d)	For the avoidance of doubt no conversion or vesting shall occur pursuant to Sections 5(b) or 5(c) above if the Change of Control Date occurs before the start of the Performance Period.


(e)	In the event of vesting pursuant to this Section 5, the Settlement Value of each Vested Unit shall, within thirty days after vesting, be issued and delivered to or for the account of Participant in Shares. As provided for in Section 7 below, the Parent may make such delivery to a Service Provider.

6. No Dividends or Interest . No dividends or interest shall accrue or be payable upon any Stock Unit. Until a Share is issued and delivered it shall not be registered in the name of the Participant.

7. Withholding for Taxes. All distributions of Shares shall be subject to withholding of all applicable taxes as computed by the finance department, and the Participant shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Parent to provide the Parent (or any Related Company) with funds necessary for such withholding before the Shares are delivered. Without limitation to the Parent’s right to establish other arrangements, the Parent may: (i) designate a single broker or other financial services provider (“Services Provider”) to establish trading accounts for Participants (each a “Participant’s Trading Account”); (ii) deliver Shares to Participant’s Trading Account; (iii) provide Services Provider with information concerning the applicable tax withholding rates for Participant; (iv) cause Services Provider to sell, on behalf of Participant, sufficient Shares to cover the Parent’s tax withholding obligations with respect to any delivery of Shares to Participant (a “Covering Sale”); and (v) cause Services Provider to remit funds resulting from such Covering Sale to Parent or any Related Company that is the employer of Participant. As a condition to distribution the Parent may require the Participant to provide the Services Provider with such signed applications, authorizations, powers and other documents necessary to accomplish the foregoing. Participant may, by written notice to the Parent addressed to the Parent’s Secretary, and given no less than ten (10) business days before the Maturity Date or other applicable vesting date, elect to avoid such a Covering Sale by delivering with such notice a bank-certified check payable to the Parent (or other type of check or draft payable to the Parent and acceptable to the Secretary) in the estimated amount of any such withholding required, such estimate to be provided by the Tiffany and Company finance department. The Committee may approve other methods of withholding, as provided for in the Plan, before the Shares are delivered.

8. Transferability . The Stock Units are not transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and shall not be otherwise transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of in any way, whether by operation of law or otherwise, nor shall it be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer the Stock Units otherwise than as permitted herein or to assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of the Stock Units otherwise than as permitted herein, or upon the levy of any execution, attachment or similar process upon the Grant, the Grant shall immediately terminate and become null and void.

9. Definitions . For the purposes of the Grant, certain words and phrases are defined in the Definitional Appendix attached. Except where the context clearly implies or indicates the contrary, a word, term or phrase used in the Plan shall have the same meaning in this document.

10. Heirs and Successors . The terms of the Grant shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Parent and its successors and assigns, and upon any person acquiring, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase of assets or otherwise, all or substantially all of the Parent’s assets and business. Participant may designate a beneficiary of his/her rights under the Grant by filing written notice with the Secretary of the Parent. In the event of the Participant’s death prior to the full maturity of the Grant, the Shares will be delivered to such Beneficiary to the extent that it was matured on the Participant’s Termination Date. If the

Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary, or if the designated Beneficiary dies before the Participant, any Shares issuable hereunder will be delivered to the Participant’s estate.

11. Administration . The authority to manage and control the operation and administration of the Grant shall be vested in the Committee, and the Committee shall have all powers with respect to the Grant as it has with respect to the Plan. Any interpretation of the Grant by the Committee and any decision made by it with respect to the Grant is final and binding.

12. Compliance with Post-Employment Covenants . Notwithstanding any other provisions in these terms to the contrary, no Stock Units will vest pursuant to Section 4(a) with respect to a Participant if the Committee determines that such Participant has materially breached the terms and conditions of any applicable post-employment non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality or other restrictive covenants on or prior to the Maturity Date of such Stock Units.

13. Clawback Provisions .Notwithstanding any other provisions in these terms to the contrary, each Vested Unit hereunder, which has been issued and delivered to or for the account of Participant, shall be subject to deductions and clawback as may be required under any applicable law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement, or any policy adopted by the Company, including but not limited to the Policy for Recovery of Incentive-based Compensation Erroneously Awarded to Executive Officers, adopted by the Parent Board on September 18, 2013.

14. Plan Governs . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the terms of the Grant shall be subject to the terms of the Plan, a copy of which may be obtained by the Participant from the office of the Secretary of the Parent.

15. Section 409A . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any benefits and payments provided hereunder that are payable or provided to Participant in connection with a termination of employment that constitute deferred compensation within the meaning of Code Section 409A shall not commence in connection with Participant’s termination of employment unless and until Participant has also incurred a Separation from Service, and unless Employer reasonably determines that such amounts may be provided to Participant without causing Participant to incur additional tax obligations under Code Section 409A. For the avoidance of doubt, it is intended that payments hereunder comply with or satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Code Section 409A. However, if Employer determines that these payments constitute deferred compensation and Participant is, on the termination of his service, a “specified employee” of Employer, as such term is defined in Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i), then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid the incurrence of the adverse personal tax consequences under Code Section 409A, the timing of the payments shall be delayed until the earlier to occur of: (i) the date that is six months and one day after Participant’s Separation from Service or (ii) the date of Participant’s death that occurs after Participant’s Separation from Service. This Section 14 shall be administered, construed and interpreted in a manner consistent with the requirements of Code Section 409A. In no event shall Employer have any liability or obligation with respect to taxes for which Participant may become liable as a result of the application of Code Section 409A.

In addition to the provisions regarding Code Section 409A set forth above, the following shall apply:

If Participant notifies Employer that Participant believes that any provision of this Agreement (or of any award of compensation or benefit, including equity compensation or benefits provided herein or at any time during his employment with Employer) would cause Participant to incur any additional tax or interest under Code Section 409A or Employer independently makes such determination, Employer shall, after consulting with Participant, reform such provision (or award of compensation or benefit) to attempt to comply with or be exempt from Code Section 409A through good faith modifications to the minimum

extent reasonably appropriate. To the extent that any provision hereof (or award of compensation or benefit) is modified in order to comply with Code Section 409A, such modification shall be made in good faith and shall, to the maximum extent reasonably possible, maintain the original intent and economic benefit to Participant and Employer without violating the provisions of Code Section 409A.

Appendix I -- Definitions

“ Affiliate ” shall mean any Person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, any other Person, directly or indirectly.

“ Cause ” shall mean a termination of Participant’s employment which is the result of:


(i)	Participant’s conviction or plea of nolo contendere to a felony or any other crime involving financial impropriety or which would tend to subject Employer or any of its Affiliates to public criticism or materially interfere with Participant’s continued service to Employer;


(ii)	Participant’s willful violation of the Code of Conduct;

(iii)

Participant’s willful failure or refusal to perform substantially all such proper and achievable directives issued by Participant’s superior (other than any such failure resulting from Participant’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, any such actual or anticipated failure resulting from a resignation by Participant for Good Reason, or any such refusal made by Participant in good faith because Participant believes such directives to be illegal, unethical or immoral) after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to Participant on behalf of Employer, which demand specifically identifies the manner in which Participant has not substantially performed Participant’s duties, and which performance is not substantially corrected by Participant within ten (10) days of receipt of such demand;


(iv)	Participant’s gross negligence in the performance of Participant’s duties and responsibilities materially injurious to the Employer;


(v)	Participant’s willful breach of any material obligation that Participant has to Parent or Employer under any written agreement that Participant has with either Parent or Employer;


(vi)	Participant’s fraud or dishonesty with regard to Employer or any of its Affiliates; or


(vii)	Participant’s failure to reasonably cooperate in any investigation of alleged misconduct by Participant or by any other employee of Parent, Employer or any Affiliate of Parent or Employer.

For purposes of the previous sentence, no act or failure to act on Participant’s part shall be deemed “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, by Participant in bad faith toward, or without reasonable belief that Participant’s action or omission was in the best interests of, Parent, Employer or an Affiliate of Parent or Employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participant shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause with respect to items (i) through (vii)

unless and until there shall have been delivered to Participant a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-fourths (3/4 ^th ) of the entire membership of the Employer Board at a meeting called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to Participant and an opportunity for Participant, together with Participant’s counsel, to be heard before such Board), finding that, in the good faith opinion of such Board, Cause exists as set forth in any of items (i) through (vii) above.

“ Change in Control. ” A Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if:

(i)

any Person, or any syndicate or group deemed to be a person under Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, excluding Parent or any of its Affiliates, a trustee or any fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of Parent or any of its Affiliates, an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities or a corporation owned, directly or indirectly by stockholders of Parent in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of Parent, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Parent representing Thirty-five percent (35%) or more of the combined voting power of Parent’s then outstanding securities entitled to vote in the election of directors of Parent;

(ii)

if the Incumbent Directors cease to constitute a majority of the Parent Board; provided, however, that no person shall be deemed an Incumbent Director if he or she was appointed or elected to the Parent Board after having been designated to serve on the Parent Board by a Person who has entered into an agreement with Parent to effect a transaction described in clauses (i) through (iv) of this definition;


(iii)	there occurs a reorganization, merger, consolidation or other corporate transaction involving Parent, in each case with respect to which the stockholders of Parent immediately prior to such transaction do not, immediately after such transaction, own more than Fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Parent or other corporation resulting from such transaction, as the case may be; or


(iv)	all or substantially all of the assets of Parent or Employer are sold, liquidated or distributed, except to an Affiliate of Parent;

Provided, that an event shall not constitute a Change in Control unless such event also constitutes a “change in control event” under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).

“ Change in Control Date ” shall mean the date on which a Change in Control occurs.

“ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor provisions thereto.

“ Code Section 409A ” shall mean Section 409A of the Code, and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder.

“ Code of Conduct ” shall mean Parent’s (i) Code of Business and Ethical Conduct for Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and All Other Officers of the Parent and (ii) Business Conduct Policy - Worldwide, as amended from time to time prior to the Change of Control Date and as in effect as of the Change of Control Date.

“ Common Stock ” shall mean the common stock of Parent.

“ Date of Termination ” shall mean, with respect to any Participant, the first day occurring on or after the Grant Date on which Participant’s employment with Employer terminates for any reason; provided that a termination of employment shall not be deemed to occur by reason of a transfer of the employment of Participant between Employers; and further provided that the Participant’s employment shall not be considered terminated while the Participant is on a leave of absence from the Employer approved by Employer or required by applicable law; and further provided that a termination of employment shall not be deemed to occur unless such termination of employment is also a Separation from Service. If, as a result of a sale or other transaction, Employer ceases to be an Affiliate of Parent, the occurrence of such transaction shall be treated as the Participant’s Date of Termination caused by the Participant being discharged by Employer.

“ Disability ” shall mean Participant’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness which causes Participant to be absent from the full-time performance of Participant’s duties with Employer for six (6) consecutive months provided, however, that Participant shall not be determined to be subject to a Disability for purposes of this Award unless Participant fails to return to full-time performance of Participant’s duties with Employer within thirty (30) days after written Notice of Termination due to Disability is given to Participant; provided, that in no event shall Participant be deemed to have a Disability, unless such Disability constitutes a “disability” within the meaning of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(C).

“ Employer ” shall mean the Affiliate of Parent that employs Participant from time to time, and any successor to its business and/or assets by operation of law or otherwise.

“ Employer Board ” shall mean the board of directors (or other highest governing authority other than the shareholders) of Employer.

“ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor provisions thereto.

“ Good Reason ” means Participant’s resignation from employment with Employer as a result of any of the following:


(i)	a meaningful and detrimental alteration in Participant’s position or the nature or status of Participant’s responsibilities (including reporting responsibilities) from those in effect immediately before the Change in Control Date;


(ii)	a material failure by Employer to pay Participant a bonus or incentive award commensurate with the bonus paid others at Participant’s job level (expressed as a percentage of target bonus) unless such failure is justified by clear and objective deficiencies of the business units for which Participant is responsible;

(iii)

the relocation of the office of Employer where Participant was employed immediately prior to the Change in Control Date to a location which is more than 50 miles away or should Employer require Participant to be based more than 50 miles away from such office (except for required travel on the Employer’s business to an extent substantially consistent with Participant’s customary business travel obligations in the ordinary course of business prior to the Change in Control Date); or


(iv)	a Substantial Change.

“ Incumbent Directors ” shall mean those individuals who were members of the Parent Board as of January 15, 2009 and those individuals whose later appointment to such Board, or whose later nomination for election to such Board by the stockholders of Parent, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of those members of such Board who either were members of such Board as of January 15, 2009, or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved.

“ Involuntary Termination ” means (i) Participant’s termination of employment by Employer without Cause or (ii) Participant’s resignation of employment with the Employer for Good Reason.

“ Notice of Termination ” shall mean a written notice indicating the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and setting forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Participant’s employment under the provision so indicated.

“ Parent ” shall mean Tiffany & Co., a Delaware corporation, and any successor to its business and/or assets by operation of law or otherwise.

“ Parent Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of Parent.

“ Person ” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, business trust, limited liability company, unincorporated association or other entity, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.

“ Retirement ” shall mean the occurrence of the Participant’s Date of Termination, on a voluntary basis, after age 65 or the occurrence of the Participant’s Date of Termination after age 55 pursuant to the retirement practices of Employer.

“ Separation from Service ” shall have the meaning defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

“ Substantial Change ” means any material change in the terms or conditions of Participant’s employment (including in salary or target bonus) following a Change of Control Date that is less favorable to Participant than those in effect previous to the Change of Control Date other than (i) a change that has been made on an across-the-board basis for substantially all of Employer’s employees or (ii) a change in equity-based compensation (including the reduction or elimination thereof) resulting from the Change in Control.

“ Terminating Transaction ” shall mean a Change in Control in which any one of the following occurs:


(i)	the dissolution or liquidation of the Parent;


(ii)	a reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Parent with one or more Persons as a result of which the Parent goes out of existence or becomes a subsidiary of another Person; or


(iii)	upon the acquisition of substantially all of the property or more than eighty percent (80%) of the then outstanding stock of the Parent by another Person;

provided that none of the foregoing transactions (i) through (iii) will be deemed to be a Terminating Transaction, if as of a date at least fourteen (14) days prior to the date scheduled for such transaction provisions have been made in writing in connection with such transaction for the assumption of the Stock Unit or the substitution for the Stock Unit of a new stock unit covering the publicly-traded stock of a successor Person, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares.

“ Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit ” means a stock unit that shall not mature, and which shall be deemed to have “expired,” upon the Participant’s Date of Termination, if the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs before the Maturity Date, provided, however, that if such Date of Termination occurs pursuant to an Involuntary Termination or by reason of death or Disability, in which case the Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit s will “mature” and vest on the Date of Termination, and the Settlement Value of the Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit in Shares shall be issued and delivered within thirty (30) days of the Date of Termination to or for the account of Participant.

EXHIBIT 10.29

September 7, 2016

By E-mail

Mr. Mark Erceg

c/o Egon Zehnder

Dear Mark,

We are pleased to extend you an offer to join Tiffany and Company, a New York corporation (“Tiffany” or the “Company”) and to confirm the terms of your employment in this letter. Tiffany is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Tiffany & Co., a Delaware corporation (NYSE: TIF) (along with any successor to its business and/or assets by operation of law or otherwise, “Parent”). If you accept this offer, subject to its terms, you will be employed by Tiffany and you will be an executive officer of both Tiffany and Parent. For more information about our executive compensation program, please read Parent’s Proxy Statement dated April 8, 2016 (the “Proxy Statement”). All compensation discussed below, including equity compensation, is subject to withholding for state and federal taxes and for other deductions pursuant to our benefit plans, if applicable.



Title: Duties:	Executive Vice President - Chief Financial Officer All duties and responsibilities typical of a public-company chief financial officer, including without limitation direct oversight of and responsibility for i) tax, treasury, finance, audit, reporting, accounting, investor relations, and similar functions; ii) information systems; and iii) indirect procurement.
Current Reporting:	Frederic Cumenal, Chief Executive Officer
Commencement Date:	As soon as possible, but no later than November 15, 2016 . If you fail to commence employment by this date, this offer shall be deemed withdrawn and of no force or effect. The term “Commencement Date” refers to the date you actually begin employment with Tiffany.
Base Salary:	Salary at an initial gross annualized rate of $850,000 , payable in periodic installments in accordance with the Company’s customary payroll practices. The Company may in its sole discretion increase (but not decrease) this rate, but has no obligation to do so.
Annual Incentive Award:	Starting in Fiscal 2017 (as defined below), you will be eligible to receive an annual incentive award under the Tiffany & Co. 2014 Employee Incentive Plan (such plan, or any successor plan, the “Incentive Plan”). Your target annual incentive award will be 80% of your base salary. You will not be eligible for an annual incentive award for Fiscal 2016.



	Annual incentive awards are subject to the execution, and governed by the terms, of a Cash Incentive Award Agreement, the current form of which is attached as Exhibit A. As set forth in that Agreement, the amount actually paid in connection with an annual incentive award may be greater or less than the target, and may be $0. Annual incentive awards are paid, if at all, on the basis of Fiscal Year performance by the end of April of the following year. (For instance, the Fiscal 2017 annual incentive award, if paid at all, will be paid on or before April 30, 2018.) The terms of the Incentive Plan and the Cash Incentive Award Agreement or any other terms and conditions adopted under the Incentive Plan will control with respect to the annual incentive awards described in this letter. The Incentive Plan and such terms and conditions are subject to change and may be modified at any time and from time to time. As used in this letter, “Fiscal” and “Fiscal Year” refers to February 1 of the year in question through January 31 of the following year.
Long Term Incentive Award:	Under the current practice of the Compensation Committee (the “Committee”), of the Parent’s Board of Directors, which practice is subject to change without notice in the Committee’s sole discretion, long term equity incentive awards are granted to continuing members of senior management at the Committee’s regularly scheduled January meeting. Under that current practice, the total target value of long term equity incentive awards is based on a percentage of base salary, to be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. The total target value of your long term equity incentive awards has been established as 250% of your base salary. The Committee’s current practice (which is subject to change without notice in the Committee’s sole discretion) is to award half of the total target value of long term equity incentive awards as stock options that vest 25% for each year of continuing employment, and half as performance-based restricted stock units that vest following a three-year performance period (the amount of units, if any, that vest being contingent on the Parent’s performance relative to certain performance metrics established by the Committee). Stock options, performance-based restricted stock units and other long term equity incentive awards (including the special sign-on recommended awards described below) are subject to the Incentive Plan and terms and conditions adopted by the Committee thereunder, which shall be controlling. The Incentive Plan and such terms and conditions may be modified at any time and from time to time.
Special Sign-On Long Term Incentive Awards	At the Committee’s next regularly scheduled meeting following your Commencement Date, the Chief Executive Officer will recommend that the Committee approve the following one-time sign-on awards to you:
Special Sign-On Time-Vesting Option Grant	(i) A stock option award to purchase shares of the Parent’s common stock (“Common Stock”). The per-share value of the shares of Common Stock subject to such award will be determined by the Black-Scholes pricing model; on this basis, the total grant date value of the shares of



	Common Stock underlying the recommended award will be equal to $2,000,000. The “strike price” (option exercise price) will be the Grant Date Market Price (as defined below). The stock options will vest over three years in equal installments on the applicable anniversaries of the grant date, and will be subject to the terms attached as Exhibit B , which will be controlling in all respects. “Grant Date Market Price” means a per share value of the Common Stock determined by Parent’s Corporate Secretary as the higher of (i) the simple arithmetic mean of the high and low sale price of such stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the grant date or (ii) the closing price on such Exchange on the grant date.
Special Sign-On Time-Vesting Restricted Stock Unit Grant	(ii) Restricted stock units (“Units”) that will convert on maturity on a one-to-one basis into shares of Common Stock. The Units will have an aggregate value of $2,000,000 on the grant date, based on the Grant Date Market Price. The Units will vest over three years in equal installments on the applicable anniversaries of the grant date, and will be subject to the terms attached as Exhibit C , which will be controlling in all respects.
Special Conditional Sign-On Bonus	You will receive a one-time cash payment in the amount of $750,000, to be paid after January 1, 2017 but on or before April 30, 2017 (the “Sign-On Bonus”), provided you remain employed at the time of payment. Payment of the Sign-On Bonus will be subject to your execution of the Conditional Sign-On Bonus Acknowledgment and Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit D , providing for recoupment by Tiffany of the Sign-On Bonus as follows, should you resign without Good Reason, or be terminated with Cause (as those terms are defined in the attached Agreement), before January 31, 2020:
	If you resign without Good Reason or are terminated With Cause before: January 31, 2018 January 31, 2019 January 31, 2020	Then Tiffany will be entitled to recoup the the following portion of the Sign-On Bonus: 100% of the Sign-On Bonus 2/3 of the Sign-On Bonus 1/3 of the Sign-On Bonus
	In addition, if you are required by your current employer to repay any part of the sign-on award previously paid to you by that employer and provide satisfactory documentation of such requirement, the Company will pay you the amount you are required to repay, up to a maximum of $750,000 (the “Repayment Bonus”), within 20 days of presentation of proof that you have made a payment to your current employer. Payment of the Repayment Bonus will also be subject to your execution of the Conditional Sign-On Bonus Acknowledgment and Agreement, providing for recoupment by Tiffany of the entire amount of the Repayment Bonus should you resign voluntarily without Good Reason, or be terminated with Cause at any time before January 31, 2020.



	Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may request within ten days of the date of this letter that the Sign-On Bonus and, if applicable, the Repayment Bonus, be paid to you in the form of Units in lieu of cash. If you so request, in lieu of any cash payment in respect of the Sign-On Bonus or Repayment Bonus, the Chief Executive Officer will recommend at the next regularly scheduled Committee meeting that the Committee award you Units having an aggregate value on the grant date, based on the Grant Date Market Price, equal to the amount of (i) the Sign-On Bonus, plus (ii) the Repayment Bonus, if any. Any Units granted pursuant to sub-section (i) of the preceding sentence will vest over three years in equal installments on the applicable anniversaries of the grant date, and will be subject to the terms attached as Exhibit C, which will be controlling in all respects. Any Units granted pursuant to sub-section (ii) of the preceding sentence will cliff-vest on the third anniversary of the grant date, and will be subject to the terms attached as Exhibit E, which will be controlling in all respects.
Retention Agreement:	Please refer to page PS-59 of the Proxy Statement for a discussion of our current practice of entering into a Retention Agreement with executive officers that provides for severance benefits under certain circumstances following a Change in Control (as defined in the Retention Agreement). Prior to a Change in Control (as defined above), severance benefits will be payable to you pursuant to this letter only as follows: in the event that, on or before the second anniversary of the Commencement Date, (i) you are involuntarily terminated without Cause or you resign for Good Reason (as those terms are defined in Exhibit D), and (ii) you sign, return, and do not revoke a release of claims in a form provided by the Company, and the seven-day revocation period expires without revocation of the release prior to the 60th day following the effective date of termination (such effective date, the “Termination Date”) then the following severance benefit will be payable to you: A. On the first payroll date following the 60th day after the Termination Date (the “Payroll Date”), you will be paid a lump sum equal to the sum of: 1. One year of base salary (as in effect on the Termination Date); 2. Any actual earned annual incentive award for the last completed Fiscal Year prior to the Termination Date, in the amount, if any, established by the Committee, if such incentive award remains unpaid as of the Payroll Date; provided, however, that if the last completed Fiscal Year prior to the Termination Date is Fiscal 2016, then the amount payable pursuant to this paragraph 2 will be the amount of the Sign-On Bonus, if it remains unpaid as of the Payroll Date; and 3. Reimbursement for the cost of twelve months of continued health care coverage available to you under Company-sponsored medical plans, pursuant to The Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (commonly known as “COBRA”).



	B. In addition, you will be paid a pro-rated portion of the short-term annual incentive award for any uncompleted Fiscal Year (the “Pending Year”) in which the Termination Date occurs, calculated by multiplying (1) the number of days you were employed during the performance period, divided by the total number of days in the performance period, by (2) the annual incentive award that would have been payable to you for the Pending Year if the Termination Date had not occurred, assuming the Committee had exercised its discretion to pay such award (a) as if any individual portion of such award had been achieved at target, and (b) based on the extent of Parent’s achievement of the relevant performance measures as certified by the Committee on the basis of Parent’s publicly reported financial results for the Pending Year (with effect given to any adjustments approved by the Committee as permitted by the Incentive Plan for purposes of determining the annual incentive payments, if any, to Parent’s other executive officers). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Termination Date takes place during Fiscal 2016, the only amount payable pursuant to this paragraph B will be the pro-rated portion of the Sign-On Bonus, giving effect to the number of days you were employed during Fiscal 2016. For the avoidance of doubt, you acknowledge that, based on the foregoing calculation, the amount payable to you pursuant to this sub-section B may be greater or less than the pro-rated portion of your target award for the Pending Year, and may be $0. Such payment, if any, will be made to you in the year following the Pending Year, on or before April 30 of such following year, at the same time that annual incentive payments, if any, are made to Parent’s other executive officers. For the avoidance of doubt, if you are terminated on or after a Change in Control, the benefits described in the above paragraphs (A) and (B) shall not apply. Further, following the second anniversary of your Commencement Date, the Company will have no obligation to provide severance payments to you in connection with your termination from employment, other than in connection with a Change in Control to the extent provided in the Retention Agreement described above.
Share Ownership Policy:	As an executive officer of Parent you will be subject to the Share Ownership Policy adopted by the Board, the current version of which is attached as Exhibit F.
Covenants:	As a condition of your receipt of equity incentive awards and, if applicable, benefits under certain retirement plans, you will be required to sign Non-Competition and Confidentiality Covenants in a form approved by the Committee. The current form of the Covenants is attached as Exhibit G.
Conditional Offer:	This is a conditional offer and is subject to your successful completion of the following background investigations, to the extent permitted by applicable law: employment and professional references, credit check, drug screen (for current use of illegal or unauthorized drugs), criminal conviction check, social security trace, education verification (if applicable), and driver’s license history (if applicable). This offer is also contingent on your satisfactory completion of a Conflict of Interest questionnaire (attached as Exhibit H) and your written representation that you are not



	contractually obligated to any other employer, or subject to any covenants against competition or similar covenants that would affect the full performance of your employment with Tiffany.
Employment-at-will:	Your employment is “At Will.” At Will employment means that you can quit at any time, with or without notice; and Tiffany can end your employment at any time, with or without notice, for any reason permitted by applicable law or for no reason.
Relocation:	Relocation benefits will be provided to you as described in Exhibit I.
Clawback Policy:	As an executive officer of Parent you will be subject to the Policy for Recovery of Incentive-based Compensation Erroneously Awarded to Executive Officers, in the form adopted by the Board. The current version attached as Exhibit J .
Benefits:	The Company offers a broad range of benefits and amenities for you and your eligible dependents. All such benefits are subject to the terms of the benefit plans and are available to employees generally. Health benefits include medical, dental, vision care and prescription drug benefits. Retirement benefits include a 401(k) plan with an employer match, a defined contribution retirement benefit and a defined contribution excess benefit (for earnings above statutory limits). In addition to those programs you will be eligible to participate in a deferred compensation plan which provides tax deferred savings for additional retirement income or for planning for future expenses, such as dependent college tuition. We also offer sick days (for your care and that of your family members) and short- and long-term disability benefits, including executive long-term disability benefits. Survivor protection benefits include accidental death and dismemberment insurance and business travel accident insurance. Health and dependent care spending accounts, long term care, adoption assistance, medical, family and bereavement leave, transportation assistance, education assistance, employee assistance, health and fitness program reimbursement, milestone and service recognition programs, employee giving program and a generous employee discount are also offered. You will be eligible to participate in these benefit programs subject to the terms under which all such benefits are provided to Tiffany's regular full time employees, and this letter will not afford you additional rights. The terms of the applicable plan document, if any, will be controlling with respect to any of the benefits described in this letter, and all benefits described may be modified or discontinued without notice in the Company’s sole discretion.
Vacation Days:	You will be eligible for five weeks of vacation per Fiscal Year. You will accrue one-twelfth of your annual vacation at the end of each completed month of service (i.e., 2.08 days per month). After six months of employment, you may take vacation in excess of the amount you have accrued so far in the year, and then offset the excess by future accruals. All vacation requests are subject to management approval as outlined in the vacation policy or by departmental procedures.



Personal Days:	For Fiscal 2016, you will be immediately entitled to one personal day. Thereafter you will be eligible for two personal days per Fiscal Year.
Life Insurance:	The Company currently provides life insurance benefits to executive officers with the following key features: - Executive officers own whole life policies on their own lives; - The death benefit is three times annual base salary and the target short-term incentive award; - The Company pays the premium on such policies in an amount sufficient to accumulate cash value; - Premiums are calculated to accumulate a target cash value at age 65; - The target cash value will allow the policy to remain in force after age 65 without payment of further premiums with a death benefit equivalent to twice the executive officer’s ending annual base salary and target short-term incentive or bonus amount; and - Premiums paid by the Company constitute taxable income to the executive officer; the Company does not pay additional amounts to offset the income tax attributable to the premiums so paid. The life insurance benefits described herein may be modified or discontinued without notice in the Company’s sole discretion.
Governing Law	These terms and conditions shall be construed in accordance with the laws of New York without regard to conflicts of law principles.
Dispute Resolution	As a condition of your employment, you will be required to agree to the Company’s Dispute Resolution Agreement, attached as Exhibit K, which will govern the resolution of any disputes regarding this letter.
Internal Revenue Code Section 409A	You and the Company agree that this letter shall be interpreted to comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder to the extent applicable (collectively “Code Section 409A”), and all provisions of this letter shall be construed in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under Code Section 409A. In no event whatsoever will the Company be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalties that may be imposed on you under Code Section 409A or any damages for failing to comply with Code Section 409A. A termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of this letter providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits considered “nonqualified deferred compensation” under Code Section 409A upon or following a termination of employment unless such termination is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A and, for purposes of any such provision of this letter, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean “separation from service.” If you are deemed on the date of termination to be a “specified employee” within the meaning of that



	term under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B), then with regard to any payment or the provision of any benefit that is considered nonqualified deferred compensation under Code Section 409A payable on account of a “separation from service,” such payment or benefit shall be made or provided at the date which is the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the date of such “separation from service,” and (ii) the date of your death (the “Delay Period”). Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments and benefits delayed pursuant to this Section 13.7(b) (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) shall be paid or reimbursed on the first business day following the expiration of the Delay Period to you in a lump sum with interest during the Delay Period at the prime rate, and any remaining payments and benefits due under this letter shall be paid or provided in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein. With regard to any provision herein that provides for reimbursement of costs and expenses or in-kind benefits, except as permitted by Code Section 409A, (i) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit, (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits, provided during any taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits, to be provided in any other taxable year, provided, that, this clause (ii) shall not be violated with regard to expenses reimbursed under any arrangement covered by Internal Revenue Code Section 105(b) solely because such expenses are subject to a limit related to the period the arrangement is in effect and (iii) such payments shall be made on or before the last day of your taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense occurred. For purposes of Code Section 409A, your right to receive any installment payments pursuant to this letter shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments. Whenever a payment under this letter specifies a payment period with reference to a number of days (for instance, “payment shall be made within thirty (30) days following the date of termination”), the actual date of payment within the specified period shall be within the sole discretion of the Company.

This letter sets forth our entire offer, superseding all prior oral and written offers.

Mark, we look forward to welcoming you soon. Please sign below and return the letter to me to reflect your acceptance of our offer.

Sincerely,

/s/ Victoria Berger-Gross

Victoria Berger-Gross

Senior Vice President

Global Human Resources

Enclosures

cc: Frederic Cumenal, Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Mark J. Erceg

Mark Erceg

EXHIBIT 10.32

TIFFANY & CO.

200 FIFTH AVENUE

NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10010

212-755-8000

VICTORIA BERGER-GROSS

SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT

GLOBAL HUMAN RESOURCES

June 15, 2015

Mr. Philippe Galtie

37 rue de Faubourg

Poissonniere

75009 Paris

France

Dear Mr. Galtie,

We are pleased to extend you an offer to join Tiffany and Company, a New York corporation (" Tiffany " or the " Company ") and to confirm the terms of your employment in this letter. Tiffany is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Tiffany & Co., a Delaware corporation (NYSE: TIF) (" Parent "). If you accept this offer, subject to its terms, you will be employed by Tiffany and you will be an executive officer of both Tiffany and Parent. You should assume that all compensation discussed below, including equity compensation, is subject to withholding for state and federal taxes and for other deductions pursuant to our benefit plans.



Title and Department:	Senior Vice President - International

Current Reporting:	Frederic Cumenal

Commencement Date:	as soon as possible, but no later than August 17, 2015. If you fail to commence employment by that date, due to failure to obtain necessary work authorization for the U.S., we may employ you through one of our French affiliates, provided that any service thereunder shall comply with applicable law. If you fail to commence employment by that date for any other reason, this offer shall be deemed of no force or effect. The Company and Executive agree and acknowledge that the Commencement Date is wholly contingent upon the following: Executive's satisfactory completion of background checks required of all new hires of the Company and Executive's cooperation with the Company to obtain a visa allowing Executive to work in the U.S.. The term " Commencement Date " refers to the date you actually begin employment with Tiffany, on or before August 17, 2015.



Salary:	Annual gross salary of $500,000.

Annual Incentive Award:	You will be eligible to receive a short-term cash incentive award, on an annual basis subject to the achievement of applicable performance metrics. Your target short-term cash incentive award will be 50% of your gross annual salary. Performance goals are determined by the Compensation Committee of the Parent's Board of Directors ("the Committee "). Short-term incentive awards, if made, are paid in April of the fiscal year following the fiscal year to which the bonus relates. The guidelines for payment of annual incentive awards may be changed at the discretion of the Committee. For certain years, you may be required to execute a written agreement in a form approved by the Committee (see Exhibit A for the Fiscal 2015 Incentive Award Agreement, for your reference) Your eligibility for a short-term cash incentive award in respect of Fiscal 2015 will be prorated for your actual period of service during the fiscal year.

Long Term Incentive Award:	Under its current practice, the Committee grants long term incentives in the form of equity awards to continuing members of senior management at the regularly scheduled meeting of the Parent's Board of Directors held in January of each year. Under our current practice, the total grant date value of each year's grant of long term incentive equity awards is based on a percentage of salary. 150% of base salary has been established as the long-term incentive target for you. The Committee has historically awarded long-term incentive awards in two components: (i) performance based restricted stock units that vest, if at all, after a three-year performance period; and (ii) stock options which vest over four years at a rate of 25% per year on the respective first, second, third, and fourth anniversaries of the grant date. The ratio of grant date value between options and performance-based restricted stock units has historically been 50/50. The Committee retains discretion to make changes to all long term incentive award programs at any time.

For Fiscal 2015, the Committee will grant long term equity incentives to you as follows:

Special Sign-On Time Vested Stock Option Award:	At the first regularly scheduled meeting of the Committee to occur after the Commencement Date, management will recommend to the Committee and the Committee is expected to grant to you, as a one time sign-on incentive, a stock option award to purchase shares of the common stock of Parent (" Common Stock "). The per-share value of the shares of Common Stock subject to the stock option



	award shall be determined by the Black-Scholes pricing model; on this basis the total grant date value of the shares of Common Stock underlying the stock option award shall be equal to $375,000. The "strike price" (option exercise price) will be the grant date Market Price. The stock options will be scheduled to mature in equal installments (25% each) on the first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the grant date. " grant date Market Price " means a per share value of the Common Stock determined by the Corporate Secretary of Parent as the higher of (i) the simple arithmetic mean of the high and low sale price of such stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the grant date or (ii) the closing price on such Exchange on the grant date.

Special Sign-on Time-Vested Restricted Stock Unit Grant:	At the first regularly scheduled meeting of the Committee to occur after the Commencement Date, management will recommend to the Committee and the Committee is expected to grant you, as a one-time sign-on award, restricted stock units (the " Units ") which will convert on maturity on a one-to-one basis into shares of Common Stock. The Units shall have an aggregate value of $375,000, based on the grant date Market Price. The Units will be scheduled to mature in equal installments (25% each) on the first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the grant date.

Severance Benefits:	Please see Exhibit B for a copy of the retention agreement applicable to executive officers of Parent in the event of a change in control. Severance benefits will also be payable to you, absent a Change in Control, during the two year period ending on the second anniversary of the Commencement Date (the " Initial Two-Year Term "), as follows. During the Initial Two-Year Term, a lump sum severance benefit will be payable to you if (i) you are involuntarily terminated without Cause, or you resign for Good Reason (see Exhibit B for applicable "Cause" and "Good Reason" definitions), (ii) a Change in Control has not occurred prior to the effective date of such termination, and (iii) you sign, return and do not revoke a release of claims in a form provided by the Company. The lump sum severance benefit will equal the sum of the following, paid as soon as practicable, but in no event later than the 60th day following the effective date of termination: (a) one year of annual salary; plus (b) the actual short-term incentive award for the last completed fiscal year prior to termination, as determined by the Committee, if such short-term incentive award remains unpaid; plus



	(c) a pro-rata portion of the short-term incentive award for the current fiscal year that remains uncompleted as of the effective date of termination, calculated by reference to what would have been otherwise awarded to you had the Company exercised its discretion to pay the full target short-term incentive award (50% of base salary) in respect of that fiscal year. Following the completion of the Initial Two-Year Term, the Company will have no obligation to provide severance benefits to you in connection with your termination of employment beyond those benefits provided for by Company policies and guidelines applicable to like-titled officers, other than in connection with a Change in Control as provided in Exhibit B.

Share Ownership Policy:	As an executive officer of Parent you will be subject to the Share Ownership Policy adopted by the Board and attached as Exhibit C.

Non-Competition/ Confidentiality:	As an executive officer you will be required to sign and comply with the Non-Competition and Confidentiality Covenants attached as Exhibit D.

Conditions:	This offer is also contingent on your successful completion of a Conflict of Interest questionnaire (attached as Exhibit E ) and your written representation that you are not contractually obligated to any other employer, or subject to any covenants against competition or similar covenants that would affect the performance of your employment with Tiffany. These conditions must be met on or before [August 17, 2015], or this offer will be null and void. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this agreement, this offer is contingent upon you obtaining proper work authorization in the U.S. within eighteen months of the Commencement Date. If the U.S. government denies work authorization for any reason then this offer will be null and void.

Employment-at-will :	Your employment is "At Will." At Will employment means that you can quit at any time, with or without notice. At Will employment means that Tiffany can end your employment at any time, with or without notice, for any legal reason or for no reason.

Clawback Policy:	As an executive officer of Parent, performance-based compensation awarded to you will be subject to the Policy for Recovery of Incentive-based Compensation Erroneously Awarded to Executive Officers attached as Exhibit F, as well as any other future clawback policies adopted by the Board.

Relocation:	Relocation benefits will be provided to you as described on Exhibit G for your relocation from Paris, France to the New York



	Metropolitan area. Relocation assistance items which are taxable will be grossed-up for tax purposes.

Benefits:	We offer a broad range of benefits and amenities for you and your eligible dependents, including domestic partners. All such benefits are subject to the terms of the benefit plans and are available to employees generally. Health benefits include medical, dental, vision care and prescription drug. Retirement benefits include, subject to eligibility, a 401(k) plan with an employer match, a defined contribution retirement benefit and a defined contribution excess benefit (for earnings above statutory limits if applicable). In addition to those programs, subject to eligibility, you may be eligible to participate in a deferred compensation plan which provides tax deferred savings for additional retirement income or for planning for future expenses (e.g. dependent college tuition). We also offer sick days (for your care and that of your family members) and short- and long- term disability including executive long-term disability. Survivor protection benefits include accidental death & dismemberment insurance and business travel accident insurance. Group Supplemental Term Life Insurance, such as is offered to regular full time employees, may be purchased at your own expense. Health and dependent care spending accounts, long term care, adoption assistance, medical, family and bereavement leave, transportation assistance, education assistance, employee assistance program, health and fitness program reimbursement, milestone and service recognition programs, employee giving program and a generous employee discount are also offered. You will be eligible to participate in these various benefit programs subject to the terms by which all such benefits are provided to Tiffany's regular full time employees and this letter will not afford you additional rights. If you commence employment with the Company outside of the U.S., you shall be entitled to participate in benefit plans offered to similarly situated executives in such region, until you relocate to the U.S.. In order to maintain and to further constitute your rights to pension benefits under the French social security and complementary pension schemes, you shall be affiliated during the period of your employment to the following French institutions: (i) for the social security pension: Caisse des français de l'étranger (CFE), located at BP 100-77950 Rubelles - France; and



	(ii) for the complementary pension: CRE-IRCAFEX, located at 7, rue de Magdebourg - 75116 Paris - France.] The Company agrees to make, on your behalf, contributions to these French institutions based on your Base Salary, capped at the maximum amount taken into account by the CRE-IRCAFEX to calculate the contributions. Such Payments shall be taxable to the Executive.

Vacation Days:	You will be eligible for five workweeks of vacation per fiscal year (February 1 to January 31) and the paid holidays standard to the U.S. or France if located there during your visa transition period. You will accrue one twelfth of your annual vacation at the end of each completed month of service (i.e., 1.66 days per month). If you wish to take vacation in excess of the amount you have earned so far in the year, after six months of service, the time can be taken and then offset by future accruals. You will be eligible for two weeks of vacation during your first six months of employment during fiscal year 2015. All vacation requests are subject to management approval as outlined in the vacation policy or by departmental procedures.

Personal Days:	You will be eligible for two personal days per fiscal year. In your first year of employment, you will be entitled to one personal day (not applicable while located in France during a visa transition period).

Life Insurance :	The Company currently provides life insurance benefits to its executive officers as follows: - executive officers own whole life policies on their own lives; - the death benefit is three times annual base salary and target short-term incentive award; - the Company pays the premium on such policies in an amount sufficient to accumulate cash value; - premiums are calculated to accumulate a target cash value at age 65; - the target cash value will allow the policy to remain in force after age 65 without payment of further premiums with a death benefit equivalent to twice the executive officer's ending annual base salary and target short-term incentive or bonus amount; and - the amount of the premiums paid by the Company is taxable



	income to the executive officer.

This letter sets forth our entire offer, superseding all prior oral and written offers.

Philippe, we are delighted that you have decided to join Tiffany and look forward to welcoming you soon.

Sincerely,



/s/ Victoria Berger-Gross

Victoria Berger-Gross Senior Vice President Global Human Resources
Cc: Frederic Cumenal, CEO	/s/ Philippe Galtie June 19, 2015

EXHIBIT 10.36

[Form of Retention Agreement, Effective March 15, 2017]

[Tiffany & Co. Letterhead]

[Insert Date]

[Name of Executive]

200 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10010

Re: Retention Agreement

Dear [Executive]:

Tiffany and Company and Tiffany & Co. (respectively, “Employer” and “Parent,”) wish to take steps to retain key management, it being recognized that future discussions concerning a Change of Control or a decision to cooperate in or effect a Change of Control could result in the departure or distraction of key management at a time when Parent and Employer Board would require the clear and focused attention of experienced management, unafflicted with concerns for personal financial and job security. Accordingly, in order to induce you to remain in the employ of Employer, Parent and Employer have determined to enter into this letter agreement (this “Agreement”) which addresses the terms and conditions of your employment in the event of a Change of Control.

This Agreement will provide you with certain payments and benefits should you incur an Involuntary Termination after a Change of Control Date.

An “Involuntary Termination” means (i) your termination of employment by Employer during the Term without Cause or (ii) your resignation of employment with the Employer within one (1) year of the Change of Control Date for Good Reason. The terms “Change of Control Date,” “Term,” “Cause,” “Good Reason” and other initially capitalized words and phrases used in this letter agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to them in Appendix I attached. With respect to your specific situation, you would also have “Good Reason” to resign from employment with Employer if any of the following occurs after a Change of Control Date and within one (1) year of such Change of Control Date:


(A)	at any time you are not the [insert basic description of Executive's job] of the Successor Entity or the Controlling Entity;


(B)	any similar material adverse change on or after the Change in Control Date in your position or reporting responsibilities.

1. Term of Employment under This Agreement. The Term of your employment under this Agreement shall not commence unless and until a Change in Control Date occurs and shall continue thereafter until the second anniversary of the Change in Control Date.

2. Cash Payments in the Event of Involuntary Termination during the Term; Timing of Payments. In the event of your Involuntary Termination during the Term you will be paid the following amounts in cash by the Employer:


(a)	your Earned Compensation; and


(b)	subject to Section 8 below, a severance payment equal to the sum of (i) two times your Reference Salary and (ii) two times your Reference Bonus.

Payments under (a) and (b) above will be made within ten (10) days of your Date of Termination.

3. Benefit Continuation in the Event of Involuntary Termination During the Term. In the event of your Involuntary Termination during the Term Employer shall maintain all Benefit Plans in full force and effect, for the continued benefit of you and your eligible dependents for a maximum Benefits Continuation Period of two years. Employer's obligation under this Section 3 is subject to the following: (i) that your and your eligible dependent's continued participation is possible under the general terms and provisions of such Benefit Plans (and under the terms of any applicable funding media) and (ii) that you continue to pay an amount equal to your regular contribution under such plans for such participation. You and your eligible dependents continued participation in such plans shall also be subject to the additional conditions stated in Appendix II.

4. Notice of Termination; Employer's Opportunity to Cure. Any termination of your employment by Employer or by you during the Term shall be communicated by a Notice of Termination to the other parties hereto. No event shall constitute Good Reason for your resignation unless:


(i)	your claim to that effect is communicated by you to Employer in writing within the lesser of (a) sixty (60) days of the event alleged by you to constitute Good Reason and (b) that number of days remaining in the one-year period following the Change in Control Date;


(ii)	such event is not corrected by Employer or Parent in a manner which is reasonably satisfactory to you (including full retroactive correction with respect to any monetary matter) within thirty (30) days of the Employer's receipt of such written notice from you. For the avoidance of doubt, you will be required to remain in employment during the aforesaid thirty-day cure period; and


(iii)	you actually terminate your employment for Good Reason within one (1) year of the Change of Control Date.

5. No Mitigation or Offset. You shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this Agreement be reduced by any compensation earned by you as the result of employment by another employer or by pension benefits paid by Employer or Employer's plans after the Date of Termination or otherwise, except as provided in the definition of “Benefit Continuation Period.”

6. Legal Fees and Expenses Necessary to Enforce Agreement. The Employer shall pay or reimburse you for all costs and expenses (including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable legal fees and expenses which reflect common practice with respect to the matters

Form of Retention Agreement, effective March 15, 2017

involved) incurred by you as a result of any claim, action or proceeding (i) contesting, disputing or enforcing any right, benefits or obligations under this Agreement or which you reasonably claim to have or to be owed to you by Employer or Parent or (ii) arising out of or challenging the validity, advisability or enforceability of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

7. Employment during the Term. During the Term you shall be employed by Employer on the terms and conditions on which you were employed immediately prior to the Change in Control Date without any Substantial Change.

8. Limitation. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, your entitlement to a payment under Section 2(b) above shall be limited (reduced) to the extent necessary so that no payment to be made to you on account of your Involuntary Termination will be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, but only if, by reason of such limitation, your Net After Tax Benefit shall exceed your Net After Tax Benefit if such reduction were not made. “Net After Tax Benefit” means (i) the sum of all payments and benefits that you are entitled to receive under Section 2(b) or under any other plan or agreement that would constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, less (ii) the amount of federal income tax payable with respect to the payments and benefits described in clause (i) above calculated at the maximum marginal income tax rate for each year in which such payments and benefits shall be paid you (based upon the rate in effect for such year as set forth in the Code at the time of the first payment of the foregoing), less (iii) the amount of excise tax imposed with respect to the payments and benefits described in clause (i) above by Section 4999 of the Code.

9. Successors; Binding Agreement; Respective Responsibilities of Parent and Employer.

(a)

Assumption by Successor. Parent and Employer will each require their respective successors (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of either, to expressly assume and to agree to perform this Agreement for your benefit in the same manner and to the same extent that the Parent or the Employer, as the case may be, would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place; provided, however, that no such assumption shall relieve either the Parent or the Employer of its obligations hereunder, and no failure to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement shall relieve any successor of its obligations under this Agreement by operation of law.

(b)

Enforceability; Beneficiaries. This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by you (and your personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees) and the Parent and Employer and any Person(s) which succeeds to substantially all of the business or assets of the Parent or Employer, whether by means of merger, consolidation, acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent or Employer or otherwise, including, without limitation, as a result of a Change in Control or by operation of law.

Form of Retention Agreement, effective March 15, 2017


(c)	Joint and Several Liability. Parent shall be jointly and severally liable with Employer for all Employer's obligations hereunder and Employer shall be jointly and severally liable with Parent for all Parent's obligations hereunder.

10. Notices. For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when hand-delivered or when mailed by United States registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed, if to Parent or Employer, to the Boards of Directors, Tiffany & Co. and Tiffany and Company, 200 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10010, Attn. Legal Department, or, if to you, to you at the address set forth on the first page of this Agreement, or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

11. Miscellaneous.

(a)

Amendments, Waivers, Etc. No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing. No waiver by either party hereto any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provision or conditions at the same or at any later or subsequent time. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter here have been made by either party which are not expressly set forth in this Agreement and this Agreement shall supersede all prior agreements, negotiations, correspondence, undertakings and communications of the parties, oral or written, with respect to the subject matter hereof. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement supersedes all prior Retention Agreements between the parties, it being understood and agreed that any such prior Retention Agreement shall be deemed voluntarily surrendered by you in exchange for this Agreement. Parent, acting through the Compensation Committee of the Parent Board, reserves the unilateral right to add additional events that shall constitute a Change in Control to reflect changing techniques for effecting corporate changes in control; such right may not be exercised after the occurrence of such an event.


(b)	Validity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.


(c)	Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.


(d)	No Contract of Employment. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as giving you any right to be retained in the employ of Employer or Parent nor shall it affect the terms and conditions of your employment with Employer prior to the commencement of the Term hereof. Failing the occurrence of a Change in Control

Form of Retention Agreement, effective March 15, 2017

Date your employment shall continue to be “at will,” meaning that either you or Employer may terminate your employment with or without cause, for any reason or no reason, with or without notice.


(e)	Withholding. Amounts paid to you hereunder shall be subject to all applicable federal, state and local withholding taxes.

(f)

Source of Payments. All payments provided under this Agreement, other than payments made pursuant to a Benefit Plan which provides otherwise, shall be paid in cash from the general funds of Employer or Parent, and no special or separate fund shall be established, and no other segregation of assets made, to assure payment. You will have no right, title or interest whatsoever in or to any investments which Employer or Parent may make to aid it in meeting its obligations hereunder. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from Employer or Parent hereunder, such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured creditor of Parent or Employer, as the case may be.


(g)	Headings. The headings contained in this Agreement are intended solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the rights of the parties to this Agreement.


(h)	Governing Law. The validity, interpretation, construction, and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts entered into and to be performed in this State.

(i)

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any benefits and payments provided hereunder that are payable or provided to you in connection with a termination of employment that constitute deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code shall not commence in connection with your termination of employment unless and until you have also incurred a Separation from Service, and unless Parent reasonably determines that such amounts may be provided to you without causing you to incur additional tax obligations under Section 409A of the Code. For the avoidance of doubt, it is intended that payments hereunder comply with or satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A of the Code. However, if Parent determines that these payments constitute deferred compensation and you are, on the termination of your service, a Specified Employee of Employer, then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid the incurrence of the adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A of the Code, the timing of the payments shall be delayed until the earlier to occur of: (i) the date that is six months and one day after your Separation from Service or (ii) the date of your death that occurs after your Separation from Service. In no event shall Parent, Employer, or any Affiliate have any liability or obligation with respect to taxes, penalties, interest or other expenses for which you may become liable as a result of the application of Section 409A of the Code.

Form of Retention Agreement, effective March 15, 2017

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, these terms are intended to be interpreted and applied so that the payments and benefits set forth herein either shall either be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, or shall comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this document shall be interpreted to be exempt from or in compliance with Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that any provision under this document is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be interpreted in a manner so that no amount payable to you shall be subject to an “additional tax” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, each payment provided under this document shall be treated as a separate payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this document, payments provided under this document may only be made upon an event and in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code or an applicable exemption.

In addition to the provisions regarding Section 409A of the Code set forth above, the following shall apply:

If you notify Parent that you believe that any provision of this document (or of any award of compensation or benefit, including equity compensation or benefits provided herein or at any time during your employment with Employer) would cause you to incur any additional tax or interest under Section 409A of the Code or Parent independently makes such determination, Parent shall, after consulting with you, reform such provision (or award of compensation or benefit) to attempt to comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Code through good faith modifications to the minimum extent reasonably appropriate. To the extent that any provision hereof (or award of compensation or benefit) is modified in order to comply with Section 409A of the Code, such modification shall be made in good faith and shall, to the maximum extent reasonably possible, maintain the original intent and economic benefit to you and Parent without violating the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.

If this letter sets forth our agreement on the subject matter hereof, kindly sign and return to Employer the enclosed copy of this letter which will then constitute the agreement among us on this subject.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

Form of Retention Agreement, effective March 15, 2017

Sincerely,

TIFFANY & CO. (“Parent”)

By: _________________________________

Name:

Title: Chief Executive Officer

TIFFANY AND COMPANY (“Employer”)

By: _________________________________

Name:

Title: Chief Executive Officer

Agreed to as of this _____ day of _______ 201_

_________________________________

[Name of Executive]

Attachment: Appendices I through II

Form of Retention Agreement, effective March 15, 2017

Appendix I -- Definitions

For purposes of the Agreement, the following initially capitalized words shall have the meanings set forth below:

“Affiliate” shall mean any Person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, any other Person, directly or indirectly.

“Benefit Continuation Period” means the period beginning on your Date of Termination and ending following the period of years stated in Section 3, provided that such period shall earlier terminate on the commencement date of equivalent benefits from your new employer or your attainment of age sixty-five (65), whichever first occurs.

“Benefit Plan” means all insured and self-insured employee medical and dental welfare benefit plans in which you were entitled to participate immediately prior to your Date of Termination.

“Cause” shall mean a termination of your employment during the Term which is the result of:


a.	your conviction or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a felony or any other crime involving financial impropriety or moral turpitude or which would tend to subject Employer or any of its Affiliates to public criticism or materially interfere with your continued service to Employer;


b.	your willful violation of the Code of Conduct;

your willful failure or willful refusal to substantially perform or attempt to substantially perform your duties or all such proper and achievable directives issued by your superior (other than any such failure resulting from your incapacity due to physical or mental illness, any such actual or anticipated failure resulting from a resignation by you for Good Reason, or any such refusal made by you in good faith because you believe such directives to be illegal, unethical or immoral) after you receive a written notice demanding substantial performance and fail to comply within ten (10) days of receipt of such demand;


d.	your gross negligence in the performance of your duties and responsibilities materially injurious to the Employer;


e.	your willful breach of any material obligation that you have to Parent or Employer under any written agreement that you have with either Parent or Employer;


f.	your fraud, dishonesty or theft with regard to Employer or any of its Affiliates;

Form of Retention Agreement, effective March 15, 2017


g.	your failure to reasonably cooperate in any investigation of alleged misconduct by you or by any other employee of Parent, Employer or any Affiliate of Parent or Employer;


h.	your death; or


i.	your Disability.

For purposes of the previous sentence, no act or failure to act on your part shall be deemed “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, by you in bad faith toward, or without reasonable belief that your action or omission was in the best interests of, Parent, Employer or an Affiliate of Parent or Employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause with respect to items (a) through (g) or item (i) unless and until there shall have been delivered to you a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-fourths (3/4th) of the entire membership of the Employer Board at a meeting called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to you and an opportunity for you, together with your counsel, to be heard before such Board), finding that, in the good faith opinion of such Board, Cause exists as set forth in items (a) through (g) or (i) above.

“Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

Any Person or group (as defined in Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) of Persons (excluding (i) Parent or any of its Affiliates, (ii) a trustee or any fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of Parent or any of its Affiliates, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, (iv) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly by stockholders of Parent in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of Parent, or (v) any surviving or resulting entity or ultimate parent entity resulting from a reorganization, merger, consolidation or other corporate transaction referred to in clause (c) below that does not constitute a Change in Control under clause (c) below) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Parent representing thirty-five percent (35%) or more of the combined voting power of Parent’s then outstanding securities entitled to vote in the election of directors of Parent;

If the individuals who, as of March 16, 2016, constitute the Parent Board (such individuals, the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to such date whose election, or nomination for election by the Parent’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such person were a member of the Incumbent Board;


c.	The consummation of a reorganization, merger, consolidation or other corporate transaction involving Parent, in each case with respect to which the stockholders of

Form of Retention Agreement, effective March 15, 2017

Parent immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction would not, immediately after the consummation of such transaction, own more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the surviving or resulting Person or ultimate parent entity resulting from such transaction, as the case may be; or

Assets representing 50% or more of the consolidated assets of Parent and its subsidiaries are sold, liquidated or distributed in a transaction (or series of transactions within a twelve (12) month period), other than such a sale or disposition immediately after which such assets will be owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of Parent in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the common stock of Parent immediately prior to such sale or disposition.

“Change in Control Date” shall mean the date on which a Change of Control occurs.

“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor provisions thereto.

“Code of Conduct” shall mean Parent's (i) Code of Business and Ethical Conduct for Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and All Other Officers of the Company and (ii) Business Conduct Policy - Worldwide, as amended from time to time prior to the Change of Control Date and as in effect as of the Change of Control Date.

“Common Stock” shall mean the common stock of Parent.

“Controlling Entity” shall mean the Controlling Person of the Successor Entity if such a Controlling Person exists; otherwise “Controlling Entity” shall mean the Successor Entity.

The “Controlling Person” of any Person shall mean the Person which ultimately controls such first Person and all other Affiliates of such first Person, directly or indirectly, through ownership of voting stock or otherwise.

Your “Date of Termination” shall mean:


a.	if your employment is terminated for Disability, thirty (30) days after a Notice of Termination is given (provided that you shall not have returned to the full-time performance of your duties during such thirty (30) day period);


b.	if your employment is terminated by Employer in an Involuntary Termination, five (5) days after the date the Notice of Termination is received by you;


c.	if your employment is terminated by Employer for Cause (other than Disability), the later of the date specified in the Notice of Termination or ten (10) days following the date such Notice is received by you;

Form of Retention Agreement, effective March 15, 2017


d.	if you resign and specify Good Reason, thirty (30) days after the date your Notice of Termination is received by Employer unless Employer has corrected the matter as provided for in Section 4(c); and


e.	if you resign and fail to specify Good Reason, the date set forth in your Notice of Termination, which shall be no earlier than ten (10) days after the date such notice is received by Employer.

“Disability” shall mean your incapacity due to physical or mental illness which causes you to be absent from the full-time performance of your duties with Employer for six (6) consecutive months; provided, however, that you shall not be determined to be subject to a Disability for purposes of this Agreement unless you fail to return to full-time performance of your duties with Employer within thirty (30) days after written Notice of Termination due to Disability is given to you.

“Earned Compensation” shall mean:


a.	any earned but unpaid base salary through your Date of Termination at the rate in effect at the time of the Notice of Termination and any earned bonus or incentive award for any completed fiscal year that remains unpaid;


b.	all unused vacation time which you may have accrued as of your Date of Termination; and


c.	a portion of your Reference Bonus pro-rated for your service during the fiscal year in which your Involuntary Termination occurs, calculated on the assumption that all performance targets (including your individual performance targets and sales and earnings targets applicable to the Employer and/or to the Successor Entity) have been or will be achieved.

“Employer” shall mean Tiffany and Company, a New York corporation, and any successor to its business and/or assets by operation of law or otherwise.

“Employer Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of Employer.

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor provisions thereto.

“Excise Tax” shall mean the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code and interest or penalties with respect to such excise tax.

“Good Reason” means, in addition to those reasons stated in the body of the Agreement, your resignation from employment with Employer as a result of any of the following:


a.	a meaningful and detrimental alteration in your position or the nature or status of your responsibilities (including your reporting responsibilities) from those in effect immediately before the Change in Control Date;

Form of Retention Agreement, effective March 15, 2017


b.	a material failure by Employer to pay you a bonus or incentive award commensurate with the bonus paid other key executives of Employer at your level (expressed as a percentage of your target bonus) unless such failure is justified by clear and objective deficiencies of the business units for which you are responsible;

the relocation of the office of Employer where you were employed immediately prior to the Change in Control Date to a location which is more than 50 miles away or should Employer require you to be based more than 50 miles away from such office (except for required travel on Employer's business to an extent substantially consistent with your customary business travel obligations in the ordinary course of business prior to the Change in Control Date);


d.	the failure of Employer and Parent to obtain an express agreement reasonably satisfactory to you from their successors, if any, to assume and agree to perform this Agreement, as contemplated in Section 8(a) of the Agreement; or


e.	a material breach by Employer or Parent of this Agreement.

“Incumbent Board” shall have the meaning provided in sub-section b. of the definition entitled “Change in Control.”

“Notice of Termination” shall mean a written notice indicating the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and setting forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of your employment under the provision so indicated.

“Parent” shall mean Tiffany & Co., a Delaware corporation, and any successor to its business and/or assets by operation of law or otherwise.

“Parent Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of Parent.

“Reference Bonus” shall mean the target annual bonus applicable to you for the year in which your Involuntary Termination occurs. For this purpose, the term “bonus” shall also refer to cash Incentive Award under the 2005 Employee Incentive Plan or any successor plan thereto.

“Reference Salary” shall mean the greater of (i) the annual rate of your base salary from Employer in effect immediately prior to the date of your Involuntary Termination and (ii) the highest annual rate of your base salary from Employer in effect at any point during the three-year period ended on the Change in Control Date.

“Regulations” shall mean regulations under Section 280G of the Code, including proposed and temporary regulations, and any successor provisions thereto.

Form of Retention Agreement, effective March 15, 2017

“Separation from Service” means a “separation from service” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

“Specified Employee” means a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code.

“Substantial Change” means any material change in the terms or conditions of your employment (including in your salary or target bonus) following a Change of Control Date that is less favorable to you than those in effect previous to the Change of Control Date other than (i) a change that has been made on an across-the-board basis for substantially all of Employer's employees or (ii) a change in equity-based compensation (including the reduction or elimination thereof) resulting from the Change in Control.

“Successor Entity” shall mean the Person who is in most immediate control, whether through voting stock ownership of one or more subsidiaries or otherwise, of the worldwide consolidated business of Parent's Affiliates, substantially as such business existed immediately prior to the Change in Control Date whether or not such Person is ultimately controlled by another Person.

“Taxes” shall mean the federal, state and local income taxes to which you are subject at the time of determination, calculated on the basis of the highest marginal rates then in effect, plus any additional payroll or withholding taxes to which you are then subject.

“Term” shall mean the term of your employment under this Agreement as defined in Section 1.

Form of Retention Agreement, effective March 15, 2017

Appendix II - Benefit Continuation

(A) In the event that your participation in any Benefit Plan is barred, Employer shall, at its sole cost and expense, arrange to have issued for the benefit of you and your eligible dependents individual policies of insurance providing benefits substantially similar (on an after-tax basis) to those which you otherwise would have been entitled to receive under such Benefit Plan pursuant to Section 3 for the Benefit Continuation Period.

(B) In lieu of the benefits provided in (A) above, if, in the reasonable opinion of Employer, such insurance is not available at a reasonable cost to the Employer, the Employer shall directly provide you and your eligible dependents with equivalent benefits (on an after-tax basis).

(C) If providing the benefits provided in (A) or (B) above may violate applicable law, in the reasonable opinion of Employer, the Employer shall directly provide you with cash payment(s) equal to the cost of equivalent benefits pursuant to (B) above (less applicable withholding).

(D) In either of the circumstances described in (A) or (B), you shall not be required to pay any premiums or other charges in an amount greater than that which you would have paid in order participate in such Benefit Plan had your Involuntary Termination not occurred.

(E) If at the end of the Benefit Continuation Period you have not reached age sixty-five and you have not previously received or are not then receiving equivalent benefits from a new employer, Employer shall arrange to enable you to convert your and your eligible dependents' coverage under the Benefit Plans to individual policies or programs upon the same terms as employees of the Employer may apply for such conversions. Employer shall bear the cost of making such conversions available to you; you shall bear the cost of coverage under such converted policies or programs.

(F) For the purposes of Section 3 and this Appendix, a dependent will be deemed “eligible” if, at the time in question, you would, if an employee of Employer, be entitled to cover such dependent under the plan in question.

Form of Retention Agreement, effective March 15, 2017

EXHIBIT 10.25d

Stock Option Terms

Effective March 16, 2017

TIFFANY & CO.

a Delaware Corporation

TERMS OF STOCK OPTION AWARD

(Transferable Non-Qualified Option)

under the

TIFFANY & CO.

2008 DIRECTORS EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN

(the “ Plan ”)

Terms Adopted March 16, 2017

1. Introduction and Terms of Option . Participant has been granted a Non-Qualified Stock Option Award (the “Option”) to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Plan by the Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee of the Parent Board (the “Governance Committee”). The “Participant,” “Grant Date,” number of “Covered Shares” and “Exercise Price” per Share are stated in the attached “Notice of Grant.” The other terms and conditions of the Option are stated in this document and in the Plan.

2. Award and Exercise Pri ce. Subject to the terms and conditions stated in this document, the Option gives Participant the right to purchase the Covered Shares from Parent at the Exercise Price.

3. Earliest Date for Exercise . The Option is exercisable on the first business day following the Grant Date.

4. Expiration . The Option shall not be exercisable in part or in whole on or after the Expiration Date. The “Expiration Date” shall be the ten-year anniversary of the Grant Date.

5. Methods of Option Exercise .

(a)

Prior to the Expiration Date, the Option may be exercised in whole or in part as to any Covered Shares (but not as to a fractional share) by filing a written notice of exercise with the Corporate Secretary of Parent at its corporate headquarters. Such notice shall specify the number of Covered Shares which Participant elects to purchase (the “Exercised Shares”) and shall be accompanied by a bank-certified check payable to Parent (or other type of check or draft payable to Parent and acceptable to its Corporate Secretary) or confirmation (in a form acceptable to such Corporate Secretary) that payment has been made to Parent in immediately available funds by wire transfer, in each case in the amount of the Exercise Price for the Exercised Shares. The exercise shall be deemed complete on Parent’s receipt of such notice and said check or said confirmation of payment.

(b)

Alternatively, in lieu of such check or draft, if permitted by Parent and subject to such requirements as Parent may specify (including without limitation requirements consistent with applicable policies concerning insider information), Participant may provide a copy of directions to, or a written acknowledgment from, an Approved Broker that the Approved Broker has been directed to sell, for the account of the owner of the Option, Exercised Shares (or a sufficient portion of the Exercised Shares) acquired upon exercise of the Option, together with an undertaking by the Approved Broker to remit to Parent a sufficient portion of the sale proceeds to pay the Exercise Price for the Exercised Shares. The exercise shall be deemed complete on the trade date of the sale.


(c)	The Governance Committee may approve other methods of exercise, as provided for in the Plan, before the Option is exercised.

6. Withholding . Distributions on the exercise of the Option by a member of the Parent Board who is not at the time an employee of Parent or an Affiliate are not subject to withholding of applicable taxes, except as otherwise required by applicable law. Participant shall be responsible for payment of all applicable taxes. In the event that such distributions become subject to withholding of applicable taxes, Participant will be required to make such payment to Company at the time of exercise, in addition to the payment set forth in Section 5 above.

7. Transferability . The Option is not transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a “domestic relations order” as defined in the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act or the rules thereunder, and shall not otherwise be transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated or disposed of in any way, whether by operation of law or otherwise, nor shall it be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option may be transferred by Participant to (i) the spouse, children or grandchildren of Participant (each an “Immediate Family Member”), (ii) a trust or trusts for the exclusive benefit of any or all Immediate Family Members, (iii) a partnership in which any or all Immediate Family Members are the only partners, or (iv) to a retirement plan for the sole benefit of Participant and/or his Immediate Family Members provided that (x) there may be no consideration paid or otherwise given for any such transfer, and (y) subsequent transfer of the Option is prohibited other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a domestic relations order. Following transfer, the Option shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately prior to transfer. Upon any attempt to transfer the Option other than as permitted herein or to assign, pledge, hypothecate or dispose of the Option other than as permitted herein, or upon the levy of any execution, attachment or similar process upon the Option, the Option shall immediately terminate and become null and void.

8. Definitions . For the purposes of the Option, capitalized terms shall have the meanings provided herein or in the Definitional Appendix attached. Except where the context clearly implies or indicates the contrary, a word, term, or phrase used in the Plan shall have the same meaning in this document.

9. Heirs and Successors . The terms of the Option shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, Parent and its successors and assigns, and upon any person acquiring, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase of assets or otherwise, all or substantially all of Parent’s assets and business. Participant may designate a beneficiary of his/her rights under the Option by filing written notice with the Corporate Secretary of Parent. In the event of Participant’s death prior to the full exercise of the Option, the Option may be exercised by such beneficiary to the extent that it was exercisable at the time of Participant’s death and up until its Expiration Date. If Participant fails to designate a beneficiary, or if the designated beneficiary dies before Participant or before full exercise of the Option, the Option may be exercised by Participant’s estate to the extent that it was exercisable at the time of Participant’s death and up until its Expiration Date.

10. Administration . The authority to manage and control the operation and administration of the Option shall be vested in the Governance Committee, which shall have all powers with respect to the Option as it has with respect to the Plan. Any interpretation of the Option by the Governance Committee and any decision made by it with respect to the Option are final and binding.

11. Plan Governs . Notwithstanding anything in this document to the contrary, the terms of the Option shall be subject to the terms of the Plan, a copy of which has been provided to Participant.



Tiffany & Co. 2008 Directors Equity Plan: Stock Option Terms, March 16, 2017		2

12. Securities Matters . All Shares and Exercised Shares shall be subject to the restrictions on sale, encumbrance and other disposition provided by federal or state law. Parent shall not be obligated to sell or issue any Shares or Exercised Shares pursuant to this document unless, on the date of sale and issuance thereof, such Shares are either registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and all applicable state securities laws, or are exempt from registration thereunder. Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act, or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state, Parent at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of Parent, such restrictions are necessary in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act or the securities laws of any state or any other law.

13. Investment Purpose . Unless the Shares are registered under the Securities Act, any and all Shares acquired by Participant under this document will be acquired for investment for Participant’s own account and not with a view to, for resale in connection with, or with an intent of participating directly or indirectly in, any distribution of such Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act. Participant shall not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of such Shares unless they are either (i) registered under the Securties Act and all applicable state securities laws, or (ii) exempt from such registration in the opinion of Parent’s counsel.

16. Section 409A . In no event shall Parent or any Affiliate have any liability or obligation with respect to taxes, penalties, interest or other expenses for which Participant may become liable as a result of the application of Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, these terms are intended to be interpreted and applied so that the payments and benefits set forth herein either shall either be exempt from the requirements of Code Section 409A, or shall comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A, and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this document shall be interpreted to be exempt from or in compliance with Code Section 409A. To the extent that any provision under this document is ambiguous as to its compliance with Code Section 409A, the provision shall be interpreted in a manner so that no amount payable to Participant shall be subject to an “additional tax” within the meaning of Code Section 409A. For purposes of Code Section 409A, each payment provided under this document shall be treated as a separate payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this document, payments provided under this document may only be made upon an event and in a manner that complies with Code Section 409A or an applicable exemption.



Tiffany & Co. 2008 Directors Equity Plan: Stock Option Terms, March 16, 2017		3

In addition to the provisions regarding Code Section 409A set forth above, the following shall apply:



Tiffany & Co. 2008 Directors Equity Plan: Stock Option Terms, March 16, 2017		4

Appendix I to Terms under the 2008 Directors Equity Compensation Plan: Definitions

“Affiliate” shall mean any Person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, any other Person, directly or indirectly.

“Approved Broker” means one or more securities brokerage or financial services firms designated by Parent from time to time.

“Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor provisions thereto.

“Common Stock” shall mean the common stock of Parent.



Tiffany & Co. 2008 Directors Equity Plan: Stock Option Terms, March 16, 2017		5

“Director Disability” shall mean shall mean Participant’s inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment expected to result in death or that is expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no event or condition shall constitute a Director Disability unless such event or condition also constitutes a “disability” within the meaning of Code Section 409A.

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor act or provisions thereto.

“Incumbent Board” shall have the meaning provided in sub-section (ii) of the definition entitled “Change in Control.”

“Parent” shall mean Tiffany & Co., and any successor to all or substantially all of its business and/or assets by operation of law or otherwise.

“Parent Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of Parent.

“Separation from Service” means a “separation from service” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

“Share” means a share of Common Stock.



Tiffany & Co. 2008 Directors Equity Plan: Stock Option Terms, March 16, 2017		6

EXHIBIT 10.9f



DATED	10 OCTOBER 2016
(1) KOIDU LIMITED (2) OCTEA LIMITED (3) BSG RESOURCES LIMITED (4) LAURELTON DIAMONDS, INC.
SIXTH AMENDMENT AGREEMENT RELATING TO A US$50,000,000 AMORTISING TERM LOAN FACILITY AGREEMENT DATED 30 MARCH 2011

CONTENTS



CLAUSE		PAGE

1	Definitions and Interpretation		1
2	Amendments		2
3	Continuity and Further Assurance		3
4	Obligors		3
5	Existing Security		3
6	Miscellaneous		4
7	Governing Law and Jurisdiction		4
8	Existing Defaults		4

DM_US 74958733-2.054927.0014

THIS SIXTH AMENDMENT AGREEMENT (the “ Amendment Agreement ”) is dated 10 October 2016 and made between:


(1)	KOIDU LIMITED (formerly Koidu Holdings S.A.), a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands with registered number 552189 and which is registered to carry on business in Sierra Leone under registration number C.F.(F) 8/2003 (the “ Original Borrower ”);


(2)	OCTEA LIMITED (formerly BSGR Diamonds Ltd.), a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands with registered number 615683 (“ Octea ”);


(3)	BSG RESOURCES LIMITED , a company incorporated in Guernsey with registered number 46565 (the “ Guarantor ”); and


(4)	LAURELTON DIAMONDS, INC. , a company incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware, United States of America with registered number 01-0715717 (the “ Original Lender ”).

WHEREAS:


(A)	The Original Borrower, Octea, the Guarantor and the Original Lender are parties to a US$50,000,000 amortising term loan facility agreement dated 30 March 2011, as amended by amendment agreements dated 10 May 2011, 12 February 2013, 29 March 2013, 31 March 2014, and 30 April 2015 (collectively, the “ Facility Agreement ”).


(B)	In accordance with Clause 29 ( Amendments and waivers ) of the Facility Agreement, the Parties wish to amend the Facility Agreement on the terms and subject to the conditions set out in this Amendment Agreement.

AGREED TERMS


1	Definitions and Interpretation


1.1	Definitions

In this Amendment Agreement:

“ Amended Facility Agreement ” means the Facility Agreement as amended by this Amendment Agreement.


1.2	Incorporation of Defined Terms


1.2.1	Terms defined in the Facility Agreement shall, unless otherwise defined herein, have the same meaning in this Amendment Agreement.


1.2.2	The principles of construction set out in Clause 1.2 ( Construction ) of the Facility Agreement shall have effect as if set out in this Amendment Agreement mutatis mutandis .


1.2.3	This Amendment Agreement is intended to take effect as a deed notwithstanding that certain parties may have executed it under hand only.



DM_US 74958733-2.054927.0014	1


1.3	Clauses


1.3.1	In this Amendment Agreement, any reference to a “Clause” is, unless the context otherwise requires, a reference to a Clause to this Amendment Agreement.


1.3.2	Clause headings are for ease of reference only.


1.4	Designation as a Finance Document

In accordance with the Facility Agreement, the Parties designate this Amendment Agreement as a Finance Document.


1.5	Representations and Warranties


1.5.1.	The Original Lender has entered into this Amendment Agreement in reliance on the following representations.


1.5.2.	Each Obligor party hereto hereby represents and warrants on the date of this Amendment Agreement that:


(a)	the Repeating Representations are true and would also be true if references to the Facility Agreement were construed as references to this Amendment Agreement;


(b)	no Default is continuing (except for Defaults for which Obligors have already notified the Original Lender) or would occur as a result of entering into this Amendment Agreement; and


(c)	the entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Amendment Agreement does not and will not conflict with any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its assets or constitute a default or termination event (however described) under any such agreement or instrument.


2	AMENDMENTS

With effect from the date of this Amendment Agreement:


2.1	the Facility Agreement shall be amended as follows:


2.1.1	deleting the definitions of “Transfer Certificate” and “Transfer Date” in Clause 1.1 ( Definitions ) of the Facility Agreement.


2.1.2	deleting Schedule 4 ( Form of Transfer Certificate ) to the Facility Agreement.


2.1.3	the reference to “Clause 20” in Clause 13.1.1(a) of the Facility Agreement shall hereafter be deemed to be a reference to “Clause 21.”


2.1.4	deleting Clause 21.1 ( Transfers by the Lender ) and Clause 21.2 ( Procedure for transfer ) of the Facility Agreement in their entirety and replacing said Clause 21.1 ( Transfers by the Lender ) with the following:



DM_US 74958733-2.054927.0014	2

“ 21.1 Transfers by the Lender


21.1.1	The Existing Lender may transfer at any time by novation all (but not part) of its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to any other person (the “ New Lender ”).


21.1.2	Until such time as the Borrower receives written notice with respect to any such transfer, the Borrower may continue to assume that the Existing Lender is the Lender for all purposes hereunder.”


3	CONTINUITY AND FURTHER ASSURANCE


3.1	Continuing Obligations

The provisions of the Facility Agreement shall, save as amended hereby, continue in full force and effect, and nothing set forth herein shall be deemed to be a waiver of any Default as in effect as of the date hereof.


3.2	Further Assurance

The Obligors shall do all such acts and things necessary to give effect to the amendments effected or to be effected pursuant to this Amendment Agreement.


4	OBLIGORS

On the date of this Amendment Agreement, each Obligor confirms its acceptance of the Amended Facility Agreement and agrees that it is bound as an Obligor by the terms of the Amended Facility Agreement.


5	EXISTING SECURITY

On the date of this Amendment Agreement, each Obligor confirms, acknowledges and agrees that:

5.1.1

any Security created by it under the Transaction Security Documents ranks as a continuing security for the payment and discharge of the Secured Liabilities (as defined in the Transaction Security Documents) including, without limitation, all present and future monies, obligations and liabilities owed by each Obligor to the Lender, whether actual or contingent and whether owed jointly or severally, as principal or surety and/or in any other capacity, under or in connection with the Amended Facility Agreement and extends to the obligations of the Obligors under the Finance Documents (including the Amended Facility Agreement);


5.1.2	the obligations of the Obligors arising under the Amended Facility Agreement are included in the definition of the Secured Liabilities (as defined in the Transaction Security Documents) subject to any limitations set out in the Transaction Security Documents; and


5.1.3	any Security created under the Transaction Security Documents shall continue in full force and effect in all respects and the Transaction Security



DM_US 74958733-2.054927.0014	3

Documents and this Amendment Agreement shall be read and construed together.


6	MISCELLANEOUS


6.1	Incorporation of provisions

The provisions of Clause 25 ( Notices ), Clause 27 ( Partial Invalidity ) and Clause 33 ( Arbitration ) of the Facility Agreement shall be incorporated into this Amendment Agreement as if set out in full herein and as if references in those Clauses to “this Agreement” or “the Finance Documents” are references to this Amendment Agreement.


6.2	Counterparts

This Amendment Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by each Party on separate counterparts. Each counterpart is an original, but all counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of a counterpart of this Amendment Agreement by e-mail attachment or fax shall be an effective mode of delivery.


7	GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

This Amendment Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.


8	EXISTING DEFAULTS

The Lender has certain rights and remedies with respect to certain Defaults that have occurred and are continuing under the terms of the Amended Facility Agreement and the other Finance Documents as well as applicable law, and the Lender is presently evaluating all available courses of action. Accordingly, without waiving any such Defaults, the Lender reserves all of its rights and remedies under the Amended Facility Agreement, each other Finance Document and applicable law. The Lender’s voluntary forbearance, if any, from exercising any of its rights or remedies is not intended (and should not be construed) as a waiver of any of the Lender’s rights and remedies with respect thereto, all of which are hereby reserved and preserved by the Lender.

Executed as a deed and delivered on the date appearing at the beginning of this Amendment Agreement.



DM_US 74958733-2.054927.0014	4

EXECUTION PAGE



The Original Borrower EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a Deed by Koidu Limited acting by its duly authorised director, Peter Driver	) ) )	/s/ Peter Driver



Octea EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a Deed by Octea Limited acting by its duly authorised director, Peter Driver	) ) )	/s/ Peter Driver



The Guarantor SIGNED as a Deed by for and on behalf of BSG Resources Limited acting by its duly authorised director(s) Director	) ) )	/s/ Peter Driver



The Original Lender SIGNED by Andrew W. Hart for and on behalf of Laurelton Diamonds, Inc.	) ) )	/s/ Andrew W. Hart



DM_US 74958733-2.054927.0014	5

Exhibit 12.1

TIFFANY & CO.

STATEMENT OF COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES



	Years ended January 31,
(dollars in millions)	2017			2016			2015			2014			2013

Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes	$	676.6		$	709.9		$	737.5		$	254.9		$	643.6
Fixed charges, less capitalized interest	126.7			125.1			134.8			133.3			120.1
Total earnings as defined	$	803.3		$	835.0		$	872.3		$	388.2		$	763.7

Fixed Charges:
Interest expense before capitalization of interest ^a	$	43.9		$	45.7		$	58.9		$	59.6		$	55.1
Estimated interest portion of rent expense	84.7			80.6			76.9			74.5			65.5
Total fixed charges ^b	$	128.6		$	126.3		$	135.8		$	134.1		$	120.6

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges	6.2		x	6.6		x	6.4		x	2.9		x	6.3		x


^a	Interest expense does not include interest related to uncertain tax positions and other non-third party indebtedness.


^b	Fixed charges represent interest expense (before interest is capitalized), amortization of deferred financing costs and an appropriate interest factor on operating leases.

LAURELTON DIAMONDS BELGIUM BVBA Belgium TIFFANY & CO. Delaware TIFFANY AND COMPANY New York TIFFANY & CO. LUXEMBOURG S.A.R.L. Luxembourg Tiffany (NY) 50% Tiffany Int’l (DE) 50% TIFFANY & CO. INTERNATIONAL Delaware LAURELTON DIAMONDS, INC. (Formerly FHH Diamonds, Inc.) Delaware EAST POND HOLDINGS, INC. Delaware LCT INSURANCE COMPANY New York T. RISK HOLDINGS INC. New Jersey Tiffany & Co. Subsidiaries (Note: Omitted from this list are certain subsidiaries that do not constitute Significant Subsidiaries (see Rule 1-02(W) of Reg. S-X)) Exhibit 21.1 Page 1 of 2 TIFFANY ATLANTIC CITY, INC. New Jersey TIFFANY (NJ) LLC Delaware TCORD HOLDING COMPANY LLC Delaware SEE NEXT PAGE Domestic Subsidiaries LAURELTON JEWELRY, S.R.L. (Formerly TCORD, S.R.L.) Dominican Republic Tiffany (NY) 99.90% TCORD (DE) 0.10% International Subsidiary TIFFANY & CO. JAPAN INC. Delaware TIFFANY-BRASIL LTDA. Brazil Tiffany Int’l (DE) 99.83% Tiffany (NY) 0.17% Domestic Subsidiaries International Subsidiaries TIFFANY & CO. TAIWAN HOLDING LLC Delaware TIFFANY THAILAND HOLDINGS I LLC Delaware TIFFANY THAILAND HOLDINGS II LLC Delaware TIFFANY IMPORTAÇÂO E COMÉRCIO DE JÓIAS LTDA. Brazil Tiffany-Brasil 99.99% Tiffany Int’l (DE) 0.01% TIFFANY & CO. TAIWAN LIMITED Taiwan TIF SWISS HOLDINGS GMBH Switzerland-Canton Ticino TIFFANY SWITZERLAND WATCH COMPANY SAGL (Formerly Tiffany & Co. Watch Center AG) Switzerland-Canton Ticino LAURELTON JEWELRY (THAILAND) COMPANY LIMITED (1) Thailand TRM INVESTMENTS L.L.C. New Jersey LCT 99% - TIFFCO 1% LAURELTON DIAMONDS ONTARIO LTD. Canada DPFH CO. LTD. British Virgin Islands TIFFCO INVESTMENT VEHICLE, INC. British Virgin Islands LAURELTON DIAMONDS VIETNAM LLC (Formerly Hai Duong D.C.V.T. Limited Company) Vietnam LAURELTON DIAMONDS (MAURITIUS) LIMITED Mauritius LAURELTON DIAMONDS (CAMBODIA) CO., LTD. Cambodia NHC, LLC Delaware TIFFCO 51% LAURELTON (DE) 49% BWHC, LLC Delaware TIFFCO 75% LAURELTON (DE) 25% LAURELTON-REIGN DIAMONDS (PTY) LTD. Namibia LAURELTON DIAMONDS (BOTSWANA) (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED (Formerly Rand Diamonds (Botswana) (Proprietary) Ltd.) Botswana BWHC 80% Company Share Ownership (1) Laurelton Jewelry (Thailand) Company Limited 2,322,604 Shares: Tiffany & Co. International 23,698 Shares: Tiffany Thailand Holdings I LLC 23,698 Shares: Tiffany Thailand Holdings II LLC (2) Tiffany & Co. Jewelers (Thailand) Company Limited 637,002 Shares: Tiffany & Co. International 6,499 Shares: Tiffany Thailand Holdings I LLC 6,499 Shares: Tiffany Thailand Holdings II LLC (3) Tiffany & Co. Belgium SPRL 40,099 Shares: Tiffany & Co. (UK) Holdings Limited 1 Share: Tiffany & Co. International (4) Tiffany & Co. (GB) 15,893,999 Shares: Tiffany & Co. (UK) Holdings Limited 1 Share: Tiffany & Co. Holding II LLC TIFFANY DISTRIBUTION COMPANY LLC Delaware TIF WATCH HOLDINGS SAGL Switzerland-Canton Ticino TIFFANY & CO. SWISS WATCHES SAGL Switzerland-Canton Ticino TIFFANY & CO. JEWELERS (THAILAND) COMPANY LIMITED (2) Thailand LAURELTON DIAMONDS SOUTH AFRICA (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED (Formerly Rand Precision Cut Diamonds (Proprietary) Ltd.) South Africa TIFFANY AND COMPANY U.S. SALES, LLC Delaware LAURELTON SOURCING, LLC Delaware LAURELTON DIAMONDS HOLDINGS LLC Delaware

TIFFANY & CO. Delaware TIFFANY AND COMPANY New York TIFFANY & CO. INTERNATIONAL Delaware Tiffany & Co. Subsidiaries (Note: Omitted from this list are certain subsidiaries that do not constitute Significant Subsidiaries (see Rule 1-02(W) of Reg. S-X)) Exhibit 21.1 Page 2 of 2 TIFFANY & CO. LUXEMBOURG S.A.R.L. Luxembourg Tiffany (NY) 50% Tiffany Int’l (DE) 50% TCO NETHERLANDS I C.V. Netherlands GP – LLC I (DE) 0.00000034% LP – Luxembourg 99.90% TIFFANY & CO. (NL) II C.V. Netherlands GP – LLC I (DE) 0.00000038% LP – CV I 99.99% TIFFANY & CO. HOLDING II LLC Delaware CV I 100% TIFFANY & CO. (BVI) LTD. British Virgin Islands TIFFANY & CO. OVERSEAS FINANCE B.V. Netherlands TIFFANY & CO. (CANADA) LP Canada GP – CV I 0.10% LP – CV II 99.90% TIFFANY & CO. CANADA Canada TIFFANY & CO. HONG KONG HOLDING LLC Delaware TIFFANY & CO. ASIA PACIFIC LIMITED (Formerly Sindat Limited) Hong Kong TIFFANY & CO. MEXICO, S.A. de C.V. Mexico TIFFANY & CO. OF NEW YORK LIMITED Hong Kong TIFFANY & CO. KOREA HOLDING LLC Delaware TIFFANY & CO. (SHANGHAI) COMMERCIAL COMPANY LIMITED China TIFFANY & CO. PTE. LTD. Singapore TCO MACAU LIMITED Macau TIFFANY KOREA LTD. (Formerly Tiffco Korea Ltd.) Republic of Korea UPTOWN ALLIANCE (M) Sdn. Bhd. Malaysia TIFFANY RUSSIA LLC Russia Overseas Finance 99.98% CV I 0.02% TCO HOLDINGS LIMITED Dubai TIFFANY & CO. (NZ) LIMITED New Zealand TIFFANY & CO. (AUSTRALIA) PTY. LTD. Australia TIFFANY & CO. NETHERLANDS B.V. Netherlands TCO DAMAS ASSOCIATES LLC Dubai TCO Holdings 49% TIFFANY & CO. BELGIUM SPRL (3) Belgium TIFFANY AND COMPANY (CYPRUS) LIMITED Cyprus TIFFANY & CO. (Formerly Societe Francaise Pour Le Developpement De La Porcelaine Dart) France TIFFANY & CO. (GB) (Formerly Tiffany & Co.) (4) United Kingdom TIFFANY & CO. LIMITED (Formerly Tiffany & Co. (GB) Ltd.) United Kingdom TIFFANY & CO. ITALIA S.p.A. (Formerly Tiffany- Faraone S.p.A.) Italy TIFFANY OF NEW YORK (SPAIN) S.L. Spain TIFFANY & CO. ASIA HOLDINGS LLC Delaware TIFFANY & CO. CHILE SPA Chile TIFFANY & CO. (JEWELLERS) LIMITED Ireland TIFFANY & CO. (CR) S.R.O. Czech Republic Overseas Finance 10% UK Holdings 90% TIFFANY & CO. HOLDING I LLC Delaware Luxembourg 100% TIFFANY & CO. (UK) HOLDINGS LIMITED United Kingdom TIFFANY & CO. (SWITZERLAND) JEWELERS S.A.R.L. Switzerland

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (No. 333-198412) and Form S-8 (Nos. 333-197462, 333-174528, 333-163369, 333-151257, 333-132947, 333-43978, 333-85199, 333-85201, 033-54847, 333-111258, 333-67723 and 333-67725) of Tiffany & Co. of our report dated March 17, 2017 relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York

March 17, 2017

Exhibit 31.1

Tiffany & Co.

Report on Form 10-K

CERTIFICATION

I, Michael J. Kowalski, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Tiffany & Co.;


2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;


3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;


4.	The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:


a)	designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;


b)	designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;


c)	evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and


d)	disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and


5.	The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):


a)	all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and


b)	any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 17, 2017

/s/ Michael J. Kowalski

Chairman of the Board and Interim Chief Executive Officer

(principal executive officer)

Exhibit 31.2

Tiffany & Co.

Report on Form 10-K

CERTIFICATION

I, Mark J. Erceg, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Tiffany & Co.;


2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;


3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;


4.	The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:


a)	designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;


b)	designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;


c)	evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and


d)	disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and


5.	The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):


a)	all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and


b)	any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 17, 2017

/s/ Mark J. Erceg

Executive Vice President

Chief Financial Officer

(principal financial officer)

Exhibit 32.1

Tiffany & Co.

Report on Form 10-K

CERTIFICATION

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350 as adopted by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Tiffany & Co. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended January 31, 2017, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Michael J. Kowalski, as Chairman of the Board and Interim Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. ss 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: March 17, 2017

/s/ Michael J. Kowalski

Chairman of the Board and Interim Chief Executive Officer

(principal executive officer)

Exhibit 32.2

Tiffany & Co.

Report on Form 10-K

CERTIFICATION

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350 as adopted by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Tiffany & Co. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended January 31, 2017 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Mark J. Erceg, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. ss 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: March 17, 2017

/s/ Mark J. Erceg

Executive Vice President

Chief Financial Officer

(principal financial officer)